Mellitah Oil & Gas BV: Appendix D-2 - WHPA, Sabratha Modifications For Structure "A" & FMWR (WP2)

Company Contract No Company Doc. No.
Mellitah Oil & Gas BV

Libyan Branch ET-114-G-Z-0039-00
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project: Contractor Job No. Contractor Doc. No.
BASIC DESIGN & FEED FOR STRUCTURES A & E,
MELLITAH COMPLEX EXPANSION & CO2
MANAGEMENT INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT JA0522 34220BBGSC09032
PROJECT
Location: Contractor Rev 02
WELLHEAD PLATFORM A (WHPA) AND
Sh. 1 of 245
SABRATHA PLATFORM
APPENDIX D-2
EPIC CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK –

WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” & FMWR (WP2)
M. Carrera
P3 29/06/2022 Final Issue Team S. Sartirana MOG
L. Gagliardi
S. De Donno
P2 13/05/2022 Issued for Approval Team S. Sartirana MOG
L. Gagliardi
S. De Donno
P1 29/10/2021 Issued for Comments Team S. Sartirana MOG
L. Gagliardi
Rev. Date Description Prep. Check. Appr. Company Appr.
Contractor File Name: 34220BBGSC09032_CDFE02_245.docx
This document is CONFIDENTIAL and the sole property of the Mellitah Oil & Gas B.V. It SHALL neither be shown to third parties nor used for other
purposes than those for which it has been issued. Any unauthorised attempt to reproduce it, in any form, is strictly prohibited.
Company Contract No. Company Doc. No.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
BASIC DESIGN & FEED FOR STRUCTURES A & E, Contractor Job No. Contractor Doc. No.
MANAGEMENT INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT
PROJECT JA0522 34220BBGSC09032
Title: Contractor Rev 02
APPENDIX D-2
EPIC CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK – WHPA, Sh. 2 of 245
Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” & FMWR
(WP2)
REVISION LIST
P1 Issued for Comments
P2 Issued for Approval
P3 Final Issue
HOLD RECORD
[HOLD 1] PROJECT Key dates
[HOLD 2] Basis of Progress Measurement
Maximum CONTRACTOR POB during Sabratha Platform in operation and during Process
[HOLD 3]
Shut-Down
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 12

1.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................... 12
1.2 SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT ................................................................................................................. 12
1.3 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................... 12
1.3.1 Definitions .................................................................................................................................... 12
1.3.2 List of Abbreviations .................................................................................................................... 16
1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................... 18
1.4.1 Reference Project Documents .................................................................................................. 18
1.4.2 Reference Rules, Codes and Standards ................................................................................. 19
1.4.3 Project Specific Data ................................................................................................................. 19
1.5 GEOGRAPHICAL DATA ....................................................................................................................... 19
1.6 LANGUAGE ........................................................................................................................................ 20
1.7 UNITS OF MEASUREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 20
1.8 STATUTORY AUTHORITIES .................................................................................................................. 20
1.9 PROJECT DATA ACQUISITION ............................................................................................................. 20
1.10 PROJECT KEY DATES ........................................................................................................................ 21
1.11 DESCRIPTION OF INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT PROJECT ...................................................................... 22
2.0 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT .................................................................................................... 23
2.1 CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................ 23
2.2 BATTERY LIMITS ................................................................................................................................ 24
2.3 OPTIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 25
3.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................. 26
3.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT BOARD ........................................................................................................ 27
3.1.1 Establishment of CONTRACTOR’s Project Management Board .......................................... 27
3.1.2 Support to Project Management Board ................................................................................... 27
3.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 28
3.2.1 General ........................................................................................................................................ 28
3.2.2 Co-ordination and Control ........................................................................................................ 30
3.2.3 Management of External Interfaces ......................................................................................... 31
3.2.4 Co-ordination with COMPANY's CERTIFYING AUTHORITY .................................................. 33
3.2.5 Co-ordination with MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR (MWS) .............................................. 34
3.2.6 Risk Management ...................................................................................................................... 35
3.3 DELIVERABLES .................................................................................................................................. 35
4.0 PROJECT CONTROL ..................................................................................................................... 36
4.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................... 36
4.2 DOCUMENT CONTROL ........................................................................................................................ 36
4.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF PROJECT CO-ORDINATION PROCEDURE ............................................................. 36
4.4 PROJECT PLANNING SERVICES PROCEDURES AND SYSTEMS............................................................... 37
4.5 PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING ............................................................................................... 37
4.6 PROJECT COST CONTROL .................................................................................................................. 37
4.6.1 Cost Forecasting ....................................................................................................................... 38
4.6.2 Cost Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 38
4.6.3 Processing and Reporting of Variations ................................................................................. 38
4.6.4 Cost Estimates for Variations ................................................................................................... 39
4.6.5 Variation Control ........................................................................................................................ 39
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
4.6.6 Final Cost Breakdown ............................................................................................................... 39

5.0 ACCOUNTING ................................................................................................................................ 40
5.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................... 40
5.2 ACCOUNTING SERVICES ..................................................................................................................... 40
5.3 RECORDS .......................................................................................................................................... 40
5.4 INVOICING .......................................................................................................................................... 40
6.0 PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING .................................................................................. 41
6.1 PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING ................................................................................................ 41
6.1.1 Level 1 - Master Schedule ......................................................................................................... 41
Overall Project Master Schedule .......................................................................................................... 41
Progress "S" Curves ............................................................................................................................. 41
Manpower Histogram ............................................................................................................................ 42
6.1.2 Level 2 - Overall Project CPM Network and Initial 90-Day Starting Schedule ..................... 42
6.1.3 Level 3 - Detailed Control Schedules ...................................................................................... 42
6.1.4 Level 4 - Three Weeks Look - ahead Schedule ....................................................................... 42
6.2 PROJECT PROGRESS MEASUREMENT ................................................................................................. 42
6.2.1 Basis of Progress Measurement .............................................................................................. 42
6.2.2 Home Office Progress Measurement ....................................................................................... 43
6.2.2.1 Detailed Engineering Services............................................................................................. 43
6.2.2.2 Procurement Services ......................................................................................................... 43
6.2.2.3 Subcontracting Services ...................................................................................................... 44
6.2.3 Manufacturing and Delivery ...................................................................................................... 44
6.2.4 CONSTRUCTION Offshore Installation/Hook-up and COMMISSIONING ............................. 44
6.3 PROGRESS REVIEWING AND REPORTING............................................................................................. 44
6.3.1 Progress Reviewing .................................................................................................................. 44
6.3.2 Monthly Progress Report .......................................................................................................... 45
6.3.3 Weekly Progress Report (Onshore CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING/Offshore
Installation/ Offshore Hook-Up & COMMISSIONING ........................................................................... 45
6.4 DAILY REPORTS (ONSHORE CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING/O FFSHORE
INSTALLATION/O FFSHORE HOOK-UP & COMMISSIONING) ........................................................................... 46
6.5 PROGRESS REVIEW MEETINGS ........................................................................................................... 46
7.0 ENGINEERING ................................................................................................................................ 47
7.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 47
7.2 BASIC/FEED CARRY OVER ENGINEERING .......................................................................................... 49
7.2.1 WHPA Platform .......................................................................................................................... 49
7.2.1.1 Design investigations ........................................................................................................... 49
7.2.1.2 Actions from safety reviews (HAZID, HAZOP) .................................................................... 50
7.2.2 Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” ............................................................................... 50
7.2.3 FAST MOVING WORKOVER RIG .............................................................................................. 56
7.3 ENDORSEMENT OF BASIC/FEED ENGINEERING ............................................................................. 57
7.4 DETAILED ENGINEERING FOR WHPA INCLUDING FMWR ..................................................................... 58
7.4.1 Process ....................................................................................................................................... 59
7.4.2 Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) ................................................................................. 61
7.4.3 Jacket Structural Engineering .................................................................................................. 65
7.4.3.1 Cathodic Protection ............................................................................................................. 69
7.4.4 Topsides Structural Engineering ............................................................................................. 69
7.4.5 Architectural ............................................................................................................................... 72
7.4.6 Piping & Layout.......................................................................................................................... 73
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.6.1 Piping Detailed Engineering ................................................................................................ 73

7.4.7 Handling...................................................................................................................................... 76
7.4.7.1 Handling engineering ........................................................................................................... 76
7.4.7.2 Handling, lifting and hoisting activities ................................................................................. 77
7.4.7.3 Handling Equipment ............................................................................................................ 77
7.4.8 Static Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 78
7.4.8.1 Vessels/Tanks/Pig traps/Filters ........................................................................................... 78
7.4.9 Machinery ................................................................................................................................... 79
7.4.10 Packages Equipment ................................................................................................................. 80
7.4.11 HVAC ........................................................................................................................................... 82
7.4.12 Electrical ..................................................................................................................................... 84
7.4.13 Instrumentation and Control Systems .................................................................................... 88
7.4.13.1 General instrumentation systems .................................................................................... 88
7.4.13.2 Integrated Control Safety System (ICSS) ........................................................................ 90
7.4.14 Telecommunication ................................................................................................................... 93
7.4.14.1 Overall Philosophy ........................................................................................................... 93
7.4.14.2 Telecommunication engineering interfaces ..................................................................... 94
7.4.15 Materials, Corrosion and Welding............................................................................................ 94
7.4.15.1 Protective Coating and Fire Proofing ............................................................................... 95
7.4.15.2 Thermal and Acoustic Insulation ...................................................................................... 96
7.4.16 Loss Prevention, Fire Protection and Life Saving.................................................................. 96
7.4.17 Environmental protection ......................................................................................................... 97
7.4.17.1 Emission and Waste Control ........................................................................................... 97
7.4.17.2 Noise Control ................................................................................................................... 97
7.4.18 Maintenance Engineering ......................................................................................................... 98
7.4.18.1 CONTRACTOR Responsibilities towards VENDORS ..................................................... 99
7.4.18.2 Availability Requirements ................................................................................................ 99
7.4.18.3 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING KEY MILESTONE ...................................................... 99
7.4.18.4 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE THE CONTRACT ................................. 100
7.4.18.5 Lubrication requirements ............................................................................................... 101
7.4.18.6 Spare parts requirements .............................................................................................. 101
7.4.19 Risk Based Inspection Plan .................................................................................................... 102
7.4.20 Workshop Requirements ........................................................................................................ 102
7.4.21 Provision for future development .......................................................................................... 103
7.4.22 Facilities Life Cycle Information (LCI) ................................................................................... 103
7.4.22.1 Data Centric Approach and Integration between Intelligent Tools ................................ 105
7.4.22.2 CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM ............................................................................................. 106
7.5 DETAILED ENGINEERING FOR SABRATHA MODIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURE “A” ................................ 108
7.5.1 Multidisciplinary ...................................................................................................................... 109
7.5.1.1 Site Surveys ....................................................................................................................... 109
7.5.1.2 Item Numbering ................................................................................................................. 109
7.5.2 Process ..................................................................................................................................... 110
7.5.3 Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) ............................................................................... 112
7.5.3.1 Security Requirements ...................................................................................................... 115
7.5.4 Structural Engineering ............................................................................................................ 115
7.5.4.1 Riser Bundle Structural Engineering ................................................................................. 115
7.5.4.2 Sabratha Platform Jacket Structural Engineering .............................................................. 116
7.5.4.3 Topsides Structural Engineering........................................................................................ 117
7.5.5 Piping ........................................................................................................................................ 120
7.5.5.1 Piping Detailed Engineering .............................................................................................. 120
7.5.5.2 Design Review ................................................................................................................... 122
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.5.6 Handling.................................................................................................................................... 122

7.5.6.1 Handling engineering ......................................................................................................... 122
7.5.6.2 Handling, lifting and hoisting activities ............................................................................... 123
7.5.6.3 Handling Equipment .......................................................................................................... 123
7.5.7 Static Equipment ..................................................................................................................... 123
7.5.7.1 Vessels/tanks/pig traps ...................................................................................................... 123
7.5.8 Packages Equipment ............................................................................................................... 124
7.5.9 HVAC ......................................................................................................................................... 125
7.5.10 Electrical ................................................................................................................................... 126
7.5.11 Instrumentation and Control Systems .................................................................................. 130
7.5.11.1 General instrumentation systems .................................................................................. 130
7.5.11.2 Integrated Control Safety System (ICSS) ...................................................................... 132
7.5.12 Telecommunication ................................................................................................................. 133
7.5.13 Materials, Corrosion and Welding.......................................................................................... 134
7.5.13.1 Protective Coating and Fire Proofing ............................................................................. 135
7.5.13.2 Thermal and Acoustic Insulation .................................................................................... 136
7.5.14 Loss Prevention, Fire Protection and Life Saving................................................................ 136
7.5.15 Environmental protection ....................................................................................................... 137
7.5.15.1 Emission and Waste Control ......................................................................................... 137
7.5.15.2 Noise Control ................................................................................................................. 137
7.5.16 Maintenance Engineering ....................................................................................................... 137
7.5.16.1 CONTRACTOR Responsibilities towards VENDORS ................................................... 138
7.5.16.2 Availability Requirements .............................................................................................. 138
7.5.16.3 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING KEY MILESTONE .................................................... 139
7.5.16.4 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE THE CONTRACT ................................. 139
7.5.16.5 Lubrication requirements ............................................................................................... 140
7.5.16.6 Spare parts requirements .............................................................................................. 141
7.5.17 Facilities Life Cycle Information (LCI) ................................................................................... 142
7.5.17.1 Data Centric Approach and Integration between Intelligent Tools ................................ 143
7.5.17.2 CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM ............................................................................................. 145
7.6 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DETAILED ENGINEERING OF FMWR ............................................... 145
7.6.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 145
7.6.2 Process ..................................................................................................................................... 145
7.6.3 Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) .................................................................................. 146
7.6.4 Loss Prevention ....................................................................................................................... 146
7.6.5 Structural .................................................................................................................................. 146
7.6.6 Mechanical ................................................................................................................................ 146
7.6.7 Material Selection, Corrosion Protection & Welding ........................................................... 146
7.6.8 Piping & Layout........................................................................................................................ 146
7.6.9 Electrical, Instrumentation & Telecom .................................................................................. 146
7.6.10 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................. 146
7.6.11 Weight Control ......................................................................................................................... 147
7.6.12 Thirds Partied and Rental Equipment ................................................................................... 147
7.7 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING .................................................................................................... 147
7.7.1 Constructability Program ........................................................................................................ 147
7.7.2 Fabrication Engineering .......................................................................................................... 149
7.7.3 Weight and Stability Control Plan .......................................................................................... 150
7.7.4 Weight and Stability Control Reporting ................................................................................ 150
7.7.5 MECHANICAL COMPLETION Plan and Procedure............................................................... 150
7.7.6 Material Management in Field................................................................................................. 150
7.7.7 INSPECTIONS AT SITE ............................................................................................................ 152
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.7.7.1 CONTRACTORS’s and SUBCONTRACTOR’s Personnel Assigned to the Task ............. 152
7.7.7.2 Inspection Meetings ........................................................................................................... 153
7.7.7.3 Contractor’s Duties for Inspections at Site ........................................................................ 153
7.8 TRANSPORTATION/O FFSHORE INSTALLATION ENGINEERING .............................................................. 153
7.9 COMMISSIONING ENGINEERING ................................................................................................... 157
7.10 PERFORMANCE TESTS PROCEDURE .......................................................................................... 162
7.11 WHPA PLATFORM O&M MANUALS .............................................................................................. 162
7.12 SABRATHA PLATFORM O&M MANUALS ............................................................................................ 163
7.13 DESIGN REVIEWS PLANS.................................................................................................................. 163
7.14 WHPA PLATFORM DECOMMISSIONING STUDY .............................................................................. 164
7.15 WHPA PLATFORM WEIGHT CONTROL .......................................................................................... 165
7.16 SABRATHA PLATFORM WEIGHT CONTROL ........................................................................................ 165
7.17 FINAL DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................... 166
8.0 PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY OF EQUIPMENT(S) AND MATERIAL(S)................................ 167
8.1 PROCUREMENT PLAN & ORGANIZATION ........................................................................................... 170
8.2 SUBCONTRACTING ........................................................................................................................... 171
8.3 PURCHASING ................................................................................................................................... 171
8.4 EXPEDITING ..................................................................................................................................... 172
8.5 INSPECTION & TESTING AT VENDOR SHOP ...................................................................................... 172
8.6 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION SERVICES ........................................................................................ 173
8.6.1 Local Transportation ............................................................................................................... 173
8.6.2 Overseas Transportation ........................................................................................................ 173
8.6.3 Shipping Documents ............................................................................................................... 173
8.6.4 Damaged GOODS .................................................................................................................... 173
8.7 VENDOR SPECIALISTS .................................................................................................................... 174
8.7.1 VENDOR specialists co-ordination ........................................................................................ 174
8.7.2 VENDOR specialists services................................................................................................. 174
8.8 PROCUREMENT OF SPARE PARTS , SPECIAL TOOLS, CONSUMABLES, LUBRICANTS & CHEMICALS .......... 174
8.8.1 CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING & Start Up Spares & Special Tools .......................... 174
8.8.2 Two Years Operation and Capital Spares ............................................................................. 175
8.8.3 Spare parts co-ordination ....................................................................................................... 175
8.9 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 176
8.9.1 Equipment ................................................................................................................................ 176
8.9.2 Bulk Materials........................................................................................................................... 176
8.10 PROCUREMENT CONTROL ................................................................................................................ 177
8.11 OPERATING CONSUMABLES AND FIRST FILLS ................................................................................... 177
8.12 MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY WORK AND CONSUMABLES ................................................................. 177
8.13 TESTING, INTEGRITY MONITORING, INSTALLATION AND PRE -COMMISSIONING CONSUMABLES ....... 178
9.0 CONSTRUCTION YARD FABRICATION ..................................................................................... 179
9.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 179
9.2 FABRICATION PLAN ......................................................................................................................... 180
9.3 WELDING/NDT INSPECTION ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................. 181
9.4 MATERIAL CONTROL ........................................................................................................................ 182
9.5 ARCHITECTURAL WORKS ................................................................................................................. 183
9.6 STEELWORK INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................. 183
9.7 PIPING FABRICATION AND ERECTION ................................................................................................ 185
9.8 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION WORK............................................................................................ 186
9.9 MECHANICAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ................................................................................... 187
9.10 LIFTING OPERATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 188
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9.11 INSTRUMENTATION AND TELECOMMUNICATION WORKS ...................................................................... 188

9.12 PAINTING AND COATING ................................................................................................................... 189
9.13 INSULATION ..................................................................................................................................... 190
9.14 HVAC ............................................................................................................................................. 190
9.15 PORTABLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT (FIRE PROTECTION / LIFESAVING APPLIANCES) ................................... 190
9.16 WEIGHING/RACKING ......................................................................................................................... 191
9.17 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING AND MONITORING .............................................................................. 191
9.18 HSE DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ..................................................................................... 192
9.19 QUALITY AND INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ..................................................... 192
9.19.1 Control of Nonconforming Work ............................................................................................ 193
9.20 MECHANICAL COMPLETION ACTIVITIES .................................................................................... 194
10.0 LOADOUT, TRANSPORTATION AND OFFSHORE INSTALLATION ........................................ 196
10.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 196
10.2 MARINE SPREAD ......................................................................................................................... 196
10.2.1 Documentation and inspection of MARINE SPREAD .......................................................... 197
10.2.2 Mobilisation / Demobilisation of MARINE SPREAD ............................................................. 198
10.3 LOAD OUT AND SEA FASTENING ........................................................................................................ 198
10.4 TRANSPORTATION............................................................................................................................ 199
10.5 WHPA OFFSHORE INSTALLATION .................................................................................................... 200
10.5.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 200
10.5.2 Pre-installation surveys .......................................................................................................... 201
10.5.3 Jacket and piles installation ................................................................................................... 202
10.5.4 Integrated deck installation .................................................................................................... 202
10.5.5 Living Quarter and helideck installation (if applicable) ....................................................... 202
10.5.6 Other sub-assemblies installation ......................................................................................... 202
10.5.7 Installation aids ownership and management ...................................................................... 203
10.6 SABRATHA PLATFORM ADDITIONAL FACILITIES OFFSHORE INSTALLATION ......................................... 203
10.6.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 203
10.6.2 Offshore Accommodation on Sabratha Platform ................................................................. 204
10.6.3 Pre-installation surveys .......................................................................................................... 205
10.6.4 Preparatory Activities .............................................................................................................. 206
10.6.5 Topside Extensions Installation – Pig Trap Extension Platform ........................................ 206
10.6.6 Riser Bundle & Riser Guard Structure Installation .............................................................. 206
10.6.7 Topside Extensions Installation – Slug Catcher Module ..................................................... 207
10.6.8 Topside Extensions Installation – Chemical Injection Platform ......................................... 207
10.6.9 Relocation of existing items ................................................................................................... 207
10.6.10 Installation Aids Ownership and Management ..................................................................... 207
10.7 WHPA HOOK-UP ............................................................................................................................. 207
10.7.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 207
10.7.2 Structural .................................................................................................................................. 209
10.7.3 Equipment ................................................................................................................................ 209
10.7.4 Piping ........................................................................................................................................ 210
10.7.5 Electrical ................................................................................................................................... 210
10.7.6 Instrumentation ........................................................................................................................ 210
10.7.7 Telecommunications ............................................................................................................... 210
10.7.8 Architectural ............................................................................................................................. 211
10.7.9 Painting and coating/fireproofing .......................................................................................... 211
10.7.10 Insulation .................................................................................................................................. 211
10.7.11 Hook-up work for other offshore installed sub-assemblies ................................................ 211
10.7.12 Any other hook-up ................................................................................................................... 211
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
10.8 SABRATHA MODIFICATIONS HOOK-UP .............................................................................................. 211

10.8.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 211
10.9 FMWR HOOK-UP............................................................................................................................. 214
11.0 COMMISSIONING, START-UP, INITIAL OPERATIONS AND PERFORMANCE TEST ............ 215
11.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 215
11.1.1 WHPA PLATFORM ................................................................................................................... 215
11.1.1.1 WHPA Jacket ................................................................................................................. 215
11.1.1.2 WHPA Deck ................................................................................................................... 215
11.1.2 Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” ............................................................................. 215
11.1.3 FMWR ........................................................................................................................................ 216
11.1.4 Facilities System/Subsystem Subdivision ............................................................................ 216
11.1.5 COMMISSIONING activity planning ....................................................................................... 217
11.1.6 Operation teams for COMMISSIONING and Start-Up ........................................................... 218
11.2 COMMISSIONING, PRE START-UP ACTIVITIES............................................................................... 219
11.3 START UP AND COMMISSIONING WITH HYDROCARBON ................................................................. 221
11.4 FACILITIES PERFORMANCE TEST ............................................................................................ 222
11.5 PROVISIONAL & FINAL ACCEPTANCE ..................................................................................... 223
11.6 UTILITIES , FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCTS FOR CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING AND START-UP 224
11.7 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 224
12.0 SIMULTANEOUS OPERATIONS (SIMOPS) AND COMBINED OPERATIONS
(COMOPS) .................................................................................................................................................. 225
13.0 FACILITIES AND SERVICES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR TO COMPANY ......................... 227

13.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................. 227
13.2 ENGINEERING PHASE AT CONTRACTOR' S HOME OFFICE ................................................................ 228
13.2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 228
13.2.2 Summary requirement ............................................................................................................. 228
13.2.3 Office accommodation and facilities for COMPANY project team ..................................... 228
13.2.3.1 Office accommodation ................................................................................................... 228
13.2.3.2 Office requirements........................................................................................................ 228
13.2.3.3 Other office space .......................................................................................................... 229
13.2.4 Security ..................................................................................................................................... 229
13.2.5 IT requirements ........................................................................................................................ 229
13.2.5.1 Premises ........................................................................................................................ 229
13.2.5.2 Printers ........................................................................................................................... 230
13.2.5.3 Personal Computers ...................................................................................................... 230
13.2.5.4 Communications ............................................................................................................ 230
13.2.5.5 Telephones .................................................................................................................... 231
13.2.6 Support personnel ................................................................................................................... 231
13.2.7 Stationery ................................................................................................................................. 231
13.2.8 Other hardware ........................................................................................................................ 231
13.2.9 Canteen facilities ..................................................................................................................... 231
13.2.10 Car parking ............................................................................................................................... 231
13.2.11 Assistance to COMPANY Project Team by CONTRACTOR ................................................ 232
13.2.11.1 Housing .......................................................................................................................... 232
13.2.11.2 Visas and travel arrangements ...................................................................................... 232
13.2.11.3 Transport ........................................................................................................................ 232
13.2.11.4 Medical facilities ............................................................................................................. 232
13.2.11.5 Administration and HR ................................................................................................... 232
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
13.3 VENDOR'S AND MANUFACTURER'S OFFICES .................................................................................... 232

13.4 CONSTRUCTION YARD LOCATION ............................................................................................... 232
13.4.1 Office accommodation ............................................................................................................ 233
13.4.2 Support personnel ................................................................................................................... 233
13.4.3 Personnel Safety Equipment .................................................................................................. 233
13.4.4 COMPANY personnel safety training .................................................................................... 234
13.4.5 OFFSHORE SITE (MARINE SPREAD) location ..................................................................... 234
14.0 PROJECT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 236
14.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................. 236
14.2 TRAINING ORGANIZATION ................................................................................................................. 236
14.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF TRAINING PROGRAM............................................................................. 236
14.3.1 Module-based training program ............................................................................................. 236
14.3.2 Plant organisation chart .......................................................................................................... 236
14.4 CONTENT AND TIMING OF TRAINING ................................................................................................... 237
14.4.1 Operations and HSEQ training ............................................................................................... 237
14.4.1.1 Training outside Libya (e.g. CONTRACTOR HOME OFFICE) ..................................... 237
14.4.1.2 Training on WHPA PLATFORM (CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE) ...... 238
14.4.1.3 Training on Sabratha PLATFORM (CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE) .. 238
14.4.2 PLATFORM maintenance training ......................................................................................... 238
14.4.2.1 Training at manufactures work shops ............................................................................ 238
14.4.2.2 Training PLATFORM jobsites (CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITE) ....... 239
14.4.3 Safety training .......................................................................................................................... 239
14.4.4 Training materials/aids/equipment ........................................................................................ 240
14.4.5 APPROVAL of training materials ........................................................................................... 241
14.4.6 Timing of training .................................................................................................................... 241
14.4.7 CONTRACTOR instructional team ......................................................................................... 241
14.5 EVALUATION OF TRAINING ................................................................................................................ 241
14.6 SUMMARY OF CONTRACTOR TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 242
14.6.1 Training program development .............................................................................................. 242
14.6.2 Training program execution ................................................................................................... 242
14.7 COMPANY OBLIGATIONS ............................................................................................................... 242
15.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES ................................................................................................ 243
15.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 243
15.2 PERFORMANCE TEST /TEST RUN PROCEDURES ................................................................................. 243
15.2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 243
15.2.2 Instrumentation ........................................................................................................................ 243
15.2.3 Sampling and testing points ................................................................................................... 243
15.3 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE FIGURES .............................................................................................. 244
15.3.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 244
15.3.2 WHPA Platform Production Capacity .................................................................................... 244
15.3.3 WHPA Test Separator .............................................................................................................. 244
15.3.4 Sabratha Slug Catcher ............................................................................................................ 244
15.3.5 Atmospheric Emission Guarantees ....................................................................................... 244
15.3.6 Vibrations ................................................................................................................................. 244
15.3.7 Noise ......................................................................................................................................... 244
15.3.8 Consumption ............................................................................................................................ 244
15.3.9 Platform utilities production Units ......................................................................................... 245
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
Mellitah Oil & Gas BV Libyan Branch developed the Bahr Essalam field, via Sabratha Platform and the onshore
Mellitah Complex, for the exploitation of the reservoir located in the central part of the Area D, ex NC41 Area.
The overall program of the present Project entails the integrated development of two further reservoirs
(Structures A and E) in Area D with associated expansion of the onshore Mellitah Complex and CO2
Management (capture and storage), as described in Sect. 1.3 of APPENDIX D-1 (Doc. No. ET-114-R-Z-2501-
00).
Due to the complexity of the installation as well as their geographic location, the Project will be realised in
various phases and assigned to first class Contractors for their implementation.
To fit this purpose, ITT Packages have been prepared and relevant contracts in phase of being assigned:
• Pre-drilling Templates (WHPA & PPE)

• A-Structure Platform (WHPA), Sabratha Platform Modifications for Structure “A” and FMWR
• E-Structure Platform (PPE)
• Subsea & Gathering and Export Lines
• Mellitah Onshore Complex Expansion & CO2 Management
At the completion of the overall Project, the new facilities will represent a state-of-the-art design encompassing
high international standards for best technology, operation and environmental protection.
However, the present CONTRACT is part of this general program development plan, where the overall amount
of work is shared between CONTRACTOR and other COMPANY’s Contractors.
Accordingly, and with respect to the SCOPE OF WORK, battery limits and interfaces between CONTRACTOR
and other COMPANY's Contractors
1.2 Scope of the Document

The present document summarizes the technical SCOPE OF WORK for Engineering, Procurement,
Construction, Installation and COMMISSIONING of WHPA PLATFORM, Sabratha Modifications for Structure
“A” & Fast Moving Workover Rig.
1.3 Definitions and Abbreviations
1.3.1 Definitions
Words appearing in capital letters (excluding abbreviations) SHALL have the meaning assigned to it in the
“FORM OF AGREEMENT”, “General Terms and Conditions”, “Special Conditions” or as defined below in this
document.
APPROVAL/APPROVED Statement indicating that the object (e.g. a Project document) is

considered fit for its purpose. APPROVALS MAY be by COMPANY or
by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY or. MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Note that APPROVALS SHALL not relieve CONTRACTOR of its

responsibilities. APPROVAL means approved in writing, including
subsequent writing confirmation of previous verbal approval
AS-BUILT Is the status of drawings and documents produced by CONTRACTOR
and APPROVED by COMPANY, fully detailing the final AS-BUILT
condition of any item under CONTRACTOR Scope of Supply and
SCOPE OF WORK.
BIDDER/TENDERER Means an organisation invited to submit a formal offer under one
Contract for the ITT EPIC CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK – EPIC
WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” & FMWR (WP2)
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY Means an independent certifying company appointed by COMPANY
for the purpose of certification of the WORK for the safe operation as
set out in the CONTRACT
COMPANY Means the COMPANY designated as such in the LETTER of
AGREEMENT.
COMMISSIONING Means a systematic process aimed to orderly execute and document,

on a Sub-system/System base, all Functional, Service and Operational
tests necessary to bring a whole Facility from the Construction stage
up to its Start-Up and stable operations, in compliance with
APPROVED design requirements and applicable Rules, Regulation,
Codes and Standards.
CONSTRUCTION Means the PROJECT Execution phase, when:
• WHPA PLATFORM’s Facilities structures and equipment are
being fabricated, erected and installed
• Sabratha Modification facilities structures and equipment are
being fabricated, erected and installed
• 'FMWR facilities structures and equipment are being
fabricated, erected and installed'
CONTRACT Means the documents listed in the LETTER of AGREEMENT and any
amendment(s) to the CONTRACT documents issued subsequently
thereto.
CONTRACTOR Means the legal entity defined as such in the LETTER of
AGREEMENT.
EFFECTIVE DATE Means the date stated in the LETTER OF AGREEMENT on
which this CONTRACT comes into force
ENDORSE / By endorsing COMPANY documentation, CONTRACTOR states that
ENDORSEMENT he reviewed it thoroughly and agrees with its content. As such, the
document can be considered as if it was produced by CONTRACTOR
himself and therefore CONTRACTOR will not be allowed during
execution of the CONTRACT to ask for any deviation or variation
arising from any inconsistency or error in the document, or from design
activities based on the same document, which SHALL be considered
as the normal further development of design activities.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
FINAL ACCEPTANCE Means the formalization, regulated by the applicable Contractual

Agreements, of COMPANY’s Final Acceptance of a completed Facility,
at the end of foreseen Guarantee period.
GOODS Mean the ensemble of the equipment and materials to be supplied by
CONTRACTOR, VENDORS and SUBCONTRACTORS and to be part
of the PLATFORM or of Sabratha Modifications
INITIAL OPERATION Means the earlier phase of Facility’s Commercial Operations when
COMMISSIONING Operational Tests are completed with the
designated process fluids/products, and the Facility(ies) are subjected
to Performance Testing for the COMPANY’s Acceptance
INTEGRATED Means those activities which follow final pre-commissioning which are
COMMISSIONING carried out to prove the functional operation of the subsea equipment,
once integrated to the topside facilities.
KEY PERSONNEL MEANS the personnel of the CONTRACTOR identified and appointed
or to be appointed in respect to the positions listed in the CONTRACT
MAIN TELECOM MTC (appointed by CONTRACTOR) SHALL be the
CONTRACTOR/INTEGRATOR SUBCONTRACTOR responsible for the Engineering, procurement,
and COMMISSIONING of Telecommunications and Security systems.
MARINE WARRANTY MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR SHALL mean an Independent
SURVEYOR Certifying Authority appointed by COMPANY for the purpose of the
certification of the marine operations as set out in the CONTRACT
MECHANICAL COMPLETION Means the progress status achieved when fabrication, erection,
installation, integrity testing, cleanings, re-instatement and
preservation of all single devices, assemblies and equipment forming
a Sub-system have been completed and documented in accordance
with specified design requirements.
MECHANICAL COMPLETION is deemed to be achieved even if minor
outstanding works (Final punch list Items) still to be completed.
However, these works SHOULD not interfere with the safe execution
of following related the COMMISSIONING activities. These minor
works SHALL be recorded on a Final Punch List and completed within
a period mutually agreed between CONTRACTOR and COMPANY
OFFSHORE SITE Means AREA OF OPERATION either WHPA PLATFORM or Sabratha
Platform site
OPERATION Means all activities carried out by COMPANY subsequent to
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of the PLATFORM’s Facilities and
necessary for the continuing commercial operation of the same
PLATFORM Means the A-Structure Platform (WHPA) in its complete configuration
(Jacket & Topsides) and including FMWR.
PERFORMANCE TEST Means the Platforms’ Facilities (of plant or part of it) testing carried out,
after stable operations have been achieved, intended to demonstrate
the conformity of Guaranteed Data to the Contractual requirements, in
terms of productivity, capacity, quality, tolerance, limits, etc.
Performance Test SHALL be carried out in accordance with approved
performance test procedure
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
PROJECT Means the PROJECT where COMPANY is involved as specified under

Art. 2 “Scope of Work” of the LETTER of AGREEMENT and formally
named “EPIC WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” &
FMWR (WP2)”.
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE Means that COMPANY formally acknowledges the satisfactory
completion of Execution CONTRACTOR’s scope, without prejudice to
the CONTRACTOR’s Liabilities and Guarantees under the
CONTRACT. It marks the formal transfer of the Platform’s Facilities
from the Execution CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY
SCOPE OF WORK Identifies the whole APPENDIX D of the CONTRACT as well as its
content.
SITE Means the OFFSHORE or ONSHORE location where the facility is to
be finally installed in accordance with the CONTRACT and the
surrounding vicinity, as MAY be further delineated and altered in writing
from time to time by COMPANY Designated Representative.
Means the lands, and other places on, under, in or through which the
WORK is to be performed, including fabrication and construction sheds
and halls, or places of any kind, including all design office, workshop
and any places the WORK is being performed or where equipment,
materials or supplies are being fabricated, obtained, stored or used for
the purpose of this CONTRACT.
SUBCONTRACTOR(S) Means any company, corporation, firm, partnership or any combination
thereof engaged by CONTRACTOR for the performance of the WORK
or any part thereof.
SUB-SYSTEM Is a partial section of a defined System that consists of an independent
group of equipment or interconnected items performing a specific
function within the pertaining System, which can be isolated and
separated from the main associated System to allow for independent
Testing and COMMISSIONING.
START-UP Means the point in a Project where conditions are established and
Well’s Hydrocarbon process fluids, or First Charge are introduced into
the Facility to begin the intended Commercial Operations
SUPPLIER Any organisation that supplies material and/or equipment to
CONTRACTOR and/or COMPANY
SYSTEM Is a group of equipment or interconnected items performing a specific
utility, safety, auxiliary or process operational function, which can be
isolated and separated from the rest of the Facility to allow for
independent Testing and COMMISSIONING
VENDOR VENDOR means SUBCONTRACTOR.
However, as common practise, in general VENDOR indicates a
materials/equipment SUPPLIER and SUBCONTRACTOR indicate a
service SUPPLIER
WORK WORK means all of the works, services, supplies and things required
to be performed and provided by CONTRACTOR under this
CONTRACT as are more fully described in the CONTRACT, and as
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
MAY be modified after EFFECTIVE DATE by Variation Order(S),

including but not limited to the provision of all labour, facilities,
materials, construction equipment services and works as necessary for
the stability, completion and safe, reliable and efficient operation of the
Facilities, unless specifically excluded in this CONTRACT
WORKSITE Means the SITE and/or any CONSTRUCTION location(s) where any
major part/s of the WORK SHALL be fabricated and assembled and/or
handled, excluding all other offices, premises and workshops of
CONTRACTOR and SUBCONTRACTORS.
SHALL Is used to indicate a mandatory requirement
SHOULD Is used to indicate that the provision is preferred
MAY Is used to indicate a discretionary provision
1.3.2 List of Abbreviations
CED CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE

CFD Computational Fluid Dynamic
CMMS Computerized Maintenance Management System
CoA Certificate of Approval
COFP Certificate of Fitness for Production
COG/CoG Centre of Gravity
CP Cathodic Protection
CPM Critical Path Method
DC Drilling & Completion
DCS Distributed Control System
EBA Escape Breathing Apparatus
EMIMS Engineering Master Information Management System
EPC Engineering, Procurement and CONSTRUCTION
EPCI Engineering, Procurement, CONSTRUCTION and Installation
EPIC Engineering, Procurement, Installation and COMMISSIONING (including as required,
hook-up and offshore COMMISSIONING)
ESD Emergency Shutdown System
FAC Final Acceptance Certificate
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
FEED Front-End Engineering Design
FERA Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment
FMWR Fast Moving Workover Rig
F&G Fire and Gas Systems
HAZID Hazard Identification
HAZOP Hazard and Operability
H&MB Heat & Material Balance
HP High Pressure
HSE Health, Safety and Environment
HVAC Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning
ICSS Integrated Control Safety System
IDS Inspection Data Sheet
IRPA Individual Risk Per Annum
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
ITP Inspection & Test Plan

ITT Invitation To Tender
LCI Life Cycle Information
LLI Long Lead Item
LOS Line of Sight
LP Low Pressure
LQ Living Quarter
MAV Main Automation System Vendor
NCR Non-Conformance Report
MCX Mellitah Complex
MDR Master Deliverable Register
MMSCFD Million Standard Cubic Feet per Day
MOG Mellitah Oil & Gas
MRR Material Receiving Report
MTC Main Telecommunication System Contractor
MTO Material take-off
MV Medium Voltage
MWS marine Warranty Surveyor
ND Nominal Diameter
NDT Non-Destructive Testing
NGL Natural Gas Liquids
OAT Operational Availability Test
OM/O&M Operation & Maintenance
OTP Operational Test Procedure
PAC Provisional Acceptance Certificate
PDT Pre-Drilling Template
PFD Process Flow Diagram
PFP Passive Fire Protection
PHA Preliminary Hazard Analysis
POB Personnel on Board
PPE Production Platform E-Structure
P&ID Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
PR Purchase Requisition
PSV Pressure Safety Valve
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QMS Quality Management System
RAM Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
RBI Risk Based Inspection
RDDS Required Documents Data Sheet
RFSU Ready for Start-Up
SAT Site Acceptance Test
SCE Safety Critical Element
SCF Standard cubic feet
SIL Safety Integrity Level
SOW SCOPE OF WORK
SPIR Spare Parts Interchangeability Records
SPMT Self Propelled Modular Transported
SRS Safety Requirement Specification
SSIV Subsea Isolation Valve
TBD To be Defined
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
TBE Technical Bid Evaluation

UFD Utility Flow Diagram
VIV Vortex Induced Vibrations
VOP Variation Order Proposal
WBS Work Breakdown Structure
WHPA Wellhead Platform A-Structure
1.4 Reference Documents

CONTRACTOR SHALL follow the references listed below and the hierarchy reported:
a. Local and National Libyan Laws and Regulations
b. Project Specifications / Datasheets / Drawings / Technical Documentation
c. COMPANY standards
d. International Codes and Standards.
In case of conflict among documents of the same priority level, the more restrictive requirements and conditions
SHALL govern.
During the TENDER phase, CONTRACTOR SHALL have reviewed all contractual and technical documents
provided by COMPANY as part of the ITT Package, and SHALL have familiarized with them.
CONTRACTOR SHALL formally notify to COMPANY of any error, omission, deficiency, inaccuracy,
contradiction, ambiguity, or discrepancy found in such documents during the TENDER phase and seek
COMPANY advise.
CONTRACTOR SHALL review all project applicable Codes and Standards, and SHALL identify the
Code/Standard and sections that apply to each WORK activity, as applicable. The list of documents and
Standards provided by COMPANY SHALL not be considered exhaustive.
As the WORK and other Contracting Packages activities develop, additional technical documents and data,
specifications, Standards, Codes and Regulations MAY be added by COMPANY, or proposed by other
COMPANY’s Contractors. CONTRACTOR MAY also propose additional specifications and Standards;
however, all modifications SHALL be APPROVED by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL request for any integration and/or any missing data which is required to perform the
WORK.
During tender and execution phases, CONTRACTOR SHALL inform COMPANY of any conflicts or questions
arising from the project technical documentation/requirements and/or from the interpretation of COMPANY
requirements.
These conflicts SHALL be resolved and APPROVED by COMPANY prior to the execution of the affected part
of the WORK.
Any technical clarifications and deviation requests, that MAY be proposed during execution of the WORK by
CONTRACTOR SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for review and consideration through appointed
procedures. APPROVAL MAY be granted at COMPANY’s discretion. No proposed technical deviation SHALL
be implemented prior to APPROVAL being granted.
1.4.1 Reference Project Documents

Reference Project Documents are listed in document no. ET-114-L-Z-0002-00, APPENDIX D-4 - General
Technical and Design Information – WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” & FMWR (WP2).
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
1.4.2 Reference Rules, Codes and Standards

Reference Rules Codes and Standards are listed in document ET-114-L-Z-0003-00, APPENDIX D-6 - Rules,
Codes and COMPANY Standards - WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” & FMWR (WP2) and in
document ET-114-P-Z-0517-00, APPENDIX D-5 - COMPANY GUIDELINES AND REQUIREMENTS - WHPA,
Sabratha Modifications for Structure A & FMWR (WP2).
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for identification of the need to modify the design documents as a result
of changes to relevant laws and regulations during PROJECT execution period. When such need is identified,
COMPANY SHALL be notified.
1.4.3 Project Specific Data

Meteocean and Soil Data, provided by COMPANY, are included in the here below-listed documentation.
Title ID Revision
Q-100-T-V-0075-00
Meteocean Study for Detailed Design of Offshore Structures P7
(P0017087-1-H75)
Q-100-T-V-0073-00
PSHA Update and Deaggregation Study P3
(P0017087-1-H73)
Q-100-T-V-0095-00
Site Response Analysis (SRA) & Soil Liquefaction P3
(P0017087-1-H95)
Q-114-T-S-0064-00
Final Report Geomorphological and Geophysical Survey - A Platform P1
(P0017087-1-H64)
Q-114-T-S-0076-00
Final Report - Geotechnical Survey Phase 1 - A Structure Platform P3
(P0017087-1-H76)
Final Report – Engineering Analysis and Factual Geotechnical Survey Q-114-T-S-0087-00
P4
Phase 2 - A Structure Platform (P0017087-1-H87)
Q-100-T-V-0096-00
Fault Hazard Assessment at WHPA P3
(P0017087-1-H96)
Q-100-T-V-0074-00
Geohazard Assessment study P4
(P0017087-1-H74)
Q-114-T-S-0076-00
Geotechnical Survey Phase 1 – A structure Platform P3
(P0017087-1-H76)
Q-114-T-S-0091-00
Geophysical Integrated with Geotechnical – WHPA P4
(P0017087-1-H91)
Q-100-T-Q-0084-00
Offshore Environmental Baseline Study – Final Survey Report Vol. 1 & 2 P1
(P0017087-1-H84)
Table 1-1 - Project Specific Data Table
1.5 Geographical Data

The Bahr Essalam gas and condensate field is located within Block NC41 in the Mediterranean Sea,
approximately 120km northwest of Tripoli. The geographical coordinates and water depth of the existing and
new facilities are reported in Table 1-2.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Geographical Coordinates Water

(UTM ED50 Zone 33N) Depth
Location Status
L.A.T
Easting Northing (m)
WHPA 257 194.59 3 710 570.00 New Planned 95.5
Sabratha Platform 285 449.50 3 737 164.50 Existing 188.5
Table 1-2 - Location coordinates and water depths
1.6 Language
The legal and commercial aspects of the CONTRACT SHALL be communicated in English in accordance with
the General and Special Conditions of the CONTRACT. All the technical documents relating to the activities
covered by this document SHALL be in English language.
CONTRACTOR SHALL produce all the documentation for permit in English language. Installation
methodologies for all the equipment, and also all the Pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and
O&M methodologies, SHALL be produced both in English and Arabic. Any other document to be produced
both in Arabic and English will be indicated in this document. Safety Warning labels/signs SHALL be in Arabic
and English.
CONTRACTOR SHALL interface with local authorities if required in Arabic and have resources able to do it.
1.7 Units of Measurements

The units of measurements SHALL be the S.I. System. Imperial units of measurements are allowed for nominal
pipeline diameters to be used providing that S.I. units are specified as well.
Imperial units are allowed only for piping diameter, with the corresponding S.I. units indicated in brackets. For
pressure, “psi” is allowed if followed by the corresponding “bar” measure.
1.8 Statutory Authorities

CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that the proposed equipment, procedures, safety requirements,
manning requirements and environmental requirements as well any other requirement fully comply with the
local legislation and regulations.
All marine vessels facilities, characteristics, personnel, etc. must comply with the Local Authorities
regulations/requirements (e.g. Port Authority in CONTRACTOR base country and Libyan Authority for the entry
in Libya country).
1.9 Project Data Acquisition

CONTRACTOR SHALL request for any integration and/or any missing data which is required to perform the
WORK. In case CONTRACTOR finds any missing data or conflicts between different documents provided by
COMPANY, CONTRACTOR SHALL follow the dedicated procedures for Technical Queries and Interface
Management included in the CONTRACT without schedule/cost impact.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
1.10 Project Key Dates

CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the SCOPE OF WORK in compliance with the following Project Key Dates.
CONTRACTOR SHALL review the information and SHALL submit within its proposal a schedule for the
Execution of the WORK incorporating the requirements stated in the table below.
N° DESCRIPTION KEY DATES Notes
1 CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE CED

COMPANY Office Facilities at CONTRACTOR’s home
2 CED
office.
Pipe and bends delivered to Sabratha modifications
3 Onshore Yard (free issued items to CONTRACTOR by CED +[HOLD 1] WP4 Driven
WP4 COMPANY’s EPIC Contractor)
Equipment to be used for Sabratha topside modification
4 (free issued items to CONTRACTOR by WP4 CED +[HOLD 1] WP4 Driven
COMPANY’s EPIC Contractor)
Sabratha Modifications Subsea & Sealines Topside
5 TBD By CONTRACTOR
Equipment installation and hook up by WP4
CONTRACTOR to
propose for
6 Sabratha Modifications Shutdown CED + [HOLD 1]
COMPANY
APPROVAL
Sabratha Modifications modules, new risers and J tubes
7 TBD By CONTRACTOR
Installed
Subsea & Sealines offshore hook up at Sabratha
8 CED + [HOLD 1] WP4 Driven
completed
9 Sabratha Modifications MECHANICAL COMPLETION TBD By CONTRACTOR
10 Sabratha Modifications Ready For Start-up TBD By CONTRACTOR
11 Sabratha Modifications Ready for CO2 In TBD By CONTRACTOR
Pipe and bends delivered to WHPA Onshore Yards
12 (free issued items to CONTRACTOR by WP4 CED +[HOLD 1] WP4 Driven
COMPANY’s EPIC Contractor)
WHPA Subsea & Sealines Topside Equipment delivery
13 to Onshore Yard (free issued items to CONTRACTOR CED +[HOLD 1] WP4 Driven
by WP4 COMPANY’s EPIC Contractor)
14 WHPA MECHANICAL COMPLETION TBD By CONTRACTOR
15 WHPA Jacket Ready for Installation TBD By CONTRACTOR
16 WHPA Topside Ready for Installation TBD By CONTRACTOR
17 WHPA Ready for Hook-Up TBD By CONTRACTOR
18 WHPA Ready for Drilling and Completion (RFDC) TBD By CONTRACTOR
WHPA and Sabratha Ready for Hydrocarbon In (RFHC-
19 TBD By CONTRACTOR
in)
20 WHPA/Sabratha Ready for Performance Test TBD By CONTRACTOR
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
1.11 Description of Integrated Development Project

The execution of the Structures A & E, Mellitah Complex Expansion and CO2 Management Integrated
Development Project, subsequent to Front End Engineering Design (FEED) work, will be through five (5) lump
sum turnkey EPC contracts as described in APPENDIX D-1.
Engineering, Procurement, CONSTRUCTION, Installation, MECHANICAL COMPLETION and

COMMISSIONING activities including performing the performance tests with Hydrocarbons (HC) SHALL be
performed by CONTRACTOR along with interfacing with other COMPANY’s EPIC Contractors. The Start-Up
activities SHALL be carried-out by CONTRACTOR and witnessed by the COMPANY.
The facilities object of the CONTRACT SHALL be under the responsibility and liability of the CONTRACTOR
during the CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and Performance
Test activities. After the successful Start-Up and Performance Test of the platforms / plant, the PAC SHALL
be issued, and the platforms facilities and equipment / subsea systems / sealines systems SHALL be handed
over to COMPANY Operation.
The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all activities until PAC as a minimum with the option [OPTION 6] to
extend the initial operation activities 6 month beyond PAC.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
2.0 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

The PROJECT objective is the delivery by CONTRACTOR of:
i. To provide state of the art new production facilities (PLATFORM: complete package) to allow for
exploitation of the reservoir’s Hydrocarbons of the A-Structure located in the Area D
ii. the Fast Moving Workover Rig (FMWR, complete package) to be installed on WHPA and, later on,
to be installed on Production Platform E by PPE Platform (WP1) EPIC Contractor;
iii. To provide state of the art Modifications on Sabratha Platform (complete package) to handle WHPA
production and CO2 injection
iv. To manage and execute its scope in relation to interfacing with other COMPANY’s EPIC Contractors
in conformity with the requirements of this APPENDIX D-2 as well as with the requirements set forth in the
specifications and standards, design codes, recommended practices, safety design codes included in
APPENDIX D-4 and APPENDIX D-6, the new facilities SHALL be ready for START-UP within the dates defined
in the CONTRACT.
The PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha Modifications to be supplied/executed by CONTRACTOR SHALL be

safe, reliable, efficient, operable and maintainable throughout the design-life thereof and in accordance with
present APPENDIX D-2 & APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR's responsibility under the CONTRACT SHALL include all works of whatsoever nature, except
as expressly provided otherwise herein, necessary to achieve satisfactory and timely completion of the
PLATFORM, associated FMWR and Sabratha Modification inclusive of START-UP and PERFORMANCE
TEST until the new facilities PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATES are APPROVED by COMPANY.
2.1 CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK

CONTRACTOR scope of work SHALL include on turnkey basis all WORK required to achieve the project
objective, which SHALL commence with verification, ENDORSEMENT and development of the FEED WORK
provided by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR scope of work SHALL include, as minimum but not limited to, all
WORK related to Project Management, Engineering, Procurement and Supply of Equipment,
CONSTRUCTION and Fabrication, Loadout, Transportation and Offshore Installation, COMMISSIONING,
Start-up, Initial Operations and Performance test, in addition to Training, Facilities and Services Provided to
COMPANY as described hereinafter, to realise:
1. A New Platform WHPA and Sabratha modifications for Structure A; as described in the present Appendix
D-2, in the PROJECT Documents listed in Appendix D-4 list and as described in Appendix D-1
2. A New Fast Moving Workover Rig as described in the present Appendix D-2, in the PROJECT Documents
listed in Appendix D-4 list, described in the Appendix D-1, FMWR PACKAGE TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTATION (Doc NO: DO-100-L-Z-0006-00) and in FMWR GENERAL SPECIFICATION (Doc No:
DO-100-S-Z-0002-00). CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure Consistency of design and interfaces between
WHPA and FMWR
The CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK SHALL include:

o Project Management/Administration of the CONTRACT including but not limited to:
▪ Internal co-ordination
▪ Co-ordination with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and Marine Warranty Surveyor appointed by
COMPANY
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
▪ Interfacing with other COMPANY's Contractors at PLATFORM and Sabratha interfaces (see
APPENDIX D-3.).
o Detailed Engineering including Engineering of Procurement, CONSTRUCTION, Installation,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP, operations and maintenance based on the Basic/FEED engineering
already endorsed by CONTRACTOR during bidding phase.
Management of detailed engineering SHALL be carried out in a single location, which SHOULD be
CONTRACTOR's home office. Consideration will be given to detailed engineering being carried out in
other locations subject to CONTRACT as well as appropriate controls and procedures being in place.
o Procurement, supply and delivery to CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE, in CONTRACTOR's
own name, of all material and equipment necessary for the Work, including customs clearance thereof.
This includes the supply of spare parts, special tools, as well as any other material required for
CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING AND Start-Up, such as consumables, lubricants and chemicals
required.
o Fabrication at CONSTRUCTION YARD of PLATFORM sub-assemblies including temporary items needed
to the realisation of PLATFORM and future/spare risers and j-tubes.
o Fabrication at CONSTRUCTION YARD of FMWR sub-assemblies including temporary items needed to
the realisation of FMWR.
o Fabrication at CONSTRUCTION YARD of Sabratha Modifications sub-assemblies including temporary
items needed to the realisation of Sabratha Modifications.
o Handling, installation and connection of COMPANY free issued SSIVs Control System
o Load-out, seafastening and transportation of PLATFORM sub-assemblies to the OFFSHORE SITE.
o Load-out, seafastening and transportation of FMWR sub-assemblies to the OFFSHORE SITE.
o Load-out, seafastening and transportation of Sabratha Modifications sub-assemblies to the OFFSHORE
SITE.
o Mobilisation / demobilisation of MARINE SPREAD.
o Installation of PLATFORM sub-assemblies at OFFSHORE SITE.
o Installation of Sabratha Modifications sub-assemblies at OFFSHORE SITE.
o Rig-up of FMWR on PLATFORM.
o Pre and post-installation surveys.
o Onshore MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING operations to the maximum extend.
o Hook-up works, Offshore MECHANICAL COMPLETION and Offshore COMMISSIONING for PLATFORM.
Onshore activities to be optimized in order to minimize Offshore works and Campaign duration
o Hook-up works, Offshore MECHANICAL COMPLETION and Offshore COMMISSIONING for Sabratha
Modifications. Onshore activities to be optimized in order to minimize Offshore works and Campaign
duration.
o Hand-over FMWR to COMPANY’s Drilling Contractor. Refer to Section 5.5 of Doc. No. ET-114-T-Z-3566-
00, “Commissioning and Start-up Execution Plan”
o Execution of Start-Up and PERFORMANCE TESTS for PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications until
PAC.
o Hand-over to COMPANY of PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications.
o Provision of Services to COMPANY including training (see Sect. 14.0).
o Post-PAC 6-months operation SHALL be offered as [OPTION 6]
2.2 Battery Limits

The present CONTRACT is part of a general development plan, where the overall amount of work is shared
between CONTRACTOR and other COMPANY’s Contractors.
Accordingly, and with respect to the SCOPE OF WORK, battery limits and interfaces between CONTRACTOR
and other COMPANY's Contractors exist and they are defined in document no. ET-114-Q-Z-0001-00,
“APPENDIX D-3 - Interface Responsibility Matrix for EPIC - WHPA, Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” &
FMWR (WP2)”
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
2.3 Options
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the following optional works as required by COMPANY:
Option No. Description Exercise date
[OPTION 1] Back-up SIL certified communication between WHPA and Sabratha TBA
via LOS (see Sect. 7.4.14.2 and 7.5.12)
[OPTION 2] Integrity Assessment of the existing Sabratha wellhead flowlines to TBA
be used for CO2 Injection (see Sect. 7.2.2)
[OPTION 3] Leak detection System (see Sect. 7.2.2) TBA
[OPTION 4] Survey of WHPA jacket docking piles pre-installed by another TBA

Contractor (see Sect. 10.5.2)
[OPTION 5] Operator Training Simulator option to include process TBA
simulation for life-cycle activities (off-line) (see Sect. 14.4.4)
[OPTION 6] Operation of WHPA Platform for 6 months after PAC (see TBA
Sect. 1.11 and 2.1)
[OPTION 7] Two years spare parts as Provisional lump-sum (see Sect. TBA
8.8.2)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
3.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all the required project management services to satisfy the requirements of
the CONTRACT. Such services SHALL include, but not be limited to, overall project management,
coordination, administration, planning, monitoring, control, reporting and interfaces with COMPANY and all
THIRD PARTIES associated with the execution of the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL have the necessary management, support and overall experience necessary to
provide effective management of the WORK and SHALL have sufficient resources available in the number of
management personnel having the levels of corporate authority necessary to exercise such PROJECT
Management, co-ordination and direction over its work force as well as over VENDORS and
SUBCONTRACTORS in order to achieve the CONTRACT requirements of quality, schedule, safety and
program.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and execute the activities under project management and administration in
full compliance with other parts of the CONTRACT and summarized as follows:
• Organization and coordination of CONTRACTOR’s personnel.
• Coordination of VENDORS and SUBCONTRACTORS including third parties;
• Interface management, internal and external;
• Management of Changes;
• Document management;
• CONTRACT planning, cost and invoicing control;
• CONTRACT progress monitoring, control and reporting;
• Risk management;
• Specific coordination requirements;
• Administration;
• Completion and closeout.
• Any other obligations required by the CONTRACT
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all parties involved in the performance of the WORK are properly co-
ordinated, and that all interfaces are dealt with in a prompt and efficient manner.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare an Interface Management Plan to be submitted to COMPANY for
APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL implement a dedicated register to manage interfaces and provide full
access to COMPANY.
CONTRACTORS Management Procedures SHALL be in accordance with the requirements specified in all
parts of CONTRACT which describe the requirements and principles to be applied for the effective and efficient
management and monitoring of the performance of the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and maintain an Overall CONTRACT Programme (Master Schedule) and
progress curves along with supporting planning and control activities, to provide COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR with clear and detailed status of the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare Manpower Plan and histograms for duration of the PROJECT.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare the Project Controls Package and report all relevant planned, actual and
forecast progress data for all phases of the WORK, in accordance with the requirements as specified in the
Coordination Procedure of the tender package.
All above mentioned management activities SHALL be further developed and well documented and relevant
plan SHALL be submitted to COMPANY APPROVAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain an integrated management team with expertise to coordinate and control all
CONTRACTOR, VENDORS, SUBCONTRACTOR/S and THIRD PARTIES activities and manage all
associated interfaces with such Parties.
The principal coordination, interfaces and liaison works are to include the tasks listed in the following sections.
3.1 Project Management Board
3.1.1 Establishment of CONTRACTOR’s Project Management Board

CONTRACTOR SHALL, within fourteen (14) days from CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE, constitute and
mobilise the Project Management Board to be based at the CONTRACTOR Home Office and which SHALL
have unfettered responsibility within CONTRACTOR's organisation for providing effective Project Management
and the implementation of the required PROJECT Controls.
The PROJECT Management Board SHALL be headed by the Project Director who, as CONTRACTOR
designated Representative, SHALL have full authority to represent and act on behalf of, the CONTRACTOR
on all matters pertinent to the CONTRACT and SHALL act as prime contact point between COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL establish, at each WORKSITE location, a WORKSITE management team which,
under the overall responsibility of the PROJECT Management team, SHALL provide management,
coordination and supervision throughout the Engineering, Fabrication, Installation, Assembly, Testing,
Marking, Packing, Load-out, Shipping, Pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING, etc…
CONTRACTOR to include in its Technical and Un-Priced Commercial Offer CVs of the Project Director,
Managers and other KEY PERSONNEL.
Project Director, all the other designated members of the Project Management Board and all other KEY
PERSONNEL are subject to COMPANY APPROVAL, prior to their commencement upon the WORK. Once
APPROVED, they SHALL be dedicated on a full time basis to the management of the CONTRACT and SHALL
not be removed or replaced without the prior COMPANY APPROVAL.
3.1.2 Support to Project Management Board

In order to ensure that the Project Management Board is able to perform the required function, CONTRACTOR
SHALL include in the Scope of WORK all necessary assistance and support, which SHALL include, but not be
limited to:
• Technical, secretarial and administrative staff.
• Competent and experienced personnel to plan, organise, control and verify the WORK
• Office accommodation and logistical support at CONTRACTOR's Home Office and WORK SITES.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Management systems at CONTRACTOR's Home Office, including computer services and other
facilities at the level of those specified for COMPANY Project Team in Sect. 13.0
• Transportation or facilities for travelling for the members of Project Management Board and their
support staff between the CONTRACTOR's Home Office, CONSTRUCTION YARD and MARINE
SPREAD, as well as all other CONTRACTOR's, VENDOR's, SUBCONTRACTOR's destinations
related to the PROJECT
3.2 Responsibilities of Project Management
3.2.1 General
Through the Project Management Board and throughout the duration of the WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL
perform all Project Management required for the WORK including, but not limited to, the following:
• At CONTRACT Award, issue all Management Plans for all the activities related to the Execution of the
CONTRACT and submit it for COMPANY APPORVAL
• Prepare and submit organisation charts, stating all positions including external ones
(SUBCONTRACTORS).
• Provide a Project Management Team to be APPROVED by COMPANY to manage the implementation of
the WORK.
• Provide all management, administrative and accountancy personnel, secretarial and clerical personnel
necessary to carry out the overall management of the CONTRACT, and performance of all related
management, administrative and accountancy tasks.
• Act as prime contact point with COMPANY on all matters relating to the CONTRACT.
• Select staff, mobilize, set working criteria and provide management and direction to the various
WORKSITEs (including installation spread).
• Ensure the effective mobilization of all of the CONTRACTOR's facilities including, but not limited to, the
WORKSITE, plants, equipment, crane, offices, vehicles, storage and logistic support.
• Co-ordinate with COMPANY, CONTRACTOR's Partners (if any) and COMPANY’s other Contractors.
• Define duties, responsibility and authority level of each position stated in the organisation charts.
• Ensure that the appropriate insurance is arranged for all WORK, equipment, transportation, etc. as
required by the CONTRACT.
• Provide support and assistance for COMPANY’s team to obtain visa to any places where the WORK takes
place.
• Provide any other type of support necessary to perform the SCOPE OF WORK and fulfil CONTRACT
requirements
• Prepare and submit the CONTRACT EXECUTION PLAN documents related to the WORK, including the
Milestone Payment Schedule for COMPANY APPROVAL.
• Tracking, receiving, filing/storing, controlling, reproducing, distributing and safeguarding of all WORK
related and generated correspondence, engineering specifications, calculations, drawings and other
associated WORK data.
• Ensure that copies of all reports, minutes of meetings, Documents, all Engineering, Procurement,
Fabrication, Testing Load Out, Transportation, Installation, PRE-COMMISSIONING, MECHANICAL
COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and Operational Procedures and any other
documentation are issued to COMPANY as specified elsewhere within this CONTRACT.
• Ensure that a review of all CONTRACT documentation is carried out and that the WORK and CONTRACT
EXECUTION PLAN are in accordance with all contractual requirements, acts, codes and regulations, and
that all changes in acts, codes or regulations are, where applicable, APPROVED by COMPANY and
incorporated in the WORK and the CONTRACT EXECUTION PLAN.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Ensure that the appropriate insurances are arranged for all work, equipment, transportation, etc., as
required by the CONTRACT.
• Ensure that all Working Procedures, Safety Procedures and PROJECT Controls are issued, APPROVED
by COMPANY and are being adhered to by CONTRACTOR, SUCONTRACTOR/S and VENDORS.
• Define, approve and submit for COMPANY APPROVAL the CONTRACTOR'S HSEQ Policy and set up a
homogeneous Quality System to be used throughout the WORK in accordance with Quality description
within Quality Management.
• Continuously implement a quality management system in compliance with latest revisions of ISO 9001
throughout the execution of the WORK and submit periodic reports to COMPANY. Activate the preparation
of the Project Quality plan, Expedite the non – conformity resolution in the event of any non – compliance
providing all necessary information for their closing out.
• Perform periodic quality audits and advise COMPANY in advance about such audits schedule for
COMPANY witness. The results of such audits together with the appropriate action taken and any other
recommendation SHALL be advised for COMPANY consideration.
• Organize and attend all meetings as necessary. Minutes of Meetings (MoM) preparation is a
CONTRACTOR’s task.
• Notify COMPANY about all potential problems and areas of concern, as soon as identified.
• Award and administration of Subcontracts.
• Training of personnel of Subcontracts.
• Select for each CONSTRUCTION YARD and at OFFSHORE SITE the staff, mobilise, set working criteria
and provide management and direction to each CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITE
organisation.
• Ensure the effective mobilisation of all the CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITE, including, but
not limiting to, sites resources, site personnel accommodation, offices, workshops, storage, equipment,
cranage, vehicles and logistic support.
• Issue all project co-ordination and management procedures for the WORK, in accordance with the
guidelines and requirements set forth in APPENDIX G.
• Ensure that COMPANY is kept fully informed of all progress, activities and critical areas during the course
of the WORK.
• Supervise all SUBCONTRACTOR(s), Licensors and VENDOR's and all WORK and ancillary or temporary
services that are necessary for the expeditious completion of WHPA PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha
Modifications respecting all conditions of the CONTRACT.
• Co-ordinate and control major PROJECT functions at Home Office, e.g. engineering, Procurement, Project
Planning and Control, Contracting, as well as activities like CONSTRUCTION, installation,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and initial operation until and including PAC to ensure WORK are completed
on schedule and according to the specifications and CONTRACT.
This includes but is not limited to:
o Co-ordination within/outside CONTRACTOR Organisation (see Sect.3.2.2)
o Management of external interfaces (see Sect. 3.2.3)
o Co-ordination with COMPANY's CERTIFYING AUTHORITY (see Sect. 3.2.4) and MWS (see Sect.
3.2.5)
• Prepare and present to COMPANY project plans as defined in QUALITY MANAGEMENT
REQUIREMENTS, schedules as defined in PLANNING & SCHEDULING PROCEDURE and progress
reports as defined in PROGRESS MEASUREMENT & REPORTING PROCEDURE (APPENDIX G).
• Ensure that all working procedures, safety procedures and project control procedures are issued and being
adhered to.
• Define and approve the CONTRACTOR'S HSEQ Policy and set up a homogeneous Quality System to be
used throughout the WORK in accordance with Quality description and procedures within the Quality
Management System
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Continuously implement a quality management system in compliance with ISO 9001 throughout the
execution of the WORK and submit periodic reports to COMPANY as per APPENDIX E. Activate the
preparation of the Project Quality Plan. Expedite the non-conformity resolution in the event of any non-
compliance, providing all necessary information for their closing-out.
• Perform periodic quality audits and advise COMPANY the results of such audits together with the
appropriate action taken and any other recommendation for COMPANY consideration.
• Perform tracking, receiving, filing/storing, controlling, reproducing, distributing, and safeguarding of all
PROJECT related and generated correspondence, engineering specifications, calculations, drawings and
other associated PROJECT DATA.
• Perform tracking and control of the status of all PROJECT related and VENDOR related documentation
subject to review and APPROVAL. It SHALL be compatible with COMPANY computerised document
control system as per Sect. 7.4.22 and Sect. 7.5.17.
• Perform tracking, monitoring and controlling of all VENDOR drawings, specifications and PROJECT data,
through the internal PROJECT and COMPANY review cycle until returned to the initiator in no comment
condition. It SHALL also ensure that approvals and/or CONTRACTOR comments are returned to subject
VENDOR in an expeditious matter, with little to no delays.
• Establish, install and maintain an electronic management system and control program for the PROJECT
technical documentation and data including QA & QC documents.
• Ensure that COMPANY have read-only access, in COMPANY Project Offices, to CONTRACTOR
document control system.
• Ensure that the following requirements/specification SHALL be implemented according to COMPANY
Standards and Procedures in APPENDIX D- 6:
o Document numbering system
o Document size and format
o Document title block
o Document review, comment and approval procedure
o Document distribution
• Co-ordinate the preparation of the following manuals (see Sect. 7.11 and 7.12):
o Operating Manual
o Safety Manual
o Maintenance Manual
o Mechanical Catalogues
• Implement and control all program recovery measures that MAY be necessary to ensure that
CONTRACTOR fulfils its contractual obligations and successfully meets the key dates/milestones as
stipulated on the CONTRACT as well as the intermediate ones fixes on the WORKTIME SCHEDULE.
• As per Sect. 7.4.22.1, ensure the use of the data centric design tools, and the integration between them,
across all engineering disciplines for the development of data, documents, and drawings for the project.
In all cases, the databases SHALL be developed to include all “AS-BUILT” modifications and changes
prior to final handover to COMPANY. A Completion & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS)
software package SHALL be used.
• Liaising with the COMPANY and other COMPANY’s Contractors.
• Liaising with Regulatory Authorities
3.2.2 Co-ordination and Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all necessary co-ordination and control, including:
a) Co-ordination within CONTRACTOR's organisation

CONTRACTOR SHALL, throughout the entire duration of the CONTRACT, be responsible for all internal
co-ordination between CONTRACTOR's departments involved in the performance of the WORK.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL initiate and implement appropriate procedures such that the WORK is executed
in an efficient manner.
CONTRACTOR's co-ordination within his organisation includes but is not limited to:
o Co-ordination of the engineering activities with particular emphasis on interfaces, work group checks,
circulation of drawings, office locations for design, and the preparation/checking of shop drawings.
o Co-ordination of the procurement activities with particular emphasis on the co-ordination with
engineering activities, updating of requisitions and circulation of VENDOR data.
o Co-ordination of the expediting, inspection and forwarding activities, with particular emphasis on
prompt reporting and accurate information for fabrication, quality and scheduling.
o Co-ordination of the fabrication, CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and load-out, transportation,
installation/hook-up groups with particular emphasis on safety, quality control, work scheduling and
work checks.
o Documentation review including SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS, issue including document
management system.
o Co-ordination of QA/QC personnel to meet all applicable QA/QC requirements.
b) Co-ordination outside CONTRACTOR's organisation under CONTRACTOR's responsibility

CONTRACTOR SHALL, throughout the entire duration of the CONTRACT, be responsible for all co-
ordination between SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS, other COMPANY’s Contractors and where
required Sabratha COMPANY O&M organization, including (but not limited to):
o ICSS integration
o Telecomm integration
o FMWR design integration
o Intervention on Sabratha Platform
o Interfacing with Other COMPANY’s EPIC Contractors
CONTRACTOR SHALL initiate and implement appropriate procedures such that the WORK is executed in an
efficient manner.
CONTRACTOR’s co-ordination outside his organisation includes but is not necessarily limited to:
o Timely supply of engineering documents and information to be issued to VENDORS &
SUBCONTRACTORS.
o Adequate expediting of VENDORS' & SUBCONTRACTORS' data for incorporation in detailed
engineering and timely return of engineering comments and approvals of VENDORS' &
SUBCONTRACTORS' data.
o Obtain, review and comment upon VENDORS' & SUBCONTRACTORS' dossiers.
o Adequate expediting & inspection of VENDORS' & SUBCONTRACTORS' equipment and materials.
o Timely supply of Approved for Construction drawings to be issued to SUBCONTRACTORS.
o Timely supply of equipment and materials to be issued to SUBCONTRACTORS for installation and
CONSTRUCTION.
o Adequate provision of VENDORs & SUBCONTRACTORs assistance for installation, integrity testing
and COMMISSIONING.
3.2.3 Management of External Interfaces

CONTRACTOR SHALL plan, manage and co-ordinate its WORK and its SUBCONTRACTOR's works
interfacing with other COMPANY's Contractors (WP4 Subsea & Sealines, D&C, OM, etc.) to ensure that the
WORK is performed in accordance with WORK TIME SCHEDULE, quality and safety requirements.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL co-operate with COMPANY for COMPANY co-ordination of all external interfaces
associated with the performance of the WORK and as identified in APPENDIX D-3.
CONTRACTOR SHALL interface with other COMPANY's Contractors for the duration of the WORK, including,
but not limited to:
o detailed engineering for the consistency of WHPA PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha Modification
design with the facilities as designed by other COMPANY's Contractors
o CONSTRUCTION of the WHPA PLATFORM to ensure that material and equipment (free-supplied to
CONTRACTOR by other COMPANY's EPIC Contractors (throughout COMPANY) are delivered
according to WORK TIME SCHEDULE for their integration into PLATFORM
o CONSTRUCTION of the Sabratha Modification to ensure that material and equipment (free-supplied
to CONTRACTOR by other COMPANY's EPIC Contractors (throughout COMPANY) are delivered
according to WORK TIME SCHEDULE for their integration into PLATFORM
o Execution of ONSHORE phases of the WORK; where CONTRACTOR
FABRICATION/CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING activities SHALL
be performed in close coordination with other COMPANY’ s Contractors under the COMPANY's
authority.
o OFFSHORE SITE work phases where CONTRACTOR load-out, transportation, installation, hook-up
and COMMISSIONING works SHALL be performed in close co-ordination with other COMPANY's
Contractors under the COMPANY's authority.
CONTRACTOR SHALL allow access to other COMPANY's Contractors for the tie-in and
COMMISSIONING of their works to/on WHPA platform during hook-up/COMMISSIONING phases and
for the well completion. This access MAY include displacement and temporary relocation of MARINE
SPREAD.
Due to unexpected adverse events that MAY affect the performance of the WHPA Platform or
Sabratha Platform OFFSHORE SITE works, CONTRACTOR's OFFSHORE SITE organisation SHALL
provide necessary flexibility to:
➢ perform WORK ahead of WORK TIME SCHEDULE at the time window initially planned for other
COMPANY's EPIC Contractors operation, SHOULD this window not be occupied by the foreseen
Contractors,
➢ or to postpone planned WORK to allow access of OFFSHORE SITE to other COMPANY's
Contractors.
o FMWR COMMISSIONING works SHALL be performed in close co-ordination with other COMPANY's
Contractors (D&C OM) under the COMPANY's authority.
o Early operation of the new facilities
The identification of conditions of the interfaces, such as the definition of the type of information/material
needed by CONTRACTOR from the other parties (and vice versa) is an integral part of the SCOPE OF WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL issue drawings and documents as requested by the other Parties and be responsible
for the review of all engineering work associated with the interface to ensure that the final design is in
accordance with his own engineering WORK, and that all aspects of the WORK are coherent. No claims for
Variations Orders and/or extension of times SHALL be considered by COMPANY based upon CONTRACTOR
failing to take into consideration any or all of the possible interfaces of the WORK.
Resolution at interfacing problem SHALL be made at COMPANY's discretion.

CONTRACTOR SHALL channel through COMPANY all communications with COMPANY' s other contractors.
Accordingly, CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Bring to attention of COMPANY and give information about any impacts that COMPANY’s Other
Contractors work MAY have on CONTRACTOR WORK and vice-versa; CONTRACTOR’s WORK that
MAY have an impact on COMPANY’s Other Contractors SCOPE OF WORK, programs, etc.
• Maintain an interface documentation plan/record.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Initiate and organise contacts through COMPANY, as necessary, at the technical level with the parties
involved and attend interface meetings, as necessary.
• For areas where CONTRACTOR is the responsible party or when requested by COMPANY,
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare minutes of meetings, and SHALL arrange for signature thereof by all
parties.
• Release all drawings and technical documentation which are needed for interfaces with COMPANY
and/or COMPANY’s Other Contractors work;
• Review the interface technical documentation provided by COMPANY and by COMPANY’s Other
Contractors;
• In addition, CONTRACTOR SHALL formally advise COMPANY of any interface problem, which MAY
arise from such meetings.
• Keep COMPANY advised with sufficient notice so that COMPANY representatives MAY attend any or
all interface meetings to discuss such matters.
• Provide for travel to and attendance at interface meetings in other Parties' offices or, as the case MAY
be, be responsible for staging the interface meetings in his own office.
Technical interface co-ordination meetings SHALL take place as soon as practical after CONTRACT award to
the parties involved at the interfaces. COMPANY SHALL initiate interface kick off meetings. Further meetings
SHALL be held as needed at regular intervals during the course of the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL schedule his WORK relating to Interfaces to coincide with the schedules of other
Parties in the Interface Plan APPROVED by COMPANY.
In all instances where material and/or equipment is designed by CONTRACTOR but supplied from
COMPANY's other contractors at an Interface, CONTRACTOR taking receipt of such material and/or
equipment SHALL endorse same as being sound, fit for purpose and meeting the specifications. Upon
endorsement, the care and custody of said material and/or equipment SHALL rest with CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL apply the interface management requirements defined by the relevant document to
the WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide COMPANY with all relevant information and documentation.
Furthermore, CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate and co-operate with other Contractors employed by
COMPANY to achieve security, continuity and compatibility throughout the PROJECT Development Phase.
In particular, CONTRACTOR SHALL develop a plan with detailed identification of the interfaces between
CONTRACTOR and other Contractors employed by COMPANY and Third Parties. The CONTRACTOR
SHALL nominate an interface co-ordinator within his team.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be solely responsible for co-ordination and interfaces within his own organisation, his
SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS. CONTRACTOR SHALL participate in interface management and co-
ordination meetings between all parties involved.
Meetings SHALL take place as soon as practical and SHALL be held at regular and appropriate intervals
throughout the duration of the WORK.
3.2.4 Co-ordination with COMPANY's CERTIFYING AUTHORITY

CONTRACTOR SHALL liaise through COMPANY with COMPANY CERTIFYING AUTHORITY, appointed to
review and comment on selected engineering, fabrication, manufacturing, CONSTRUCTION and installation
documentation and inspect related WORK in order to issue the appropriate APPROVALs including evidence
of compliance with the CONTRACT and relevant regulations, as directed by COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY will issue the Certificate of Fitness for Production (COFP) allowing Start-Up of
production facilities. CONTRACTOR SHALL not introduce well Hydrocarbon to the systems/production
facilities before CERTIFYING AUTHORITY issue the COFP.
CONTRACTOR SHALL make available to CERTIFYING AUTHORITY all necessary information and allow full
inspection by the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY of CONTRACTOR's, SUBCONTRACTOR's and VENDOR’s
relevant WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL comply with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY requirements.
APPROVALs, recommendations and clearances given by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY SHALL not relieve
CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to fully comply with all his obligations under the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the WORK, and SHALL process documents information, activities and other
CONTRACT matters in a manner that will enable the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY's work, related
APPROVAL(s) and issue of reports, to be performed in a timely manner in accordance with the WORK TIME
SCHEDULE.
During detailed design CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY all documents and
data that MAY be required to facilitate both the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY's "comprehensive and independent
assessment" of the design, and subsequent APPROVAL of the documents.
The CERTIFYING AUTHORITY will issue a Certificate for all activities related to the WORK for which it is
involved. CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible to obtain all required APPROVALs from the CERTIFYING
AUTHORITY, prior to the commencement of the activities.
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY Certificates will be included in the FINAL DOCUMENTATION.
The CERTIFYING AUTHORITY will follow the performance of the PROJECT and will issue intermediate
Progress Reports to log the activities perform by the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY.
3.2.5 Co-ordination with MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR (MWS)

COMPANY SHALL appoint the services of an approved MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR (hereinafter
referred to as MWS), to review marine operations (including load out, sea fastening, transportation and
offshore installation operations) and inspect related MARINE SPREAD and WORK in order to issue the
appropriate certificates of the compliance with the relevant regulations and insurance policies.
CONTRACTOR SHALL liaise through COMPANY and make available to the MWS all necessary information
and allow the full inspection by the MWS of CONTRACTOR's and SUBCONTRACTOR's relevant Marine
Spread and Work. CONTRACTOR SHALL comply with the MWS's requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the WORK and SHALL process documents information and other
CONTRACT matters in a manner that will enable the MWS' work, related approval(s) and issue of reports, to
be performed in timely manner in accordance with the WORK TIME SCHEDULE.
During detailed design CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to the MWS, all documents and data that MAY be
required to facilitate both the MWS's "comprehensive and independent assessment" of the design, and
subsequent approval of the documents.
No marine operation SHALL commence unless the prior written APPROVAL of the MWS has been given.
Internal barge reinforcement work, if applicable, SHALL be subject to certification by the Classification
Authority for the barge.
When requesting INTERIM CERTIFICATES from COMPANY, CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that appropriate
MWS's Certificates are included with such request.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The MWS SHALL be involved in the WORK with the objective of supporting COMPANY in complying with the
requirements of relevant regulations and of the Insurance Policy.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for providing all data required by the MARINE WARRANTY
SURVEYOR to satisfy the Insurance Warranty Survey requirements related to load- out, sea fastening, marine
transportation, offshore lifting, installation and all the relevant engineering activities of the WORKS.
CONTRACTOR will be responsible for all submissions of data and to liaise with the MARINE WARRANTY
SURVEYOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL interface with MWS, under the instruction of COMPANY, and will make available all
information requested to allow for full inspection of equipment, work and comply with the MWS
recommendations and/or requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the incorporation into the design of any comments/requirements by
the MWS and the dissemination of such comments/requirements to the other interested Parties within the
PROJECT who MAY need to be kept informed or which are required to comply with the aforesaid
comments/requirements.
APPROVALs, recommendations given by the MWS SHALL not relieve CONTRACTOR of its responsibilities.
3.2.6 Risk Management

CONTRACTOR SHALL establish and implement a Risk Register and a Risk Management Plan to identify and
manage all risks and opportunities (technical, operational…etc.) which MAY have impact (performance,
quality…etc.) on the project in relation to CONTRACTOR’s activities throughout the entire CONTRACT
duration.
In addition, CONTRACTOR SHALL perform regular risk analysis for execution activities such as
CONSTRUCTION, and installation. CONTRACTOR SHALL involve COMPANY personnel in the identification,
assessment (Qualitative and Quantities), Response (mitigation) and monitoring & control of all risks and
opportunities. The process SHALL be updated monthly and the full updated Risk Register SHALL be shared
with COMPANY as an Appendix to the Monthly Report.
3.3 Deliverables
The following deliverables (issued for COMPANY review and/or APPROVAL) SHALL be prepared by
CONTRACTOR, but not be limited to:
• Project Execution Plan
• Project Control Procedures
• Project Coordination Procedure
• Project Change Procedure
• Daily, Weekly, and Monthly Progress Reports
• Project Schedule with “S” Curve
• Document Coding & Numbering Procedure
• Master Document register
• Item Numbering Procedure
• Project HSE, and QA/QC Plan, Policies, Manual and Procedures
List of COMPANY guidelines and requirements is provided in APPENDIX D-5 (Doc. No. ET-114-P-Z-0517-
00).
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
4.0 PROJECT CONTROL
4.1 Introduction
The Scope of Project Control Services to be performed by CONTRACTOR SHALL include, but not be limited
to, functions as described under the following major headings:
• Preparation of Project Control Procedures and Documentation
• Project Planning & Scheduling
• Project Work Breakdown Structure
• Project Progress Measurement
• Project Performance Measurement
• Progress Reporting
• Project Risk Analysis
• Project Cost Control
CONTRACTOR SHALL use computer systems (latest release of Primavera Oracle Software) to the maximum
extent possible for the Project Planning Services listed above. Such systems SHALL be capable of electronic
interface between CONTRACTOR's Home Offices, CONSTRUCTION Site locations and COMPANY offices.
The Project Control Services requirements and systems described hereafter are provided for guidance and
establishment of minimum PROJECT requirements. CONTRACTOR MAY use its own in-house systems,
providing that COMPANY's requirements as stated APPENDIX G SHALL be fulfilled.
The percentage (%) and weight indicated, as "fixed" cannot be changed by CONTRACTOR.
4.2 Document Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL establish a formal Document Coordination and Control system by means of
APPROVED procedures.
CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain the DC system during the PROJECT life, to control the issues, modification,
distribution and filing of all the PROJECT documents.
For the organisation of the Document Control system and relevant requirements, as well as the other aspects
related to documents, such as:
o Numbering system
o Standard details, like size and format, title block Distribution and filing
o Review, comments and APPROVAL by COMPANY
o Modifications
o Reporting.
Refer to Document Management Requirements (APPENDIX G).
4.3 Implementation of Project Co-Ordination Procedure

At the beginning of the PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL define the criteria for regulating relations between
the parties involved, establishing general and unequivocal rules concerning the main aspects of PROJECT
administration and management (i.e. organisation, correspondence coding, distribution, reporting, etc.).
To the purpose, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a Project Co-ordination Procedure, to be submitted to
COMPANY for review and APPROVAL within 4 weeks from the EFFECTIVE DATE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL include in this Co-ordination Procedure, as minimum requirements, the contents of
the Project Co-ordination Procedure between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR in APPENDIX G.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
4.4 Project Planning Services Procedures and Systems

CONTRACTOR SHALL appoint a Project Control Manager with a project planning team to operate service
and satisfy reporting requirements as requested.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop detailed procedures for each of the major control functions described in this
section, for review and APPROVAL by COMPANY. They SHALL be based on the ones included in APPENDIX
G.
The procedure SHALL address as minimum all the following points:
• CONTRACTOR's planning and schedule control organisation and relationship to other Project Team
members or department
• Duties of specific individual in CONTRACTOR's planning and schedule control organisations
• Overview of CONTRACTOR's proposed planning and schedule control system and schedule hierarchy
including relationships between the various schedule documents to be produced
• Flow of information through CONTRACTOR's planning and schedule control system
• Quality assurance and control procedures to ensure accuracy and integrity in CONTRACTOR's schedules
• CONTRACTOR's proposed process for collecting data (e.g. manpower, schedule progress, remaining
duration for schedule activities, quantities designed, procured or installed, etc.).
• CONTRACTOR's proposed process for analysing schedule data.
• CONTRACTOR's proposed process for reporting schedule performance vs. the APPROVED control
schedule including a description of reports and timing/frequency and distribution of such reports.
• CONTRACTOR's proposed process for forecasting future schedule milestone/completion dates and plans
for execution of the remaining Work
• CONTRACTOR's proposed process for conducting "schedule risks analyses".
Separate control procedures SHALL be prepared for Home Office and Field.
The agreed Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) SHALL be consistently applied in all Project Control documents,
schedules and progress reporting documents.
Procedures for Home Office and Field SHALL be completed and submitted for COMPANY review and
APPROVAL not later than 4 weeks from CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE.
4.5 Project Planning and Scheduling

CONTRACTOR SHALL implement the overall PROJECT planning and scheduling controls on a hierarchical
basis consisting of four levels:
• Level 1 Master Schedules
• Level 2 Overall Project CPM Network and initial 90- Day Starter Schedule with a Level 3 detail
• Level 3 Detailed Control Schedules
• Level 4 Three Weeks Look-Ahead Schedules
Details are reported in APPENDIX G. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide in the Project Execution Plan the
expected dates for issuing different level schedules.
4.6 Project Cost Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit a Project Cost Control System for review and APPROVAL by
COMPANY. The system SHALL include the processes of managing and developing cost estimates including
Variations and preparation of an Asset Register.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
4.6.1 Cost Forecasting

CONTRACTOR from the first month of the project until Work completion, SHALL continuously update the
forecast of the CONTRACT cost, that is, the original CONTRACT lump sum price plus the authorised Variation
Orders plus Variation Order Proposals raised to authorize the expenditure against the following items (if any):
• Provisional sums
• COMPANY options
• Additional works valued at unit prices
• Additional works valued on day-work basis
• Reimbursable items at cost plus handling fee
• Reimbursable taxes
The above cost forecasts SHALL be re-evaluated by CONTRACTOR monthly analysing the variations of actual
commitments vs. previous forecast.
4.6.2 Cost Reporting

CONTRACTOR SHALL issue to COMPANY on monthly basis a Cost Report showing:
a) the original CONTRACT Price
b) Authorised Variation Orders
c) Pending Variation Orders, which are the Variation Order Proposals (VOP) issued but not yet
APPROVED by COMPANY
d) Current CONTRACT price, sum of (a) + (b)
e) Value of the work completed to date, which based on the progress achieved to be invoiced to
COMPANY
f) Estimate to complete, (d) - (e) + (c)
g) Current forecast, sum of (d) + (c)
h) Previous forecast, the forecast reported in the previous month
i) Forecast variation (g) - (h)
The cost Report SHALL have the following attachments:

• Cost summary, detailed at the level of the main elements of the CONTRACT Price that is the lump sum
portion and each of Variation Orders
• Cost detail, showing the higher level of detail of the above cost categories.
• Completion report, giving details of completion in term of quantities, amounts, descriptions and references
to the related invoices to COMPANY.
• Short comments on variations vs. the previous Cost Report.
In the Cost Report CONTRACT Price SHALL be broken-down with the same details as for the Work Progress
Report.
4.6.3 Processing and Reporting of Variations

CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all necessary cost estimating and reporting functions in order to meet the
following requirements:
• Raising necessary documentation as per COMPANY APPROVED procedure for VOPs covering any
changes in scope, which MAY be initiated either by CONTRACTOR or COMPANY.
• Submitting detailed cost estimate for all such VOPs and support documentation of the anticipated impact
on cost and/or schedule of Project.
• Maintaining up-to-date registers documenting status of Variation requests as per the APPROVED
procedure.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Issuing the VOPs Status Report in the format APPROVED by COMPANY as part of the Monthly Progress
Report.
4.6.4 Cost Estimates for Variations

CONTRACTOR SHALL develop detailed cost estimates for any changes, concessions or deviations
requested. Cost estimates SHALL provide the detailed backup of cost impacts on Home Office Service,
Materials, CONSTRUCTION and Field Supervision. The estimates will be subject to review and APPROVAL
by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL incorporate COMPANY comments and revise the estimates as
required.
4.6.5 Variation Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL utilise COMPANY APPROVED procedures and forms for the identifying and
incorporating Variations into the scope of Project. This SHALL include without limitation:
• Identification and notification to COMPANY of the activities that CONTRACTOR considers outside the
scope of work.
• Preparation and submission of VOPs to COMPANY for APPROVAL, it SHALL include Work Breakdowns
and associated costs and durations. In addition to the estimate of cost and schedule impact on Project.
• Maintaining an up-to-date record of status of all VOPs (APPROVED, rejected, withdrawn, under
evaluation, etc.)
4.6.6 Final Cost Breakdown

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide a final Cost Breakdown of Project in accordance with Work Breakdown
Schedule as defined in COMPANY's Asset Register requirements and COMPANY code of accounts.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
5.0 ACCOUNTING
5.1 Introduction
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all activities required for accounting in connection with the work, including,
without limitation, the following:
5.2 Accounting Services

CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain all the required accounting records and supporting documentation related to
PROJECT in a proper and professional manner.
In particular, CONTRACTOR will provide and maintain a cash flow forecast for PROJECT within the time scale
specified. The forecast is to be based on the agreed PROJECT execution plans and thereafter monitored and
updated on a monthly basis.
An invoicing Procedure for COMPANY APPROVAL SHALL be also provided, within 15 days from EFFECTIVE
DATE
5.3 Records
CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain all accounting records and supporting documentation related to work in
accordance with their standard accepted accounting and auditing principles.
5.4 Invoicing
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop invoicing procedure and submit it to COMPANY for APPROVAL. Accordingly,
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit invoices (with complete back-up/supporting documentation showing
COMPANY certification of the claimed progress) to COMPANY on a monthly basis in accordance with the
payment schedule.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
6.0 PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING
6.1 Project planning and scheduling
6.1.1 Level 1 - Master Schedule

This SHALL include the following:
• Overall Project Master Schedule
• Progress "S" Curves
• Overall Manpower Histograms
Overall Project Master Schedule

This schedule SHALL be a simplified logic-linked bar chart, highlighting all major PROJECT milestones as
indicated in the WORK TIME SCHEDULE. The schedule SHALL identify the major activities in each WORK
site and for each function.
This schedule forms the basis for intermediate and overall completion.
It SHALL be updated to show progress achieved and issued as part of the Monthly Progress Report.
In accordance with the hierarchical basis defined above, the Overall Project Master Schedule SHALL provide
the duration envelopes for the various work functions and activities in each facility area, against which the
Level 2 and 3 schedules are developed, analysed and compared for criticality evaluation.
As the PROJECT progresses, it MAY be necessary to re-evaluate and revise parts of the schedule interface
and durations.
No change SHALL be made to the Overall Project Master Schedule without prior review and APPROVAL by
COMPANY.
Progress "S" Curves

Overall progress curves SHALL be developed to monitor PROJECT progress. The curves SHALL be based
on the APPROVED Project Master Schedule. The planned and actual values at Level 1 SHALL be obtained
from detailed schedules (Level 3) including breakdown for all disciplines, and SHALL cover:
a) Home Office Progress (engineering/procurement...)
b) Manufacturing and Delivery Progress for each WORK site
c) CONSTRUCTION Progress for each WORK site
d) Installation/hook-up progress
e) MECHANICAL COMPLETION progress
f) COMMISSIONING progress
g) Start-Up, INITIAL OPERATIONS progress
h) PAC and HANDOVER progress
i) Overall Project Progress
The "S" curves SHALL be derived utilising the weighted WBS agreed with COMPANY.
The "S" curves will be supported by summary bar charts developed from resources based Level 2 CPM
networks and will include early and late profiles for the entire duration.
The curves SHALL be updated monthly to display actual versus planned progress as well as projected trend
for the remaining period. These SHALL be issued as a part of the Monthly Progress Report.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Manpower Histogram
Manpower histograms SHALL be developed showing the planned manpower, by discipline, for the entire
duration of the PROJECT, separately for Home Office, Field activities and overall. Actual mobilised manpower
SHALL be indicated to show comparison with plan, and updates SHALL be included in the Progress Reports.
In cases of rescheduling the work, the revised manpower loading SHALL be derived from the revised network.
6.1.2 Level 2 - Overall Project CPM Network and Initial 90-Day Starting Schedule
The computerised CPM networks SHALL be prepared in precedence format, and the coding structure SHALL
provide reference to PROJECT phase and plant number as per Work Breakdown Structure for ease of activity
identification and report sorting.
Prior to the development of detailed logic networks, a 90-day front-end schedule SHALL be issued which
SHALL illustrate in detail all major works anticipated within that period, by discipline. This schedule SHALL be
issued for COMPANY's APPROVAL within 15 calendar days from EFFECTIVE DATE, SHALL be updated
weekly, and SHALL be used for control until the detailed CPM Schedule is available and implemented.
Upon the APPROVAL of detailed schedules, this schedule will be discontinued.
6.1.3 Level 3 - Detailed Control Schedules

This SHALL include the following:
• Detailed Schedule for Home Office (engineering, procurement etc.)
• Detailed Schedule for Manufacturing Activities (CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING etc.)
• Detailed Schedule for loadout, sea fastening and transportation activities
• Detailed Schedule for Offshore installation, hook up and COMMISSIONING
• CONSTRUCTION/Installation/COMMISSIONING Manpower Planning (onshore/offshore)
• CONSTRUCTION/Installation/COMMISSIONING Equipment Planning (onshore/offshore)
• Start-Up, initial operations until and including PAC and handover
These schedules SHALL be issued for COMPANY's APPROVAL within 60 calendar days from EFFECTIVE
DATE.
6.1.4 Level 4 - Three Weeks Look - ahead Schedule

This schedule SHALL indicate specific work item to be accomplished over the forthcoming three weeks and
activity completed in the previous week.
6.2 Project Progress Measurement
6.2.1 Basis of Progress Measurement

Planned, forecast and Actual progress for the total PROJECT SHALL be assessed for all phases of the work.
This SHALL include Home Office Phase, Onshore CONSTRUCTION Yard Phase and Offshore Installation,
Hook Up and COMMISSIONING. Except for Manufacturing and Delivery, man-hours effort SHALL be the basis
for Progress Measurement.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Overall PROJECT Physical Progress will be calculated based upon fixed weight factors for the major
components of the PROJECT:
HOME OFFICE SERVICES

Detailed Engineering (including AS-BUILT) [HOLD 2]
Procurement Services
Subcontract Services
Subtotal 100
Manufacturing and Delivery of Equipment/Materials

CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING [HOLD 2]
Total Project 100
CONSTRUCTION YARD Progress will be calculated based upon fixed weight factors for the major
components as specified below:
Fabrication [HOLD 2]
Onshore MECHANICAL COMPLETION
Onshore COMMISSIONING
Total CONSTRUCTION 100
OFFSHORE WORKS Progress will be calculated based upon fixed weight factors for the major
components as specified below:
Installation [HOLD 2]
Hook-up
MECHANICAL COMPLETION
COMMISSIONING
Etc…
Total CONSTRUCTION 100
6.2.2 Home Office Progress Measurement
6.2.2.1 Detailed Engineering Services

For Detailed Engineering, CONTRACTOR SHALL submit for APPROVAL by COMPANY, a weighted listing of
all deliverables/engineering documents with their planned, forecast, actual issue dates at identified stages.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit for COMPANY APPROVAL a computerised Engineering Deliverable
Document Status System which records and reports document progress with appropriate summarisation
capabilities by unit and or by discipline. The system SHALL be capable of interfacing with Network Activities.
Detailed Engineering Progress SHALL be determined by progress of various Engineering Documents,
including construction drawings, calculations, data sheets, specifications, and materials requisitions for each
discipline and other special studies and reports.
6.2.2.2 Procurement Services

The system for Procurement Services Progress measurement SHALL be submitted by CONTRACTOR for
APPROVAL by COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a detailed listing of the requisitions required for the procurement of materials
and equipment identifying all major equipment and bulk materials. Each Requisition SHALL be weighted
depending upon estimated budget Manhour.
6.2.2.3 Subcontracting Services

CONTRACTOR SHALL submit for COMPANY review and APPROVAL a system of measuring progress for
subcontracting activities similar to the one for Procurement Services. This will include all subcontracts to be
issued from CONTRACTOR’s Home Office.
6.2.3 Manufacturing and Delivery

CONTRACTOR SHALL submit for COMPANY APPROVAL a system for progress measurement of
manufacturing and delivery of the following:
1. Equipment
2. Bulk Materials
The system SHALL include activities starting with VENDORS’ engineering and continue through materials
delivery to SITE. Each SHALL be weighted depending upon the estimated cost.
6.2.4 CONSTRUCTION Offshore Installation/Hook-up and COMMISSIONING

CONTRACTOR SHALL develop and submit to COMPANY for review, comments and APPROVAL, a detailed
quantitative system for measurement of CONSTRUCTION, offshore transportation/installation/hook-up and
COMMISSIONING progress. The system will be fully detailed and computer based.
6.3 Progress Reviewing and Reporting

The following outlines COMPANY's requirement with regard to Progress Reviewing and Reporting on
PROJECT Progress. (Refer also to APPENDIX G)
6.3.1 Progress Reviewing

CONTRACTOR SHALL establish and maintain complete and accurate details of the WORK as it progresses.
For the purpose of reviewing progress of the WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL report and present details of
progress of the WORK, in accordance with the COMPANY formats. The milestone and physical progress
summary tables with complete backup SHALL be submitted for COMPANY APPROVAL.
At all times CONTRACTOR SHALL present to, and allow COMPANY to have access to CONTRACTOR's
documents and records that support CONTRACTOR's reporting of progress of the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL review and up-date these documents at mutually agreed intervals and issue to
COMPANY for review.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY on a monthly basis a 3D NWD file for use in Navisworks to
inform company of 3D model progress
CONTRACTOR SHALL monitor actual progress of WORK against the schedule using detailed work schedules,
as applicable, identifying problem areas and proposing schedule recovery plans.
CONTRACTOR SHALL measure and report to COMPANY, actual productivity against predetermined
standards to ensure manpower loading is adequate and effectively utilised to achieve desired progress.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare monthly graphical presentations of the actual versus planned trends for
progress, man-hours, and productivity for review by COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop forecasts for the activities still to be completed, to establish whether current
scheduled completion dates can be met.
CONTRACTOR SHALL conduct two Schedule Risk Analysis using Montecarlo software to predict probability
of PROJECT completion as per target and present the analysis to COMPANY with full backup. The first Risk
Analysis will be submitted to COMPANY seven months after CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE, the second
eight months after the CONSTRUCTION start.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare Progress Report on daily, weekly, and monthly basis as generally described
hereafter.
All reports and planning documents SHALL be issued in hard copy and back-up soft file, records of each file
SHALL be kept in CDC (Centralised Document Control).
Before their routine use, a copy of all requested progress reports in the format to be used on PROJECT SHALL
be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
6.3.2 Monthly Progress Report

The monthly report SHALL be a bound document produced by CONTRACTOR and issued each month to
COMPANY. The report SHALL be issued as both hard copy and by electronic data transmission to the
COMPANY representative. The report SHALL be the formal means of recording the status of the PROJECT
at each cut-off date. It SHALL couple physical progress, performance, quality of work, and actual status
compared with planned status, along with problems and proposed solutions.
The report SHALL consist of the following sections (including, but not limited to):
• Total Project Summary
• Progress
• Areas of Concern
• Engineering
• Procurement
• Subcontracting
• Manufacturing and Delivery
• Onshore CONSTRUCTION and COMMISSIONING
• Offshore Installation
• Offshore Hook Up & COMMISSIONING
• Initial Operations until and including PAC and Handover
• Training
• Project Controls
• Quality
• CONSTRUCTION/installation photographs
• Look ahead
Details are reported in APPENDIX G.
6.3.3 Weekly Progress Report (Onshore CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING/Offshore Installation/

Offshore Hook-Up & COMMISSIONING
The weekly progress report (Home Office, Onshore CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING, Offshore
Installation, Offshore Hook-up & COMMISSIONING, Initial Operations until and including PAC and Handover)
SHALL be submitted to COMPANY on hour 12.00 of the second working day of the following week. The
minimum contents SHALL be as follows:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Brief narratives of the activities performed by each discipline, during the week with highlights on specific
achievements.
• State of milestone certificates
• Progress tabulation showing planned and actual for the first levels of WBS
• Areas of concern and proposed corrective action.
• Major activities planned for next 2 weeks.
• List of documents and correspondence transmitted during the week.
• List of outstanding documents and correspondence requiring response by either COMPANY or
CONTRACTOR.
• SUBCONTRACTORS and Licensor (as applicable) status
• State of inspections on site.
• Receipt of material on site.
6.4 Daily Reports (Onshore CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING/Offshore Installation/Offshore

Hook-Up & COMMISSIONING)
Providing highlights of manpower and major CONSTRUCTION offshore installation equipment employed,
material received, key milestone achieved and other major activities of the day.
6.5 Progress Review Meetings

Progress review meetings SHALL be held at weekly and monthly intervals. CONTRACTOR' s progress reports
SHALL be reviewed in detail at these meetings. The dates SHALL be fixed well in advance on PROJECT
calendar. The Monthly Management review meetings depending on the stage of the PROJECT d importance
of situation SHALL be held at the CONTRACTOR's Home Office, COMPANY's Office/PROJECT Office or at
CONSTRUCTION YARD and SHALL be attended by CONTRACTOR' s senior management personnel,
including PROJECT Director.
CONTRACTOR SHALL present and record minutes of all progress review meetings with particular attention
to actions agreed upon and the dates by which actions are required to be taken and the party responsible for
carrying them out.
These minutes SHALL be submitted to COMPANY representative for review the working day after the meeting.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.0 ENGINEERING
7.1 General
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the design and engineering of a complete and operational WHPA
PLATFORM within the defined battery limits, including engineering for procurement, CONSTRUCTION, load-
out, transportation, installation, offshore hook-up and COMMISSIONING. Similarly, CONTRACTOR SHALL
be responsible for design and engineering of a FMWR to be installed on WHPA Platform and, in a following
phase, relocated to PPE Platform. CONTRACTOR SHALL also be responsible for the design and engineering
of all modification of existing Sabratha Platform aimed to receive production from Structure A reservoir and to
inject CO2 coming from Mellitah Plant. All WORKS performed SHALL be in strict compliance with the
engineering specifications, data, addenda, drawings, and all other applicable documents contained within the
CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the following engineering work:

a) Starting from the Basic/FEED engineering (already endorsed during bidding phase), carry out the detailed
engineering to fully develop and achieve a robust design for WHPA PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha
Modifications for Structure “A”. CONTRACTOR SHALL review, verify technical solutions, capacities and
dimensions and identify and develop solutions for any shortcomings in the design. CONTRACTOR SHALL
ensure safe and functional overall design of the total system with strong focus on operability and
maintainability of the platform
b) Implement all requirement and actions recorded during Basic/FEED as reported in “Basic/FEED Carry
Over Engineering”, Sect. 7.2.
c) Perform Project Design Reviews as per Execution Plan
d) Perform all other detailed engineering (including CONSTRUCTION, load-out, seafastening,
transportation, installation, hook-up, COMMISSIONING engineering) to permit efficient and timely
procurement of all equipment, materials, manufacture, onshore fabrication, erection, inspection, quality
control, weight control, certification APPROVAL, mechanical completion, maximum onshore
COMMISSIONING, weighing, load-out, sea-fastening, transportation, installation, hook-up,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, performance testing, operations and maintenance till the hand over to
COMPANY of a fully safe, operable and maintainable WHPA PLATFORM and additional facilities for
Sabratha Platform. CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all SUBCONTRACTORs comply with the
applicable authority laws, rules and regulations and the requirement of the CONTRACT.
e) WHPA PLATFORM Final (AS-BUILT) documentation
f) Sabratha Modification for Structure “A” Final (AS-BUILT) documentation
g) Prepare all necessary procedures for CONSTRUCTION, mechanical completion, COMMISSIONING,
Start-Up, performance testing and system engineering manuals for operations.
h) Installation, maintenance, operating and safety manuals
i) WHPA Decommissioning Study and cost estimate
j) The engineering of procurement, that SHALL include technical information and documentation for
procurement packages, bid evaluations, clarification meetings, document reviews, follow-up during design
and fabrication, FAT and final life cycle information documentation.
CONTRACTOR SHALL manage, co-ordinate and supervise the engineering Works including co-ordination of
SUBCONTRACTORS, external interfacing with COMPANY's other contractors as required in PROJECT
MANAGEMENT, CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS design appraisal, VENDOR's design verification, to
ensure that the work is performed in accordance with WORK TIME SCHEDULE, reliability, efficiency,
operation, maintenance, quality requirements.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all SUBCONTRACTORs comply with all applicable authority laws, rules
and regulation and requirement of the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all engineering required for procurement of the materials. The engineering of
procurement SHALL include technical information and documentation for procurement packages, bid
evaluation, clarification meetings, document reviews, follow-up during design and fabrication, FAT and life
cycle information documentation.
SUBCONTRACTOR P&ID information SHALL be incorporated in the P&ID documents that CONTRACOR
produces for this work.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure consistent engineering definition of the various parts of the CONTRACT object
such that it can be safely and efficiently constructed, assembled and hooked-up and operated as one entity
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure safe and functional overall design of the entire system with emphasis on
operability and maintainability of the platform.
It is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to design a safe fully operating new facilities; throughout the duration of
its operational life.
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out all the Engineering activities for the execution of WORK in accordance with
the requirements and specifications of references included in the present APPENDIX D (all Parts).
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all necessary design and engineering services, facilities and adequate
numbers of suitably experienced and qualified personnel for the satisfactory completion of the WORK.
COMPANY reserves the right to review and approve/disapprove CONTRACTOR Engineering team CVs
All engineering activities SHALL be performed by a dedicated team organized in a one location.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all related Engineering works are executed in the same location
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all detailed engineering and design necessary for procurement, fabrication,
load-out, transportation, installation, hook-up, COMMISSIONING and START-UP of the new facilities and to
give the necessary assistance where is required by the COMPANY as further defined in the Interface
Responsibility Matrix (APPENDIX D-3).
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare all necessary engineering documentation, including drawings, reports, data
sheets, calculation notes, specifications, registers, studies, detailed procedures, technical manuals, fabrication
drawings and other associated documents required for the completion of the WORK.
All engineering documentation SHALL be prepared and issued in accordance with COMPANY's requirements.
The documentation SHALL include the appropriate headings and SHALL be numbered in accordance with
COMPANY's document numbering procedure.
All engineering documentation SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for review and APPROVAL.
Whenever Engineering documents and drawings are produced by a SUBCONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR
SHALL review, check and approve the documentation prior to submit it to COMPANY for review and
APPROVAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure all documents are available to COMPANY on a timely basis as per mutually
agreed cycles for review and APPROVAL (ref. ANNEX G – Contract Coordination Procedure). The review and
approval cycle dates SHALL be reported in CONTRACTOR’s DEOD.
COMPANY SHALL return the reviewed CONTRACTOR documentation with appropriate comments.
Regardless, comments or lack of comments by COMPANY SHALL not relieve CONTRACTOR from any of his
responsibilities or obligations under the CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL make good any emission, error,
misalignment with CONTRACT or other FEED or EPIC PROJECT Documents whenever highlighted by
COMPANY, regardless of Revision number
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
In case CONTRACTOR does not receive COMPANY comments or APPROVAL within the mutually agreed
time schedule provided in ANNEX G (Contract Coordination Procedure) of the CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR
SHALL notify COMPANY prior to performing the relevant WORK, unless otherwise stated by COMPANY.
PROJECT documents and drawings copies (hard and soft) SHALL be made available to COMPANY at all
times, at the Central Office and at each WORKSITE office. CONTRACTOR SHALL utilize a robust Change
management system to ensure changes in the Engineering/Design are well captured, communicated to all
concerned personnel, evaluated and assessed to identify consequences and impacts on other CONTRACT
aspects (Designs, Documents, Existing facilities, other WPs…etc.). the same SHALL be reported to
COMPANY as soon as a change is identified. The impacted design aspects and documents and drawings
SHALL be updated on a regular basis in order to incorporate any changes or modifications made during the
performance of the WORK and resubmit to COMPANY APPROVAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL lead all the necessary design reviews. These reviews include, but are not limited to,
the ones listed in Sect. 7.13:
The following sections provide a detailed description of the Scope of the Engineering activities.
7.2 Basic/FEED Carry Over Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for implement and complete engineering relevant to all actions and
requirements that have been recorded along the FEED execution. They are reported in the following sections.
7.2.1 WHPA Platform
7.2.1.1 Design investigations

CONTRACTOR SHALL consider the following activities:
• CONTRACTOR SHALL verify alignment of structural drawings with LQ layout and architectural
drawings. In case of discrepancies, the plot plan (as key document) SHALL take precedence. LQ
structural design SHALL be updated accordingly
• The LQ platform facing sides (West and South) will be provided with H60 fire-rated wall due to the
proximity of the FMWR. CONTRACTOR SHALL perform blast and fire analyses to assess the
structural impacts on LQ due to these accidental events identified in HSE studies
• CONTRACTOR SHALL consider a 4-point support arrangement as preferred configuration from
constructability and installation point of view for the LQ design.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL review ship impact zone during the detail design phase when vessel specific
data is available.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL complete the design and consider accommodating future traps for future risers
• CONTRACTOR SHALL complete the design of future risers and spare appurtenances in the detail
design phase.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL investigate and confirm the type of riser dead weight support (welded flange
or integrated hang-off flange / bulkhead) in the detailed design phase.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a detailed assessment of the technologies available in the market
including a detailed study comparing storage/pumps versus antifouling production option for the
platform with life cycle cost estimates. CONTRACTOR SHALL design the unit 650 according to the
results of the assessment.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform ESD loop numbering

• CONTRACTOR SHALL evaluate the requirement for wet air receiver or providing each compressor
with its own discharge Knock Out Drum
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all engineering activities required for the design of non-intrusive
acoustic sand detectors to give warning of any unplanned, excessive solids entry into the topside
piping system, and to provide input into inspection planning. The number, location, and warning
system requirements SHALL be studied, and reported to COMPANY for APPROVAL and subsequent
procurement, installation, and hook-up.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL consider that the sea water filter SHALL be fed from emergency busbar
• As a safety critical item, CONTRACTOR SHALL validate the peak depressurisation rate calculated by
the FEED Contractor and modify the design (if any).
7.2.1.2 Actions from safety reviews (HAZID, HAZOP)

CONTRACTOR SHALL take responsibility for the following:
• HAZOP ACTION 44: CONTRACTOR SHALL organize and carry out a workshop with
Subsea&Sealines EPIC Contractor, to be held prior to COMMISSIONING and START-UP of the
relevant facilities
• HAZOP ACTION 99: Proven in use Foam detection system/technology inside Fuel gas KO Drum
SHALL be confirmed by CONTRACTOR
• HAZOP ACTION 135: CONTRACTOR SHALL evaluate and investigate alternative cooling system
(e.g. air cooler) for FMWR power generators SHALL be analysed and verified and proposed by
CONTRACTOR
• HAZOP ACTION 144: CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure direct VENDOR specialists involvement in the
design of all GRE systems to manage hydraulic / surge associated with sea/fire water pump systems,
with respect to specification / CONSTRUCTION requirements as specified .
• HAZID ACTION 3 CONTRACTOR to prepare an Emergency response plan (see section 7.4.2
and 7.5.3)
• HAZID ACTION 6 CONTRACTOR responsibilities about SIMOPS, including Flotel operations
(see Section 12.0)
• HAZID ACTION 7 CONTRACTOR to prepare an Oil spill response plan (see section 7.4.2)
• 90% 3D Model Review actions (as per 90% 3D Review Report) SHALL be addressed and
implemented by CONTRACTOR:
7.2.2 Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”

The following HAZOP actions SHALL be addressed by CONTRACTOR:
• Action 41: . CONTRACTOR SHALL organize and carry out a workshop including WHPA/Sabratha
CONTRACTOR and Subsea&Sealines EPIC Contractor, to be held prior to COMMISSIONING and
startup of the relevant facilities
• Action 43: HAZOP session during Execution phase SHALL be performed by CONTRACTOR
considering HP and LP production phases and associated switchover”
• Action 46: CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a dynamic analysis for the blocked outlets (Vapour and
liquid) scenario of the Slug Catcher 60-300-VQ-101 in order to confirm the margin between PAHH
(HIPPS) and PSVs set point avoiding popping of PSVs, before HIPPS action, resulting in loss of
production, flaring.
• Action 49: FEED design has been developed assuming that wing and master valves will close for local
shut down. Moreover, LL Pressure Alarm Trip will be used to also mitigate the scenario of downhole
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
tubing rapture or reservoir “damage” (if credible). Therefore, no Flow Trip has been required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL evaluate the requirement.
The following HAZID actions SHALL be addressed by CONTRACTOR:
• Action 4 (applicable for hydrocarbon riser from WHPA):: CONTRACTOR SHALL propose as Option
[OPTION 3] a field proven leak detection system and controls readback to the Topsides MCS. The
primary intent, purpose and benefits to be gained by incorporating this technology are increased safety
performance and reduced risk to personnel working on Sabratha Fixed Installation Platforms with an
early warning safety indicator on the topsides platform controls system which would initiate close
monitoring of any leaks, gathering data and possibly actioning an early inspection campaign SHOULD
the leak get worse and require some form of inspection, maintenance or repairs intervention campaign
over the life of field operations. CONTRACTOR SHALL define location of leak detection sensors,
taking into account peculiarities of proposed technology, in order to ensure primary intent expressed
above is achieved. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide details of such system during tender for
COMPANY evaluation and APPROVAL.
• Action 5: CONTRACTOR SHALL update of the operating & maintenance procedure/ HSEQ procedure
and operating & maintenance manual of Sabratha platform
• Action 6:CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY operating personnel the training on new
project equipment
• Action 8: CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the human factor study to confirm quantity and position of
additional workstation in order to avoid operator workload in the Sabratha Control Room
• Action 9: CONTRACTOR SHALL update the existing Sabratha Emergency Response Plan
• Action 10: CONTRACTOR SHALL update the start-up/shutdown procedure
• Action 21: CONTRACTOR SHALL update the existing operating & maintenance procedure / HSEQ
procedure and operating & maintenance manual of Sabratha platform
• Action 20 (applicable for CO2 riser from MCX):: CONTRACTOR SHALL propose as Option [OPTION
3] a field proven leak detection system and controls readback to the Topsides MCS. The primary intent,
purpose and benefits to be gained by incorporating this technology are increased safety performance
and reduced risk to personnel working on Sabratha Fixed Installation Platforms with an early warning
safety indicator on the topsides platform controls system which would initiate close monitoring of any
leaks, gathering data and possibly actioning an early inspection campaign SHOULD the leak get worse
and require some form of inspection, maintenance or repairs intervention campaign over the life of
field operations. CONTRACTOR SHALL define location of leak detection sensors, taking into account
peculiarities of proposed technology, in order to ensure primary intent expressed above is achieved.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide details of such system during tender for COMPANY evaluation and
APPROVAL.
• Action 22: CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY operating personnel the training on new
project equipment
• Action 23: CONTRACTOR SHALL produce the CO2 reinjection philosophy including start up and
shutdown operations for the subsurface well equipment including the management of the SSSV
• Action 24: CONTRACTOR SHALL produce the CO2 (reinjection) Operating Procedure
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Action 25: CONTRACTOR SHALL update the existing operating & maintenance procedure / HSEQ
procedure and operating & maintenance manual of Sabratha platform considering CO2 on Sabratha
• Action 28: CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the human factor study to confirm quantity and position of
additional workstation in order to avoid operator workload in the Sabratha Control Room
• Action 29: CONTRACTOR SHALL update the existing Sabratha Emergency Response Plan
considering CO2, above all for training for donning adequate EBA (Escape Breathing Apparatus)
The following HAZCON actions SHALL be addressed by CONTRACTOR:

• Action 1: In order to avoid delay to project due to inability of contractor to obtain BOSIET and other
HSE training prior to mobilization on Sabratha Platform, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide in due time
COMPANY with training matrix certifying EPIC personnel compliance to HSE and technical training
required for the activities and presence on Platform
• Action 2,3: CONTRACTOR to prepare the detailed methodology for transportation of their personnel
to platform, by helicopter and by supply boat, covering the contractual relationships of the involved
actors i.e. helicopter supplier, supply boat supplier, COMPANY as platform operator.
• Action 4: In order to avoid unauthorized access to platform from the Flotel, CONTRACTOR SHALL
propose to COMPANY for APPROVAL an adequate and effective personnel tracking system to
monitor and control the personnel movement between the flotel and Sabratha Platform
• Action 5: CONTRACTOR to obtain necessary regulatory APPROVAL for helicopter regulations

associated with flotel helideck operations
• Action 6: CONTRACTOR SHALL obtain necessary regulatory APPROVAL for flotel movements
• Action 8: CONTRACTOR SHALL develop COMOPS bridging documents between flotel and platform
• Action 9: CONTRACTOR SHALL confirm type and location of the tie-in of the flotel bridge gangway to
the platform
• Action 10: CONTRACTOR SHALL detail Personnel Protective Equipment requirements and
emergency response procedures for EPIC personnel
• Action 11: CONTRACTOR SHALL develop waste management procedures for handling and disposal
of hydrocarbon and other wastes
• Action 12: CONTRACTOR SHALL determine where hot work is expected to be undertaken, and
whether the use of positive pressure enclosures for hot works is required
• Action 13: CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY APPROVAL a Detailed Dismantling and
Lifting Study covering the modifications requirements. For each lift, CONTRACTOR SHALL identify
potential hoist/jacking points including any temporary scaffolds, rigging operation and SHALL verify
suitability for envisaged load.
• Action 14: CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY APPROVAL a Detailed Dismantling and
Lifting Study covering the modifications requirements CONTRACTOR SHALL provide certified
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
hoists/jacks and associated lifting and rigging equipment. Where appropriate, lift plans SHALL be
produced for dismantling of existing equipment.
• Action 15: Tie-ins into existing pipeworks of Sabratha platform SHALL be executed in compliance with
the Project Mechanical Isolation Philosophy (doc.n.ET-125-G-Q-0010-00) and with Sabratha platform
Procedures and Work Instructions, with particular attention to the following references.
o MOG-HSEQ-SF-P-119 Rev A1 Control of Hazardous Energy Lockout - Tagout Procedure
o MOG-HSEQ-SF-P-136 “Permit to Work Procedure”
o 10SF.4- MOG-HSEQ-SF-WI-055 A2 H2S Work Instruction - Sabratha
o 10Q.4- MOG-CIMS-P-112 Rev A1 - PPE Management
Moreover, the CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) Management Procedure
(developed consistently with the existing document of the Bahr Essalam Phase II Development Project
Doc. No - T‐000‐P‐Z‐0011‐00), that SHALL be applicable also to the execution of tie-ins).
• Action 16: CONTRACTOR, especially considering risk of H2S, SHALL execute works in Sabratha
platform in compliance with the Project Mechanical Isolation Philosophy (doc.n.ET-125-G-Q-0010-00)
and with Sabratha platform Procedures and Work Instructions, with particular attention to the following
references.
o MOG-HSEQ-SF-P-119 Rev A1 Control of Hazardous Energy Lockout - Tagout Procedure
o MOG-HSEQ-SF-P-136 “Permit to Work Procedure”
o 10SF.4- MOG-HSEQ-SF-WI-055 A2 H2S Work Instruction - Sabratha
o 10Q.4- MOG-CIMS-P-112 Rev A1 - PPE Management
Moreover, the CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) Management Procedure
(developed consistently with the existing document of the Bahr Essalam Phase II Development Project
Doc. No - T‐000‐P‐Z‐0011‐00)
• Action 17: CONTRACTOR SHALL develop stand-alone isolation procedure to tie-in to existing
pipework systems and removal of systems containing residual hydrocarbons, in accordance with
COMPANY indications including current Offshore Operating Procedures.
• Action 21: CONTRACTOR SHALL undertake SIMOPS reviews to minimise impacts on production
operation and existing equipment
• Action 22: It has been assumed that the plant can be in operation during installation of the new platform
extensions by offshore crane vessel. Preliminary risk assessment has been carried out during FEED
stage by FEED Contractor only. CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a risk assessment meeting involving
all parties.
o The following recommendations have been proposed as an outcome of the risk assessment
for CONTRACTOR's consideration:
a) Risks associated with guidewords, 'Gravity' (dropped Loads) and 'Working under
water' present the highest assessed risks and remain in the risk reduction zone for
consideration of further risk reduction measures.
b) Therefore the EPIC stage risk assessment SHOULD consider the method statement
for each installation phase, as summarized in Sect. 8 of “New Main Items/Equipment
Marine Operations Outline Procedure” ET-125-P-X-0503-00, and review in more
detail the high risk activities.
• Action 24: CONTRACTOR SHALL undertake a review of the Flare Radiation and Dispersion Study
(ET-125-T-O-3502-00) to establish the potential magnitude of the hazard and take all necessary
precautions to minimise risk to ALARP when performing lifting operations.
• Action 26: CONTRACTOR SHALL develop temporary utilities plan to include quantity and location of
any temporary equipment e.g. generators, compressors etc. on the Sabratha platform.
• Action 29: CONTRACTOR SHALL undertake study of maximum CONSTRUCTION personnel on
platform (including detailed analysis of each zone) to enable safe evacuation of the platform in the
event of emergency
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Action 30: CONTRACTOR to develop an emergency response plan for Installation activities
• Action 31: CONTRACTOR SHALL minimise, reduce, treat and reuse hydro test water wherever
possible. Hydrotest water SHALL be disposed of onshore.
• Action 32: CONTRACTOR SHALL take all necessary precautions to minimise risk to ALARP when
undertaken pneumatic testing.
• Action 33: CONTRACTOR SHALL include in the installation schedule provisions for weather down
time. The installation schedule SHALL take into account a favourable weather window based on
comprehensive Dynamic Analysis performed by CONTRACTOR.
• Action 34: CONTRACTOR SHALL provide calculations showing the expected gangway availability
based on the Project MetOcean data.
• Action 35: CONTRACTOR SHALL define limitations to be fulfilled during proposed CONSTRUCTION
operations with respect to wave height / swell /current and wind speeds, based on proposed
CONSTRUCTION methodologies and on supplied Project MetOcean data and DNV requirements
(alpha factors included).
• Action 36: CONTRACTOR SHALL define expected wave height /current and wind speeds limitations
for working overboard when it is applicable following DNVGL requirement and SHALL define
availability of rescue craft from flotel according to International rules and standards
• Action 37: CONTRACTOR SHALL specify maximum working ambient temperature for their working
personnel on the platform
• Action 38: Each vessel of the CONTRACTOR spread SHALL be provided with an updated
international Ballast water management Certificate, as per the “International Convention for the Control
and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments” (known also as Ballast water management
convention), even if the vessel has not the flag of one of the signatory States. CONTRACTOR SHALL
provide to COMPANY all Ballast water management Certificates. Moreover, CONTRACTOR SHALL
provide the Ballast water management plan for its Vessels, referred to the CONTRACT activities
• Action 39: No incineration of waste is allowed on CONTRACTOR vessels / flotel
• Action 40: CONTRACTOR SHALL provide suitable medical facilities for their CONSTRUCTION /
Installation personnel, including quarantine rooms in case of illness detected at offshore site.
• Action 41: CONTRACTOR SHALL provide emergency response plan associated with potential
incidents on the flotel e.g., fire, explosion, loss of engines etc.
• Action 42: following Legislation is applicable to the project:
o • Law on Ports (No. 81 of 1970)
o • Law on Water Use (Law No 3 of 1982)
o • General Peoples Council Decision No 790 of 1982 – Provisions of Water Use, and No
791 – Definition of Water Zones.
o • Law on Entry into Oil Areas (No. 77 of 1983).
o • Law on Public Cleanliness (Law No. 13 of 1984).
o • General People’s Committee instruction (22 January 2002) - implementation of
Environmental Protection principles.
o • Legislative Environment Protection Act. No. 3 of 1982 about regulation of water
exploitation
o • Decision 38/1974 by the Minister of Labour for issuing the regulations of protection of
Health and safety at work in ship loading / unloading
o • Petroleum Regulations (No. 8) (Decision No 99 of 1968)
o • Law no.15 of 2003 - Protection of the Environment
o • Resolution no.96 of 2008 – Environmental Stipulations to Protect Air from Pollution

• Design - CO2 Flowline NDT: Existing flowline integrity to be confirmed by COMPANY. However,
CONTRACTOR SHALL quote as OPTION [OPTION 2] the following:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o conduct integrity assessment for the existing flowlines and verify the adequacy of these
flowlines and provide COMPANY with the assessment result.
o flowline replacement.
COMPANY can activate the OPTION on the base of the flowline integrity on going assessment
outcome.
Following 90% 3D Model actions (as per 90% 3D Review Report) SHALL be addressed and implemented by
CONTRACTOR:
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 30_07/10/31/51/66: CONTRACTOR SHALL have the ability to modify
existing Intergraph PDS, Aveva-PDMS\E3D and Intergraph SmartPlant models where required (ref.
3D Model 90% Review Report ET-125-T-P-3509-00).
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_05: existing 3D model to be updated to reflect the actual platform
status
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_09: existing 3D model to be updated avoiding clashes between
escape ways volumes
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_10: existing 3D model to be updated to reflect the actual platform
status
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_31: Handrail to be physically removed on platform in line with FEED
design. Existing 3D model to be updated accordingly
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_33: Existing stair to be physically removed. Existing 3D model to be
updated accordingly
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_57: 3D model to be updated to reflect the actual platform status
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 60_59: New position of the supports has been provided to solve clashes
between new electrical ladders and the existing support. The existing as built supports be subject to
remove (during detail design phase). Existing 3D model to be updated accordingly.
• 90% 3D Model Review Action 90_06: The existing hose box SS-107 be subject to minor relocation
(west) to maintain new safety egress route clearance (during detail design phase)
From Constructability Study design review:

• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the demi-water for offshore hydrotesting.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide procedure for storage and usage of radiographic sources used for
NDT
• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide plans for personnel rotation and transportation to offshore

• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform dynamic analysis to establish the actual DAF value for the riser
protection structure lift installation through splash zone
• CONTRACTOR SHALL design and install radiation shields to protect personnel that could be located
on the upper and lower platform close to the Cooling Water Expansion Drum located in the flare boom
at about 50 m above sea level.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL confirm new risers & j-tubes bundle configuration during detail design phase
and after pre-engineering / pre-installation offshore survey.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL verify the Sabratha FMWR weight and loading conditions once more FMWR
information becomes available.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide/refine the mitigations of a few overstressed/ over deflected existing
topsides members identified.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide mitigation / justification for a limited numbers of overstressed jacket
members and joints.
• CO2 depressurisation rate SHALL be determined and confirmed by the CONTRACTOR using
simulator approved for CO2 and any associated modifications for vent stack.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL design of the riser above EL+9.5 up to the ESDV.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• CONTRACTOR SHALL assess risers for operational fatigue.

• CONTRACTOR SHALL design J-tubes guides and watertight internal ring stiffeners inside riser bundle
caisson.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a detailed ship ingress study for the riser protection frame structure
configuration.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform design of J-tube extensions.
Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” FEED design has been developed by considering the documentation
of the Sabratha Compression Module project produced during the relevant FEED design. COMPANY will
provide the CONTRACTOR with the latest available Detail Design Documentation that will be produced by
Sabratha Compression Module Project. CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the detail design by considering the
latest revision of documentation.
7.2.3 FAST MOVING WORKOVER RIG
The following tasks SHALL be performed by the CONTRACTOR during the next phase:
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a study to evaluate the requirements of multi assembling (rig up),
disassembling (rig down), handling and transportation required to be performed by FMWR; as FMWR
will be assembled, disassembled and transported between Platforms WHPA and PPE number of times
through its lifetime, as needed for completion and workover jobs. Subject to COMPANY APPROVAL,
the Scope of the Study SHALL be further developed by CONTRACTOR during execution to all relevant
requirements. However, special attention SHALL be paid to ensure requirements for fast, cost effective
and efficient multi assembling (rig up), disassembling (rig down), handling and transportation are
considered throughout design to operation.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that detailed Piping class are in accordance with design parameters
listed in P&IDs and in the TIE IN LIST.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that appropriate independent emergency breathing air system are
provided and emergency BA/SCABA are provided.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the vents of lube oil tank and fuel tanks and are sized for
breathing in/breathing out with pumps running and emergency fire case.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the vents are sized for breathing in/breathing out with pumps
running and emergency fire case.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the synthetic oil used is environmentally friendly and have a high
flash point.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL investigate the number of gaseous fire suppression system and optimized it
if necessary.
• CONTRACTOR to investigate on open drains system requirement for weather deck with a spillage of
hydraulic oil from FMWR, (100 litres of Shell tellus 68 would be a typical spill)
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the operating procedure of the FMWR so that nobody goes on the
drilling floor excepted specifics operators during operations
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that hazardous area which are forbidden area are painted in red.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL determine the equipment of the cement unit with the cementing Third Party
during the detailed engineering.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL determine the operating procedures of the cement unit together with the
cement unit third party SUPPLIER.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL follow company well control procedure and integrate them in the FMWR
operating procedure. These procedures SHALL be followed by the drilling contractor.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• CONTRACTOR SHALL implement the monitoring of the reservoir pressure by producing nearest well
during drilling operations.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL calculate fire & blast load values and consider them into the design.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL confirm the seawater cooling on the Swing burner boom areas and consider
burner radiation level in the design, with the same methodology and criteria adopted for the flare
radiation.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the dispersion study for the Swing-out burners, with the same
methodology and criteria adopted for the flare dispersion.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the continuous operation of the seawater to the FMWR, in particular
during main power loss.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the foam of the firefighting system is environmentally friendly
• CONTRACTOR SHALL cover SIMOPS between Platform production and FMWR Drilling all along the
lifetime, including during offshore CONSTRUCTION. This study SHALL be performed through a
workshop including all parties.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL update mechanical handling study and include platform lift routes and
mechanical lockouts to avoid / minimize lifts above FMWR
• CONTRACTOR to investigate dropped object protection to cover the gap between Power set and
Drilling set.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL obtain the maintenance procedures and user manuals from the vendors of
equipment.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop maintenance built and Master Equipment List (job plans, CMMS,
procedures, etc.. )
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop all operating procedure, including detailed skidding procedure.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the appropriate evacuation capacity is provided for the whole POB
on the PLATFORM, during the worst case scenario, with the maximum of personnel simultaneously
present on the PLATFORM.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the Emergency response philosophy and procedures for the FMWR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement the outcome on WHPA/PPE
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the FMWR is properly sized for accidental loads as fire and blast
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the Installation, COMMISSIONING & SIMOPS activities.
Due to high level of radiation during flaring event, flare shield SHALL be installed where personnel can be
present:
• on escapeways in the two levels at existing cooling water expansion drums location. The
columns/posts of the supports holding the shield can be supported on the existing platform members.
7.3 ENDORSEMENT of Basic/FEED Engineering

During the TENDER phase, CONTRACTOR SHALL complete ENDORSEMENT Basic/FEED Engineering and
a full review and verification of the Basic/FEED documentation included in Appendix D.
Based on CONTRACTOR’s ENDORSEMENT of Basic/FEED:

• CONTRACTOR SHALL be satisfied with the quality, quantity, and coherence of the endorsed
Basic/FEED.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL take over the responsibility of the endorsed Basic/FEED.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
COMPANY SHALL not be responsible for the completeness, sufficiency or accuracy of BASIC/FEED
documentation or for any additional costs caused by or arising from any ambiguity, error or omission in any
such documentation. CONTRACTOR undertakes to make no claims whatsoever or requests for VARIATION
ORDERS, for price adjustments and/or time extensions based on CONTRACTOR failure to sufficiently
acquaint itself with, or on his reliance on, such COMPANY supplied information, documents, drawings and
data.
CONTRACTOR’s scope and the Lump Sum CONTRACT PRICE SHALL include resolution of any
inconsistencies, defectiveness, discrepancies, incompleteness, errors, omissions, contradictions or
ambiguities or other issues.
7.4 Detailed Engineering for WHPA including FMWR

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the detailed
engineering needed to a level of detail that enables the fabrication of WHPA PLATFORM.
This includes as general (see following sections for details)
a) The preparation of the documents (including studies, calculations, technical notes and the like necessary
for the establishing of such documents) consisting of:
o The updating, completing (re-drawing if necessary) engineering documents, including FEED carry
over actions listed in APPENDIX D-4, as needed further to Basic/FEED engineering ENDORSEMENT,
or during the course of detailed engineering.
o The preparation of all detailed engineering documents including as applicable, provisions for future
extensions and temporary supports, installation aids and the like.
The documents SHALL incorporate CONSTRUCTION, installation, weight control and
COMMISSIONING requirements as the result of studies and procedures developed during
CONSTRUCTION, installation, weight control and COMMISSIONING engineering (see following
sections).
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform Detailed Engineering activities using 2D & 3D CAD. The minimum
requirements for CAD software and extent of CAD activities are given in Sect. 7.4.22.
o The preparation of all necessary MTOs, technical requisitions, and other technical documents for the
procurement of all equipment and materials.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare Purchase Requisitions (PR) for PROJECT equipment/materials and
Inspection Data Sheets (IDS) requirements, according to the minimum requirements of the PROJECT
documentation in APPENDIX D-4.
b) Evaluation of VENDOR's equipment/material technical offers.
c) Checking and co-ordinating all VENDOR's detailed engineering work and final documentation.
This includes the performance of all detailed studies, checks and reviews, procedures, calculation notes
and the like due to interfaces with VENDORS, and adaptation of VENDOR design in the detailed
engineering document.
d) Liaising with COMPANY's other Contractors for all matters interfacing with CONTRACTOR, either through
COMPANY, or at COMPANY request, with COMPANY's other Contractors directly. This SHALL include
the preparation and issue of all engineering documents resulting from or otherwise connected with such
interfaces as described in APPENDIX D-3.
e) Liaising with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS to obtain necessary design appraisal reports, including
preparation of all necessary documents.
f) Issue of detailed engineering documents for COMPANY review and APPROVAL according to COMPANY
Document management requirements
g) Involvement into layout review, HAZOP and HAZID sessions and incorporate recommendation into the
detailed engineering documents. This includes also follow-up and closing-out of Basic/FEED action list
contained in APPENDIX D-4.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
h) Review SIL Allocation reports and incorporate recommendation into the detailed engineering documents.
This includes also follow-up and closing-out of Basic/FEED action list contained in APPENDIX D-4.
i) Issue of all required Dossiers to allow COMPANY to obtain APPROVAL from concerned Authorities, prior
to Start-Up of the WHPA PLATFORM.
j) Engineering support during procurement, / CONSTRUCTION / load-out / transportation / installation /
hook-up and COMMISSIONING / START-UP / initial operations until and including PAC.
k) Co-ordinated input of various disciplines to the layouts and weight control.
l) Issue of the AS-BUILT engineering documents
CONTRACTOR detailed engineering SHALL include all works, without limitation disciplines listed in the
following Sections.
7.4.1 Process
CONTRACTOR SHALL check, implement and update all the Basic/FEED Design process documents to the
detail level requested to enable the other disciplines to complete the relevant Detailed Design activities.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform said activities by utilising the same codes, standard, criteria etc. specified in
the related Project Specifications.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the overall performance of the process systems in order to meet
the product requirement as well as production availability specified in the Basis of Design.
The basis for process simulation including variation in reservoir fluid composition SHALL be agreed between
CONTRACTOR and COMPANY before start of simulations, shortly after CONTRACT award.
CONTRACTOR process design activities SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Process Design Criteria, Process Basis of Design, Process Descriptions

Implementation and updating of documents produced during Basic Design to include VENDORS
information, COMPANY comments, etc.
2. Process Flow Diagrams and Heat Material Balances

3. Utility Flow Diagram and Utility Balance

Final utilities consumption summary based on Detailed Design and VENDORS information.
Abnormal running conditions (Start-Up, shut downs, etc.) SHALL be analysed and relevant impact on
utilities consumption SHALL be evaluated.
4. Chemicals
Updating of chemical consumption summary with the final figures. CONSTRACTOR SHALL confirm
requirement of chemical and dosage rates with robust technical basis.
5. Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID)

Implementation and updating of Basic/FEED engineering flow diagrams with comments, line and
instrument numbering, size of control, by-pass and safety valves, machinery, heaters, and package
connections and auxiliary lines, auxiliary lines for Start-Up, final equipment elevation, etc.
Perform system design reviews for the process and utility systems. COMPANY SHALL be invited to
participate in the reviews. The review SHALL be conducted prior to process HAZOP.
Preparation of new drawings relevant to the VENDOR packages (process units, utilities units, HVAC, main
machineries such as compressors, etc.). Package P&ID's SHALL be prepared in accordance with all
PROJECT standards, including symbology and level of detail.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Implementation and updating of the utility distribution drawings (water, air, etc.) including collection
networks such as flare and drains, distribution of service hoses.
Implementation of all drawings with the recommendations resulting from HAZOP and Risk Analysis,
remaining issues of FEED HAZOP SHALL also be closed out.
Perform system design reviews for process and utility systems. COMPANY SHALL be invited to participate
in the reviews. The reviews SHALL be conducted before HAZOP
Conduct P&ID review meetings at selected milestone points in the design, prior to detail piping design and
release for construction that incorporates COMMISSIONING and Start-Up procedures.
6. Fluid List
Updating of the fluid list describing material, corrosion allowance, max design conditions, etc. per fluid
category in order to contribute to definition to appropriate piping classes.
7. Line List
Updating the list of all the lines showing:
o Reference (from, to)
o Operating and design conditions
o Material
o Class rating
o Flange facing
o Service fluid
o Corrosion allowance
o Diameter
o Pipe thickness
o Test pressure and test media
o Insulation code
o Stress analysis requirements
o Chemical cleaning requirements
8. Area classification
o Provide process input to develop the detailed hazardous area classification drawings
9. Update WHPA PLATFORM equipment list
10. DCS
Input to DCS definition such as process description, Functional Description and cause & effect charts.
11. Instrumentation data sheets and specifications

Implementation and updating of specification and settings of control valves, flowmeters, safety valves on-
off valves, level and pressure instrumentation, on stream analysers with information from equipment
VENDOR and on the basis of the final piping layout.
Alarms and Trips setting list (valid also for Instrumentation)
12. ESD System

Implementation and updating of ESD block/interlocks diagrams
13. Equipment Specifications

Review and updating of the equipment data sheets according to final piping layout, information from
vendors, comments from HAZOP and risk analysis.
14. Technical Bid Tabulation

MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Preparation of technical bid tabulation and bid evaluation for trays, packing, catalysts, chemicals and
desiccants, etc.
15. Vendor data

Review VENDOR data for process equipment, if required (i.e. package units).
16. Relief system

Performing detailed design of relief and blow down system and sizing of all relief valves in accordance
with plot plan, final equipment sizes and VENDOR data.
Performing the radiation and dispersion, calculation and review flare VENDOR calculations.
Performing the flare network detailed calculations and final check.
Update relief and flare load summaries based on actual design, characteristics of selected PSV's and
devices
17. ESD, PSD, blowdown and venting philosophies

Revise, if necessary, and prepare the final Emergency Shut Down (ESD) and Process Shut Down (PSD)
philosophies, as well as blowdown and venting philosophies.
18. Stand-by maintenance and Process control philosophies

Prepare stand-by maintenance and process control philosophies.
19. Performance Test Procedure

Preparation of detailed description of execution formalities for checking the contractually guaranteed
figures for the WHPA PLATFORM.
20. Drains, Wastes

Updating with final figures.
21. Participate/witness, when and where required, to VENDOR’s supplies inspection/tests.
22. Provide specialist attendance to multidisciplinary studies and reviews as per Execution Plan and/or
whenever required.
23. Operating Manuals: provide contribution
7.4.2 Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE)

The highest priority SHALL be assigned to HSE issues throughout the entire lifecycle of the project.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and issue HSE plan for the COMPANY's review as soon as is reasonably
practicable following commencement of the project.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement/incorporate the COMPANY's comments made during the tender stage and
SHALL ensure that the plan is executed in an efficient and timely manner throughout the project.
The HSE management plan SHALL include, as a minimum:

• The scope and objectives of the plan.
• The Roles and Responsibilities
• A detailed description of the work to be performed, throughout the project life cycle specifying for each
phase that are Engineering, Procurement, CONSTRUCTION and installation the main activities and
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
deliverables linked to each one of activities to be performed and produced. Schedule for all of these HSE
activities SHALL be produced.
• A detailed description of how CONTRACTOR will be organised, how responsibilities will be assigned and
how the plan will be executed. Sufficient information SHALL be provided to assure the COMPANY that the
COMPANY requirements have been fully understood and that adequate resource allocation (time,
manpower and expertise) has been made for the execution of the HSE work.
• Ensure and develop Plan for management of SUB-CONTRACTOR, if any, for each project phase.
• Relevant reference material confirming CONTRACTOR's ability to manage and implement HSE activities
on large offshore projects.
• Site Surveys and Management and Vendor Follow-up SHALL be included in the HSE Plan.
• Permits, Licenses, Notifications and Consents (PLANC) Register to schedule and manage all necessary
HSEQ National and Regulatory compliance requirements
This section is primarily concerned with the HSE engineering studies that SHALL be performed during the
detailed design phase of the project, although there will also be a requirement during this phase, inter alia, to
develop an asset-specific HSE management system and associated standards and procedures.
For the management of HSE issues during the CONSTRUCTION, Installation, COMMISSIONING and Start-
Up phases of the PROJECT, refer to Sect. 9.0 to 11.0.
The primary HSE activity to be carried out during the detailed engineering design phase of the project SHALL
be the performance of a series of safety studies and design of loss prevention and emergency systems (see
Sect. 7.4.16) to be performed on the project. Safety Studies and design safety SHALL consider both
‘standalone’ Operational Mode of WHPA and during Drilling / Intervention mode with FMWR installed /
operating.
The specific HSE related studies that have been performed in the FEED phase (an overview of the safety
studies that have been carried out is provided in APPENDIX D-4) and which SHALL be developed in the
detailed engineering phase in order to fully define the safety related systems include, but are not limited to:
• Layout Review and Inherently Safe Solutions & Risk Reduction Assessments
• Major Accidents Hazards Register
• ALARP Evaluation Workshop & Report
• Design Accidental Loads Report
• Constructability / Installation HAZCON Studies
• Operational HAZID, HAZOP and SIL Studies
• Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA)
• Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment (FERA), ESD, Relief & Blowdown Study
• Gas and Exhaust Dispersion and Smoke & Gas Ingress Studies (CFD)
• Blast & Fire Protection Studies
• Evacuation Escape & Rescue Assessment (EERA) and Temporary Refuge (TR) Impairment Analysis
Studies
• Emergency Systems Survivability and Vulnerability Study
• Ship Impact and Vulnerability Study
• Dropped Object Study (Topsides and Overboard)
• SSIV Verification and Positioning Study
• SIMOPS QRA Study
• Reliability Analysis (Safety Integrity Level Assessment and Verification)
• Safety and Environmental Critical Element identification (Bow-tie analysis) verification and
Performances Standard Definition (SECE and PS) for design into operation / maintenance at System
and tag level
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• CFD based Explosion Modelling Study

• Hazardous Area Schedule & Hazardous Area Layouts
• Human Factors Specifications & Summary Report
• Working Environment Plan, Specifications and Summary Report
• Failure Mode Effects & Criticality Analysis (FMECA) workshop and Report
Contractor SHALL carry over all the recommendations made in the FEED safety documents. This SHALL also
include the HAZOP parking lot items that have been left open during FEED
CONTRACTOR staff SHALL attend the below Safety Studies sessions in person and assign a third party
Chairman and submit his/her CV to COMPANY for review and APPROVAL:
• Hazard Identification (HAZID) and Environmental Impact Identification (ENVID) reviews.
• Hazard and Operability (HAZOP) Study.
• Safety Integrity Level (SIL) reviews.
• SIMOPS.
• CONSTRUCTION & INSTALLATION HAZID (HAZCON).
• ALARP Workshop
• FMECA Workshop.
Furthermore, CONTRACTOR SHALL, as part of the foregoing HSE activities, address the following specific
issues:
• Identify all safety critical equipment and systems and establish a life-cycle HSE assurance plan to
ensure that they will deliver an acceptable performance throughout the life of the asset including
inspection, test and maintenance requirements for operation.
• Implement the findings of the updated FMEA, vulnerability and reliability studies.
• Review the quantity of instrumentation to determine whether it MAY be reduced (fewer leakage points
and less maintenance).
• Develop project initiative to minimise leak points in design, from couplings, seals, closures etc. to
minimise leak potential.
• Carry out human factors studies of equipment access and maintainability with the objective of reducing
the scope for inadvertent loss of containment and for dropped objects on critical equipment.
• Perform a quantitative risk analysis on topsides.
• Provide input to assess the risk of dropped object impact on critical subsea devices.
• Update the 3-dimensional CFD explosion studies to verify blast wall rating and design loads on critical
structures, equipment and pipework and distribution of explosion overpressure for design.
• Perform a detailed fire risk analysis encompassing not only the process fires arising from hydrocarbon
loss of containment events (already performed as part of the QRA), but also the utilities and living
quarter areas.
• Subsequent to the fire risk analysis, verify the adequacy of the active and passive fire protection
measures that have been specified. In particular, the following activities will be performed.
• Review and update the fire-water requirements to ensure that the fire-water pumps have been
adequately sized.
• Perform hydraulic calculations of the fire water distribution network to ensure an adequate supply
pressure and flow rate to all parts of the system, with particular emphasis or the extremities e.g.
helideck hydrants.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Review and update the extent and rating of passive fire protection zones (main structure currently
rated for circa one hour).
• Review and update the control room & temporary refuge arrangements to ensure that adequate
emergency facilities will be available in the event of a major accident. Inter alia, this will necessitate
the preparation of an emergency plan and the performance of a control room & temporary refuge
integrity study that SHALL be integrated with the updated QRA. In particular, the Temporary Refuge
Impairment Frequency (TRIF) SHALL be subjected to critical review, as SHALL be the performance
of the evacuation and escape systems.
• Review and update the EER study to ensure that it meets the requirements of the emergency plan.
• Review and update the location and routing of the HVAC and diesel generator air intakes, taking into
account the findings of the CFD study and ensure that they are kept at minimum distance away to
prevent recirculation of emissions and fumes.
• Review of the tie-back and workover programme and procedures in the early years of production to
ensure that the risks arising from drilling type activities will be minimised (tie in with QRA study). As
part of this work CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out a human factor study of the drilling operations and
prepare relevant procedures for SIMOPS.
• In line with the expected SIMOPS, SHALL develop SIMOPS QRA and matrix Of Permitted Operations
(MOPO)
• Assess of the type, ease of use and reliability of portable gas detectors and BA sets available, as these
items are Safety Critical Equipment (SCE).
• Perform an environmental risk assessment as per Sect. 7.4.17
• Provide Environmental Emissions and Discharge Schedule
• Prepare an Oil spill response plan covering activities within the SoW of EPCI Contractor, and update
the existing COMPANY Oil spill response plan for the field, in order to cover also the new WHPA.
Supervise all technical aspects during provision of Safety Equipment, ensuring, when required, survey
to VENDOR premises.
• Develop Emergency Response Plans during CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, and
OPERATION of the Platform, covering Installation and Normal Operation, and integration / update of
the existing COMPANY Emergency Response Plan covering the new WHPA
• Ensure proper support to COMMISSIONING team during Start-Up of Firefighting Protection System
(at least AFP and F&G).
• Participate/witness, when and where required, to VENDOR’s supplies inspection/tests.
• Provide specialist attendance to multidisciplinary studies and reviews as per Execution Plan and/or
whenever required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL include MEDEVAC Plan detailing all steps required to evacuate any injured personnel
from Contractor's vessels to the assigned medical facilities (Hospital/clinics) in the destination Country, and
inform COMPANY for any required assistance during MEDEVAC such as Helicopter flights of which their cost
SHALL be at Contractor.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop specific procedure for Pandemic control (COVID-19) prior to mobilization of
its staff into the marine spread and during the offshore works defining any requirement for quarantine inside
the vessels to prevent spread of the pandemic to other personnel on the vessels.
During Execution of the work and in case of Emergency situation COMPANY SHALL be responsible for
managing interfaces with local authorities in order to provide needed support usually carried out by such
authorities.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.3 Jacket Structural Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies and detailed engineering for the WHPA jacket
structure.
The jacket structure designs have been developed in the Basic/FEED engineering phase of the project on the
basis of ISO standards (ref to ET-116-G-S-0032-00 - Jacket Structural and Naval Design Premises in
APPENDIX D-4). CONTRACTOR SHALL make any necessary corrections on the structural design and
analysis works, and develop all necessary structural documents on the basis of the standards and codes as
listed in the design premises and design briefs and on the basis of ISO-13819 – 1 & 2 and DNV rules.
Basic data for design work is provided in Jacket Structural and Naval Design Premises from which detailed
design specifications/design brief/procedures SHALL be updated/developed by CONTRACTOR with
consideration to the above requirements and submitted to COMPANY's APPROVAL prior commencement of
any engineering analysis.
COMPANY's preference is for the use of SESAM software, produced and distributed worldwide by Det Norsk
Veritas Software. In case different software is used, CONTRACTOR is required to eventually submit the
complete design substantiated with SESAM Software, providing all relevant input and output files.
The detailed engineering works SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following design and analysis works
from which detailed drawings for CONSTRUCTION, transportation and installation SHALL be prepared as well
as the requisitions, specifications and MTO for the procurement of structural steel material.
1. Design SHALL include but not be limited to:

• Main structural steel
• Jacket / Deck connection
• Nodes connections
• Local design
• Docking system (docking piles are provided with defined capacity under SOW of pre-drilling template
(PDT) package)
• Conductor guides
• Temporary (mudmats) and permanent foundation and sleeves
• Risers (up to the ESDV), J-tubes, J-tube extensions, caissons (including future / spare ones) and their
guides and connections
• Conductor guides with weld accessibility
• Walkways, platforms, handrails, etc (including zodiac landing)
• Any other secondary structures.
• Any temporary structures such as sling laydown platforms (if required)
• Cathodic protection and Cathodic protection monitoring system (see Sect. 7.4.3.1)
• Drawings to substantiate transportation/installation engineering (see Sect. 7.8) and to allow
fabrication/erection of following items for this purpose as necessary, such as but not limited to:
o Lifting points (padeyes and trunnions)
o Grillage and Sea-fastening/tie down
o Installation sequence with transportation lay-out, lifting/upending positions, pile handling and piling
o Drilling from top of the jacket for the foundation pile installation SHALL be considered with design
of the top pile drilling frame.
o Pile grippers
o Installation aids (guides, ...)
o Ballasting & grouting system
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Jacket contingency levelling system

o Leg marking
o Docking piles marking
o Pile make-up and pile marking
o Cathodic protection monitoring system
CONTRACTOR will be responsible for design of the temporary works and lift arrangements during the
CONSTRUCTION.
In addition to all CONSTRUCTION/installation drawings, the following are also required:

• Drawing index and general notes
• General views, including platform location general arrangements
• Jacket typical welding and details
• Material take-off and bill of material
• Plans and elevations
Notes: as a validation of the jacket installation engineering:
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL check that the design of the skirt pile is in line with the size of the hammers
he intends to use for the pile installation. In particular the following clearances SHALL be checked:
➢ Clearance between the hammer and adjacent piles
➢ Clearance between the hammer and the skirt piles especially with the one that receive the levelling
system
➢ Clearance between the hammer and the jacket leg
➢ Clearance between the hammer and the leg protective structure
CONTRACTOR SHALL also design and provide any additional guiding/protection system deemed
necessary for pile installation.
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL check that the design is acceptable for the contingency levelling system he
intends to use or modify accordingly. Any modification SHALL be submitted for COMPANY
APPROVAL prior to implementation.
2. Jacket structural analysis (substantiated by technical reports) This SHALL include but not be limited to:
• In-place analysis
• Dynamic analysis
• Spectral fatigue analysis
• Foundation piles analysis, with the latest pile-soil interaction curves
• Transportation Fatigue analysis
• Pile driveability & fatigue & installation analysis, CONTRACTOR SHALL evaluate and confirm the
assumed restricted environmental condition for the pile installation, and finalise pile installation
sequence.
• Pile stick up calculation taking into account the environmental loads.
• Wave slamming, wind and wave/current vortex shedding analyses (temporary and permanent
conditions as applicable), this includes jacket members and appurtenances located above water.
• Load-out analysis (naval and structural)
• Docking analysis (naval and structural)
• Lifting & upending naval analysis, CONTRACTOR SHALL calculate Dynamic Amplification Factor for
the jacket under partially or wholly submerged condition during lifting operation.
• Lifting and upending structural analysis
• Transportation naval analysis
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Transportation structural analysis

• On bottom stability analysis with both minimum and maximum water depths and mud mats design.
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider mud mat differential settlement and possibility of scour around mud
mats.
• Appurtenances (Risers, Caissons and J-tubes) analysis including
o Stress analysis under environmental loads (wave and current), operating loads (pressure and
temperature), interface loads from tie-in spools, J-tube pulling loads and jacket displacements,
etc.. A reasonable length of the subsea spool SHALL be modelled to address the riser / spool
interaction effects.
o Vortex analysis, fatigue checks for appurtenances susceptible to cross flow oscillations.
o Operational fatigue assessment for risers and connections, considering multi-span following the
requirements of DNVGL-RP-F105
o Optimise riser support locations to avoid splash zone
o Design of J-tubes guides and watertight internal ring stiffeners inside support caisson.
• VIV analyses during fabrication
• Cathodic protection analysis
• Seismic analysis
• Ship impact analysis and post impact analysis
• Pushover/redundancy/robustness analysis
• Dropped object / redundancy analysis
• Sea-fastening design and local strength checks of the barge.
• Jacket weight control report
• As built documentation
Notes:
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out detailed finite element analysis to check the connection between the
sleeves and the jacket leg for in-place, seismic and fatigue loading. In particular, for fatigue checking,
CONTRACTOR SHALL calculate the stress concentration factors using adequate finite element meshing
in the region of hot spot stresses. Additionally, CONTRACTOR is requested to provide rounded shape for
the main shear plate and stiffeners, in order to reduce the SCF as much as possible.
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies and detailed engineering of jacket foundation piles
in order to optimize thickness, penetration and offshore installation.
▪ The Naval analyses have been carried out under particular expected parameters at Basic/FEED
engineering; SHOULD these parameters be modified by CONTRACTOR, any and all changes required
remain of the sole responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all calculation notes pertinent to CONSTRUCTION and installation
engineering. Furthermore, consideration SHALL be given to the requirements for
abandonment/decommissioning/removal of WHPA PLATFORM at the end of its operation life.
Accordingly, installation aids and lifting points SHALL be designed with consideration that they can be re-
used for later WHPA PLATFORM removal/dismantling.
3. The following specifications SHALL be updated/prepared but not limited to:

• Design Premises and Design Briefs (prior to start calculation/analysis)
• Structural Steel specification
• Fabrication specification
• Coating Specification
• Grouting system specification
• Cathodic protection specification
• Cathodic protection monitoring system specification
• Structural corrosion inhibitors specification
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Grout Seal and Packers specification

• Grippers specification
• Weld control profile (if required) specification
• Inspection plan based on to spectral fatigue analysis
• Ballasting system specification
• Contingency levelling system specification
• Marking system specification
• Riser, J-tubes, caissons and casing specification including but not limit to material, coating, fabrication
and testing (line pipe, flanges, bends, bells, pulling system...)
• Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Philosophy of the Substructure
• Platform Structural Monitoring System Specification
• Fabrication Testing
• Weight Control Procedure
4. Docking system engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out all necessary studies and detailed engineering of the docking system for
the offshore installation of the jacket over the existing pre-drilling template and docking piles.
CONTRACTOR SHALL review the preliminary docking analysis and docking system configuration and
SHALL perform an advanced study to design and finalize the docking system.
The detailed engineering SHALL take into account as a minimum:
• configuration and constraint of existing template and docking piles (design provided by COMPANY)
• as-installed docking piles survey documentation from Drilling Contractor (provided by COMPANY)
CONTRACTOR SHALL check the adequacy of the docking system (guides & piles) according to his
installation procedure. In particular CONTRACTOR SHALL check that:
• the installation tolerances, as dictated by tie-back operation, are met
• There is enough clearance between bottom of jacket and mud-line when the jacket is fully engaged in
the two docking piles taking into account the jacket maximum inclination during installation as well as
the levelness of the seabed.
• That there is no risk of escape of the first guide from the docking pile when the second guide is about
to get engaged in spite of jacket heave motions
• The installation seastates SHALL be derived such that the operability is maximised without
compromising the allowable loads on docking cones and allowable crane capacities of installation
vessel.
5. Material requisition with summary of source material for enquiry and for order SHALL be prepared for
structural steel raw material and SHALL include requirements for:
o Inspection and test (IDS)
o Documentation (RDDS)
6. Technical evaluation of structural steel VENDOR's proposal and technical recommendation.
7. Technical evaluation of grippers, grout seal, flanges and other VENDOR's proposal and technical
recommendation
whenever required.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.3.1 Cathodic Protection
CONTRACTOR is provided with a basic cathodic protection design from which a detailed Cathodic Protection
(CP) design SHALL be developed. CP design SHALL be undertaken by an ISO 15257 certified Level 4 CP
Specialist with application sectors Marine Metallic Structures and Inner Surfaces of Metallic Structures
Containing an Electrolyte. The CP Specialist SHALL also review related designs of connected structures in
order to derive the optimum design for the system design life. Verification of satisfactory interaction between
connected, and separately designed, CP systems SHALL be performed by specialist CP modelling. The CP
specialist SHALL be based in, and work from, the project office.
A detailed design report SHALL be prepared for review and APPROVAL by the COMPANY and contain at
least the following information:
a) scope of facilities to be protected including identification of any submerged surfaces that are to be isolated
and not protected
b) design premises, including references to relevant standards, codes, project specifications
c) surface area calculations with reference to specific structure design and/or fabrication drawings
d) current demand calculations for each zone, for initial, maintenance, and final current requirements
e) calculations for each zone, for anode mass, resistance and number for initial, maintenance and final
conditions
f) anode design drawings including details of attachment methods and provisions for electrical continuity with
any structures to which anodes are not directly attached
g) anode location/distribution drawings
h) provisions for routine monitoring, e.g., number and location of potential and current measurement test
points
i) COMMISSIONING procedures for initial testing of the CP system.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL provide an on-site inspector at the anode foundry during all casting and fabrication
operations.
• The inspector SHALL also be present at least at the start and conclusion of all QC testing.
• The CONTRACTOR SHALL develop and supply to the inspector the necessary procedures,
specifications, and documentation requirements for the inspection duties.
• The CP Specialist SHALL also verify the installation of CP system and monitoring equipment against
the APPROVED design, and SHALL verify the system performance at an appropriate time after
structure immersion for acceptance and handover.
7.4.4 Topsides Structural Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies and detailed engineering for the WHPA topsides
structure.
WHPA topsides structures include the following main sub-assemblies

➢ Deck and appurtenances
➢ Living Quarter and helideck
➢ Flare structure
and
➢ Fast Moving Workover Rig (FMWR) structures (see Sect. 7.6.5)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The topsides structure designs have been developed in the Basic/FEED engineering phase of the project on
the basis of ISO and AISC 360-16 standards (ref to ET-115-G-S-0020-00 - Topsides Structural and Naval
Design Premises in APPENDIX D-4).
CONTRACTOR SHALL make any necessary correction on the Basic/FEED structural design and analysis
works, and develop all necessary structural documents on the basis of the standards and codes as listed in
the design premises and design briefs on the basis of ISO-13819 – 1 & 2 and DNV rules.
Basic data for design work is provided in the " Topsides Structural and Naval Design Premises" Doc. No ET-
115-G-S-0020-00, from which detailed design premises SHALL be developed by CONTRACTOR by updating
as necessary the existing data and adding all the missing data.
COMPANY's preference is for the use of SESAM software, produced and distributed worldwide by Del Norske
Veritas Software. In case different software is used, Contractor will have to eventually submit the complete
design substantiated with SESAM Software, providing all relevant input and output files.
The detailed engineering works SHALL include but not be limited to the following design and analysis works
from which detailed drawings for CONSTRUCTION, transportation and installation SHALL be prepared and
issued as well as the requisition, specification and MTO for the procurement of structural steel material.
Design SHALL include but not be limited to:

• Main structures for deck, flare, LQ and helideck, FMWR
• All joint connections
• Deck/ other sub-assembly (LQ, helideck, flare, FMWR...) connections
• Primary and secondary stabbing cones
• Ensure that FMWR interfaces with deck, in particular overall dimensions and skidding system, are
suitable with FMWR for both WHPA and PPE platforms
• Crane pedestal
• Crane boom rests
• Access ways (stair cases, stairs, walkways, access platforms, handrails, grating, plating, ladders, etc.)
• Any temporary structures such as sling laydown platforms (if required)
• Dropped/swinging object protection structures/walls
• Fire protection (blast walls, passive fire protection, etc ...)
• Local design (piping support frame and supports, monorails, equipment supports, davits, etc. ...)
• Drainage system
• Flare radiation shields
• Coating system
• Openings and Hatches
• All other secondary and tertiary structures (access platforms, monorails, hatches, handrails, walls
etc…)
• Drawings to substantiate transportation/installation engineering (see Sect. 7.8), and to allow
o Lifting points (padeyes and trunnions)
o Sea-fastening/tie down
o Grillage system
o Installation sequence with loadout configuration, transportation lay-out, lifting arrangement etc
o Deck leg marking
o Truss marking (LQ)
o Hook up works
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
In addition to all CONSTRUCTION/installation drawings, the following are also required:

• Primary and secondary steel drawings including plans, elevation and details
• Deck Typical Welding and Details
• Material take-off and bill of materials
Topsides structural analysis (substantiated by technical reports) SHALL include but not be limited to the
following:
• In-place analysis, accurate stiffness of the corrugated LQ wall panels as shear plates SHALL be taken
into account.
• Blast analysis including check of main structure/LQ/equipment/piping support to be protected against
blast and blast wall optimization design.
• Design for seismic and blast events SHALL consider a two-level check including one for strength
where elastic behaviour SHALL be guaranteed and one for ductility where damage can be accepted
providing the overall integrity of the structure is not compromised. In the latter case advanced FEA
software such as Ansys or Abaqus SHALL be used in case of nonlinear behaviour or in order to
perform time history analyses.
• Fire analysis including check of structures including LQ under fire, equipment/piping support to be
protected and optimization of the structural surfaces to be protected.
This fire analysis SHALL be based on scenario derived from fire quantitative risk analysis and based
on a CFD study (see Sect. 7.4.2)
• Dropped object analysis including identification of equipment and piping to be protected and design of
protective structure.
• Strong vibration due to blast or boat impact.
• Vibration and noise analysis due to rotating equipment
• Vortex shedding / fatigue analysis of the flare, helideck structures under wind loading.
• Thermal stress analysis of flare under routine and emergency flaring
• Fabrication analysis
• Loadout analysis (structural and naval). Wind loads and support settlement condition as per DNVGL-
ST-N001 to account for trailer axle failure in loadout operation SHALL be considered.
• Transportation analysis (structural and naval).
• Transportation fatigue analysis
• Lifting analysis (structural and naval).
• COG shift envelope as per DNVGL-ST-N001 for pre-service analyses.
• Installation analysis.
• Topsides set-down analysis including stabbing cones checks under set-down forces
• Node checking analysis.
• Secondary and miscellaneous structures.
• Crane pedestal fatigue
• Equipment supports
• Crane pedestals
• Piping supports.
• Staircases.
• Access platforms.
• Lay-down areas.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• ... etc.
Following specifications SHALL be updated/prepared but not limited to:

• Design Premises and Design Briefs (prior to start calculation/analysis)
• Structural Steel specifications for:
o Raw material (plate, tubulars...)
o Lift point nodes
o Pedestal crane adaptor
o Lifeboat davits
• Structural maintenance manual
• Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Philosophy of Topsides
• Helideck net protection
• LQ and helideck structural specification
Material requisition with summary of source material for enquiry and for order SHALL be prepared for structural
steel raw material (bulk, welded shapes, ...) and SHALL include requirements for:
• Inspection and test (IDS)
• Documentation (RDDS)
Weight engineering
• Weight Control report
Other activities:
• Technical evaluation of structural steel VENDOR's proposal and technical recommendation.
whenever required.
Notes:
▪ The Naval analyses have been carried out under particular expected parameters at Basic/FEED
engineering; SHOULD these parameters be modified by CONTRACTOR, any and all changes
required remain of the sole responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all calculation notes pertinent to CONSTRUCTION and installation
engineering. Furthermore, consideration SHALL be given to the requirements for
abandonment/decommissioning/removal of WHPA PLATFORM at the end of its operation life.
Accordingly, installation aids and lifting points SHALL be designed with consideration that they can be
re-used for later WHPA PLATFORM removal/dismantling.
▪ CONTRACTOR SHALL check the vibration of the topsides in normal operation. This vibration SHALL
be within the acceptable limits for equipment operation and human comfort.
7.4.5 Architectural
Architectural detailed engineering SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Updating of all Basic/FEED engineering-layout drawings for room arrangement into the living quarters and
technical rooms.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Preparation of all necessary drawings (layout, schemes) for:

o Plumbing and sanitary works
o Ducts routing (interface with HVAC part of the scope) and associated instrumentation and
mechanical elements
o fire penetrations
o cable tray routing (including electrical, instrumentation & telecommunication) to show the complete
overview of all crossing trays.
o plot plans to ensure full co-ordination of all buildings and structures.
• Preparation of all detailed drawings for architectural works such as:
o Ceiling arrangement.
o Flooring arrangement.
o Wall arrangement.
o Plans.
o Elevations.
o Sections.
o Typical elements arrangement (i.e. windows and doors layout)
o Passive Fire Protection arrangements.
o Typical room arrangements.
o Special furniture.
o Integration of VENDOR's drawings.
o Miscellaneous schedules for doors, windows, furnishing, fire penetration
o Standard drawings for fire proofing insulation, joiner work, penetrations.
• Management of all Project Interfaces with other disciplines

• Preparation and submission to COMPANY of colour scheme for architectural works and furniture.
• Preparation of specification for blast and fire walls and other architectural equipment/ material for
purchasing purpose.
• Preparation of architectural material takes off.
• Preparation for material requisition for enquiry and order including requirements for documentation,
inspection, weight control, reliability, noise, VENDORS assistance, etc.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical proposal and technical recommendation.
• Receive, review and approve VENDOR data, drawings, calculations and documentation including
operating and maintenance manuals and manufacturing data reports.
whenever required.
7.4.6 Piping & Layout
7.4.6.1 Piping Detailed Engineering

CONTRACTOR scope of WORKS for piping SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
• Updating specifications and documents of Basic/FEED engineering for detailed engineering.
• Where specifications or standards are not available, preparation of PROJECT specific, self-contained and
standalone specifications or standards for COMPANY APPROVAL.
• Finalization of all piping material classes, update of the SPC Puma Database (in accordance with ENI STD
27917.VAR.LCI.STD, see Sect.7.4.22)
• Material coding as per COMPANY STD 1012.SMESIN.RWP.0
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare Key Plans and Overall Plot Plan

• Execute Plot plan review with COMPANY to identify improvements to FEED layout, study all proposals
and Implement improvements APPROVED by COMPANY
• Carry out Piping Stress analysis, in accordance with PROJECT Specification (ET-101-P-P-0516-00) and
COMPANY Standard “Design Criteria For Piping Stress Analysis” - 28207.ENG.PIP.PRG.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop all necessary calculation notes in accordance with Project Specifications.
CONTRACTOR SHALL identify and indicate such critical pipe lines in the “stress critical line list”.
• Prepare standard pipe supports specification with standard pipe support drawings. Reviewing, checking
and approving all applicable VENDOR drawings and incorporate requirements in design and engineering.
• Completing piping studies, Equipment Layouts/plot plans, sections, etc., for engineering and
CONSTRUCTION.
• Prepare all documentation for fabrication, erection, examination and testing of piping.
• To ensure that all equipment, system and structures are fully coordinated, preparation of 3D CAD Model,
using software standard systems acceptable to COMPANY, for the entire WHPA PLATFORM, for example
Aveva PDMS / E3D.
whenever required.
• Piping General Arrangement Drawings (GAD's) Plans/Sections/Details taken from the CAD model
together with a key plan, indexing the GA drawings. Drawings SHOULD consider and cover:
o Use of scales in accordance with the drafting requirements elsewhere in this document.
o All equipment, main structure, secondary structure outlines, and major electrical/instrument tray routes
to support CONSTRUCTION.
o All pipework, complete with valves, flanges, in-line equipment and instrumentation, complete line
numbering, with suitable reference to line specification, insulation, tracing, platforms and ladders,
equipment levels, nozzle details, hook-up spools.
• Pipe supports drawings and lists including:
o A support book summarizing support number, line number, allocated support standard number,
dimension, level, weight (each support will be tagged and will be located on isometric).
o Drawings of special supports
o Piping support list.
o Piping material summary.
o Piping prefabrication list.
o Spring supports drawing showing support number, movements, hot/cold loads, preset loads, with
instructions for installation
o List and specifications of spring supports, with recommendations regarding erection and calibration
• Prepare Piping Isometrics for all process and utility piping, including as a minimum:
o Complete line from start to end with all components, instrument with full dimensions and elevation.
o Hook-up spool.
o Complete Bill of Materials for each sheet, including tag numbers of valves, special fittings, instruments
etc, with complete component description
o Operating and design data
o Information on type and thickness of insulation.
o Information on test medium and pressure/temperature.
o Information on whether line is stress analysed, stress relieved, or not.
o Information on pipe supports.
o Radiography and PWHT requirements
o Information on Reference Drawings.
o Information on P&ID’s.
o Slopes if any
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Piping Material Take-off including:

o Piping material requisition summaries
o Piping material take-off summaries with hook-up spool
o Piping support material take-off.
o Piping special material take-off.
o Fabrication material
o Erection material
o A summary of all piping materials related to piping system. fittings and their supports subdivided by
WHPA PLATFORM sub-assemblies. This SHALL be issued to ensure field availability according to
CONSTRUCTION plan and updated periodically at the different design stages. It SHALL show the
following for each material:
▪ tag number (item code number)
▪ size with nominal dimensions
▪ schedule, ratings, facings, etc.
▪ quantities
▪ weights
▪ material description
• List and specification of special material items (to be tagged according to P&ID), the list will summarize all
material with reference to line number, P&ID number and specifications.
• Prepare list of material/purchase requisitions for all piping and support materials including documentation
and inspection requirements.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical proposal and technical recommendation: this SHALL be made for all
piping items and SHOULD show compliance of material offered against those specified, compliance to
codes and standards, formal conformity with technical specifications and material requisition.
• Maintenance handling procedures and drawings for WHPA PLATFORM equipment and material in
accordance with Basic/FEED handling philosophy
• Detail design and development of operative procedures, considering handling studies and follow up of
maintenance and handling studies developed by SUPPLIERS
• Design, Fabrication and Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Piping (Subcontract).
Detailed design and installation activities for GRP Piping and support are responsibility of CONTRACTOR,
even if such activities are normally carried out by a specialized sub-contractor. CONTRACTOR SHALL review
and approve GRP piping design of subcontractors, updating relevant piping material classes where needed.
The following activities SHALL be subcontracted by CONTRACTOR to the specialist SUBCONTRACTOR of
the GRP piping components. The relevant requisition SHALL relate to:
• Detailed design including:
o update of design and installation drawings,
o review of applicable piping layout drawings,
o flow/surge calculations for firewater system, plus other systems as MAY be appropriate,
o GRP piping specification
o static and dynamic stress calculations and analysis,
o design and location of supports, anchors and design data for anchor blocks,
o specification of UV protection
o issue of isometric and pipe support drawings,
o preparation of MTO,
o review of all proposed field design changes which MAY affect GRP pipework or support throughout
construction,
o AS-BUILT drawings.
• Supply of GRP piping and spool fabrication:

The scope of shop fabrication SHALL be maximized in order to minimize field fabrication
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o supply of piping components such as pipes, fittings, flanges and bolts for GRP system,
o supply of pipe supports such as clamps, U-bolts, etc.,
o supply of fabricated spools:
• Installation including:
o on/off loading and storage,
o installation of piping system,
o insertion of all sealing rings, gaskets and locking devices,
o make up of all laminated/bonded joints and coupled connections,
o acceptance of each system as ready for hydrotest
• Guarantee of successful hydrotest. The above acceptances SHALL be signed by the site representative
of the GRP SUBCONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR proceeding with the subsequent stage of
CONSTRUCTION in each case.
7.4.6.2 3D CAD Electronic Design Review
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare the complete design reviews of plot arrangement, equipment layouts and pipe
routings, technical rooms, workshops and Living Quarter in line with the requirements of LCI plan. Design
review SHALL include:
• Development and submit to COMPANY for APPROVAL of methods and procedures for 3D Model review
(30-60-90%). Procedures to include methods for ensuring comments made during Design Reviews are
recorded, have a proper level of follow-up and are incorporated into the design, if required.
• Involvement of all design disciplines.
• Review of equipment arrangement and plot layout prior to issue of Plot Plan. Review placement of all
equipment and structures as related to economics, process, operability, maintainability, CONSTRUCTION
and erection. Perform overall review for safety and fire protection.
• Review piping prior to fabrication. Review for maintenance and general platform design, review instrument
locations, review locations of operating valves and battery limit valving and check for completeness, with
special attention to the routing of alloy, large diameter, free draining and symmetrical piping, perform clash
checks, future connections and update relevant documents if clashes occur.
7.4.7 Handling
7.4.7.1 Handling engineering
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform detailed accessibility & material handling study and the results SHALL be
reported in Material Handling study report.
The Handling Report SHALL contain following information per equipment:

• Equipment Location
This will consist of a clear layout sketch indicating the area where to locate particular equipment installation
• Handling Datasheet : Major Components
This will consist of a table indicating the equipment or package equipment breakdown with their
corresponding Tag No, description, volume and weight as per vendor data
• Handling Procedure
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
This will consist of mechanical handling description per equipment including access, ladders and platform
around plant and equipment, where needed. Critical equipment mechanical handling SHALL also be
established as per Vendor procedure
• Handling Equipment Requirements
This will consist of a list of fixed or removable mechanical handling equipment used and described in the
Procedure
• Equipment Handling data
This will consist of sketches indicating the fixed or removable handling equipment described in the Handling
Procedure
This report SHALL include relevant drawings / sketches / vendor data for each item of equipment to be handled.
CONTRACTOR SHALL work in close coordination with COMPANY Operations representative while finalizing
the material handling requirements.
Material handling study SHALL ensure the protection required during handling and developing material
handling routes. As a minimum following SHALL be considered while incorporating vendor data and further
developments of the layout:
• All major equipment and valves, which are exposed to maintenance, lifting and replacement activities,
SHALL be provided with adequate means of handling.
• Access to Inspection and Corrosion Monitoring locations SHALL be addressed in this report.
• Affected laydown areas shown on Plot Plans SHALL be detailed and update (if required) on all deck levels
to enable handling using boat mounted crane.
• The monorail and other material handling items capacities identified during the FEED Stage needs to be
further updated based on the vendor data available during EPIC Phase.
• CONTRACTOR to organize Material Handling Work Shops to demonstrate the material handling
arrangement provided.
• All laydown areas including material handling routes SHALL be designed for maximum size of equipment
to be handles and its weight with safety factor / contingency. Laydown areas SHALL be segregated
adequately to avoid damage due to dropped object and SHALL be provided with adequate access to reach
/ handle items with boat mounted crane hook.
• Monorail SHALL complete with Hoist be provided for the items which need to be frequently handled for
maintenance (such as pumps, pig traps etc.)
7.4.7.2 Handling, lifting and hoisting activities
The following COMPANY references SHALL be adopted:

• “Lifting and Hoisting Manual” – Doc. No.: LOGIS-DG-3624-0-2018
• “Lifting Operative Tools" – Doc. No.: LOGIS-DG-2609-0-2016
• Best Practice – Lifting Operations Planning and Execution – Doc. No.: LOGIS-BP-3627-0-2018
• LOGIS-BP-3627-0-2018-Lifting-Operations-Planning-and-Execution
• LOGIS-DG-2636-0-2016-Lifting_Operative_Tools
7.4.7.3 Handling Equipment
All mobile cranes, slings and lifting gear etc. SHALL be certified and color-coded following applicable
specifications. Crane lifting gear inspections SHALL only be performed by professional 3rd Party APPROVED
by COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all certified lifting devices, including temporary staging platforms, spreader
frames, link plates, slings and shackles, cranes, forklifts, SPMT etc. required at the Prefabrication workshop,
SITE and at Offshore Platforms.
A detailed list of Handling devices SHALL be produced, the handling equipment SHALL be procured according
to applicable detailed specifications.
7.4.8 Static Equipment
7.4.8.1 Vessels/Tanks/Pig traps/Filters
Vessel/tanks engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:

• Provide vessel/tank (including vessel/tank supports) calculations required by codes and Project
specifications for all equipment items.
• Ensure interface between vessels and internals/externals attachments
• Perform all required analysis as per Project specifications and datasheets (e.g. wind, Earthquake, blast,
transportation…etc.)
• Verify and complete as needed the vessel/tank data sheets and/or general arrangement vessel/tank
drawings issued during FEED stage. Prepare general arrangement vessel/tank drawings when drawings
are not issued during FEED.
• Specify detailed material/heat treatment/shop testing requirements on the data sheets, giving the
ASME/ASTM or EN designations.
• Perform design according to specified standards in the CONSTRACT, i.e. ASME VIII DIV 1 and DIV 2,
IOGP S-619 or EN 134451. For ASME VIII Div 2, CONTRACTOR SHALL produce and validate the user
design specification. CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure ASME U stamping of all pressure equipment.
• Identify all of the required reference specifications and standard drawings and input to data sheets.
• Prepare nozzle orientation including instrumentation level study output and detailed support drawings, this
includes checking of interference with the access platform and deck floor levels.
• Prepare design drawings for vessel internal/external details, supports and special flanges.
• Provide to VENDOR for analysis any nozzle or pipe support loading to tank.
• Perform structural and local loading calculations for ladder and platforms, pipe supports/guides, column,
davits and support clips.
• Prepare drawings showing orientations for ladder and platforms, pipe supports/guides, column davits and
support clips (attachment to vessel SHALL be welded prior to vessel shop hydrotest).
• Provide above structural details to VENDOR for analysis.
• Review and approval of final data/information from VENDORS, including AS-BUILT data and
Manufacturer's Data Reports, then submit the same for COMPANY APPROVAL.
• Obtain from VENDOR welding procedures (WPS/PQR/WPQ, welding key forms, etc.).
• Check and approve all VENDOR calculations, data, drawings and procedures.
• Prepare requisitions for enquiry.
• Define documentation, inspection, NDE and weight control requirements, for all equipment and include
them into the requisition.
• Evaluation of vendors technical proposal and technical recommendation.
• Prepare purchase requisitions.
• Prepare final technical specifications for equipment purchase.
1 Use if EN 13445 is subject to COMPANY APPROVAL

MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Obtain from VENDOR calculations and drawings as necessary to assure lifting, handling and
transportation is performed without damage to equipment.
• Enforce equipment preservation requirements for shipping and CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE
SITE storage.
whenever required.
• Coordinate interfaces between internals vendor and vessel vendor
• Coordinate interfaces between ladder and platform vendor and vessel vendor
• Develop Criticality Rating procedure for static equipment which will be subject to COMPANY APPROVAL
and assign Criticality Rating to each equipment
• Develop Inspection Datasheets and Required Document Datasheets for each individual equipment based
on IDS and RDDS prepared during FEED phase
• Follow-up of supplier documentation including checking, approval and management of documentation as
per RDDS
Pig traps and pipeline items

• Ensure compliance with design code ASME VIII Div 1 & 2 and develop all required documentation
(incorporating material, testing/inspection and fabrication requirements).
• Coordinate interfaces with WP4 Subsea & Sealine Contractor
7.4.9 Machinery
Machinery Engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
• Complete Basic/FEED engineering data sheets, supply specifications, IDSs (Inspection Data Sheets) and
RDDSs (Required Document data Sheets) in accordance with PROJECT requirements.
• Prepare equipment data sheets aligned with the format as requested in FEED documents
• Prepare and/or update additional equipment data sheets as required.
• Prepare additional PROJECT Specifications for the subjects/items, as necessary.
• Verify suitability of materials of CONSTRUCTION, upgrade where required/warranted/ necessary.
• Define and interface equipment control system with platform control systems such as DCS, ESD, Fire &
Gas, etc. The interface includes, but is not limited to the required hardware and software in terms of serial
interface, data base and display configuration, etc. Definition and supply of machine conditions and
performance monitoring systems are included in CONTRACTOR scope.
• Develop mechanical and other related calculations applicable for machinery design and engineering.
• Prepare and update material requisitions for inquiry including any requirements for:
o Mechanical datasheets
o Documentation.
o Inspection and test.
o Vibration limits.
o Noise limits.
o Weight control
o Reliability, maintainability and availability
o Accessibility
o Emissions
o Sub-vendor selection.
o VENDOR's assistance required for field installation, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, Initial Operations and
Performance Testing of rotating equipment.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Define all reference specifications including other mechanical specifications, and piping, electrical and
instrumentation control specifications to be adopted for each machine.
• Specify battery limit for piping, electrical and control system
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop templates for technical bid evaluations and SHALL submit for COMPANY
APPROVAL. Evaluation of VENDOR's technical proposal and prepare technical recommendation.
• Prepare and issue MR (Material Requisitions) for all orders.
• Develop a functional specification for each Machinery type.
• Undertake all activities and responsibilities which are assigned to CONTRACTOR according to FEED
supply specifications.
• Prepare and develop Technical Note where required.
• Prepare and develop Technical Validation Plan for critical machinery items
• Packaged equipment auxiliary and system P&ID's SHALL be prepared in accordance with PROJECT
Standards, including symbology and level of detail.
• Facilitate training needs for COMPANY personnel (class-room based and on-the-job site from mechanical
completion, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and initial operations)
• Arrange to audit equipment by a Third Party and incorporate their recommendations.
• Review and approve VENDOR test procedures.
• Prepare Operation and Maintenance philosophy and any specific requirements on an equipment tag
number basis.
• Review and verify all the utilities required (identified by VENDORS) for the equipment including, but not
limited to, electrical power (normal as well as emergency), instrument · air, nitrogen, plant air, fuel gas,
etc. in required quantities with adequate design margins.
• Specify and prepare requisition for maintenance lifting devices such as hoists, trolleys, etc. according to
VENDOR equipment maintenance procedures and handling procedures and drawings (see Sect. 7.4.7).
• Define all needed lubricants and include in Lubrication Summary Report.
• Submit VENDOR concession request to the COMPANY for acceptance.
whenever required.
• Develop a separate design specification for structural design basis and criteria for baseplate/skid suppliers.
• Develop Contracting plan for all main Machinery items (MPG, EDG, SDG, FWP, Jockey and FWP pumps)
• Develop an Instruction to bidders for Machinery equipment.
• Develop a Supplier Quality Management Requirements.
• Develop a Supplier HSSE Management Requirements.
• Develop a Supplier Users Guide Procurement Process.
• Develop a specification for Flawless project delivery implementation by Machinery suppliers.
• Evaluation of Vendor’s technical proposal and prepare technical recommendation
7.4.10 Packages Equipment

Engineering required for Process/Utility Equipment Packages SHALL include, but not be limited to the
following:
• Complete all data on the Basic Engineering/FEED data sheet and/or supply specifications for the
equipment including:
o Detailed material requirements.
o Reference all applicable Project specifications and standard drawings.
o Criticality rating based on Criticality Rating Specifications
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Electrical, instruments and control system requirements.

o Utility and site information.
o IDSs and RDDSs
• Develop additional data sheets and specifications as required for main and ancillary equipment.
o Determine VENDOR's assistance requirement in field installation, COMMISSIONING, Start- Up, Initial
Operations and Performance Testing of packaged systems.
o Documentation.
o Vibration limits.
o Noise limits.
o Weight control
• Prepare and develop Technical Bid Evaluation for each package and comparing potential Vendors
• Prepare technical note as required (i.e., package technology comparison)
• Verify skid structural design and materials specifications are fully detailed to assure VENDOR'S
conformance to the PROJECT specifications and standards.
• Enforce VENDOR to provide packaged equipment, auxiliary and System P&ID’s with sufficient detail and
in accordance with PROJECT standards in order to ease preparation of new package P&ID’s by
CONTRACTOR (see Sect. 7.4.1)
• Review VENDOR'S control narratives and sequence charts to ensure compliance to DCS operation
strategy.
• Review Control & Safety systems requirements
• Define training needs for COMPANY personnel (class-room based and on-the-job site from mechanical
completion, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and initial operations)
• Define all needed lubricants and include in Lubrication Summary report
• Verify all the utilities required by VENDORS for the equipment (including, but not limited to, electrical power
(normal as well as emergency), instrument air, nitrogen, plant air, in required quantities with adequate
design margins.
• Define all reference specifications including other mechanical specifications, and piping, electrical and
instrumentation control specifications to be adopted within the package.
• Specify battery limit for piping, electrical and control system for the package VENDOR.
• Prepare package arrangement sketches as necessary indicating location of battery limits, maximum sizes.
• Clearly define extent of shop assembly and extent to how shop assembled system will be shipped.
• Identify access platforms and maintenance requirements.
• Specify/Update all documentation requirements to fulfil COMPANY requirements.
• Specify/Update NDE, welding and testing requirements.
• Define/check paint and insulation requirements.
• Define VENDOR’s scope for performance tests in field and the performance guarantee requirements.
• Define and interface equipment control system with platform Control Systems such as DCS, ESD, Fire
and Gas, etc. The interface includes, but is not limited to the required hardware and software in terms of
serial interface, data base and display configuration, etc.
• Clearly define software and hardware test documents.
• Determine VENDOR’s assistance requirement in field installation and Start-Up of packaged systems.
• Specify noise and vibration limits.
• Specify weight control requirement/limits.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Specify reliability requirements.

• Prepare/Update requisition for enquiry for the design, manufacture, assembly, inspection and testing for
all skid mounted packaged systems, specialty process equipment, and process material handling
equipment, complete with ancillary equipment within the package including all the above requirements.
• Prepare/update material requisitions, specifications and other documents for order.
• Verify VENDOR’s standard for various items against PROJECT specifications and standards for
conformity and compliance. Deviations SHALL be allowed only through concession request procedure.
• Submit VENDOR concession request to the COMPANY for acceptance.
• Perform all activities and responsibilities assigned to CONTRACTOR as per scope of supply of FEED
Supply Specifications
whenever required.
• Provide limits of shop assembly and extend to which shop assembled system will be shipped
• Specify battery limits for piping, electrical and control system for the package Vendor
• Develop Inspection Datasheets and Required Document Datasheets for each individual equipment based
on IDS and RDDS prepared during FEED phase
• Follow-up of supplier documentation including checking, approval and management of documentation as
per RDDS
7.4.11 HVAC
HVAC Engineering SHALL include all services for the detailed engineering and procurement of the HVAC
systems including updating/integration of all Basic Engineering/FEED documents for the living quarters,
technical rooms and workshops.
The detail design SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following typical HVAC design activities:
• Thermal insulation detailed design and calculation
• Heat transmission factor calculation
• Room by room cooling and heating load calculation
• Hour by hour calculation of cooling loads for the design maximum and minimum conditions
• Calculation note related to noise attenuation
• Air flow rate calculation note
• Duct and pipe pressure drop calculation note
• Electrical, instrument and HVAC equipment datasheets
• Pump and fan curves with indication of running points
• HVAC equipment list
• Duct flow diagrams and Duct piping and instrument diagrams (air systems).
• Layout drawings (duct, pipes, electrical and instrumentation cables with all supports location and
equipment sizing)
• Equipment support detailed drawings
• Ducts, pipes and cables opening arrangement drawings
• Wall and deck openings and penetrations (with interface with architecture and structural) list
• Equipment detailed drawings (shop drawings)
• Specification documents for all main HVAC, Electrical and Instrument Equipment
• GA Drawings
• Hook up Drawings
• Other detailed drawings
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Electrical consumer list

• Instrument list
• Utilities balance note (water, electricity, instrument air) normal and emergency operating conditions
• Complete definition of electrical supply (wiring diagrams, cable routing, cables list, front panel layout,
terminal block drawings, panel painting specification, cables characteristics, etc.)
• Complete definition of control supply (loop diagrams, input/output industrial PLC list , interface with ESD
system, loops trouble-shooting diagrams, instrument erection standards, running specification "normal and
emergency", fault list, wire list, pneumatic and electrical valve calculation notes, fire and gas tight damper
junction boxes, detailed drawings, digital regulators configuration specification, painting specification, etc.).
• Functional analysis
• Control Philosophy
• Cause and Effect Diagrams
• I/O Assignment
• Serial Mapping
• Alarm List for UCP and ACU UCP
• Electrical wiring and Termination Schematics
• Cable Schedules
• Flow Diagrams
• HMI documents
• Logic diagram
• HVAC MTO
• Management of all Project Interfaces with other disciplines
• Material requisition for enquiry and order including requirements for documentation, inspection, weight
control, reliability, noise, VENDORS assistance, etc.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical proposal and technical recommendation.
• Enforce HVAC VENDOR to provide the D&ID’s with sufficient detail and in accordance with PROJECT
standards in order to ease preparation of new package D&ID’s by CONTRACTOR.
• Provide the following:
o O&M Manual
o 2 year Spare parts list
o COMMISSIONING spare parts list
o COMMISSIONING procedures
o General arrangement drawings for all equipment
o Vendor Engineering data book
o Vendor Manufacturing data book
o sub supplier list
o Utility Consumption list
o Data for EMMS and CMMS
o Monthly progress report
o Quality plan
o Ex register
o Classification and validation certificates
o Certificate of compliance
o SIL Data
o NDT Reports
o ITP's
o PMI's
o Mechanical completion dossier
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Quality records books

o Preservation Procedures
whenever required.
CONTRACTOR and VENDOR’S SHALL interface with all other CONTRACTOR disciplines to align design
based on specifications, standards and design criteria APPROVED by COMPANY.
7.4.12 Electrical
Electrical Engineering SHALL include all services for the detailed engineering including necessary updating of
Basic Engineering/FEED documents and requisitioning of the Electrical System and Electrical Equipment’s.
CONTRACTOR SHALL produce the necessary documents required to design, procure, install, pre-
commission, commission, start up and operate satisfactorily the electrical systems.
Electrical Engineering Services SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
a) Updating of Basic Engineering/FEED documentation (but not be limited to: Design Criteria, Philosophy,
general & technical specification, Technical Data sheets, Inspection Data sheets and Required
Documentation Data Sheets, etc.) to a level of detail engineering for electrical systems, equipment’s and
materials
b) Calculations and Studies
• Providing detailed calculations and studies to verify and validate that the deliverables produced by
CONTRACTOR are complete, accurate, correct and represent a safe and working design.
• Calculations and studies SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
o Electrical load balance (per switchboard, general, per generator, and per all identified operating
scenarios i.e. normal scenario, emergency scenario, black start, etc.)
o Load flow
o Maximum and minimum Short Circuit (three phases, three phases and earth fault, phase to phase and
earth fault)
o Voltage profile on all bus bars during automatic restart and dynamic Motor Re-acceleration
o Voltage profile on all bus bars during dynamic motor starting and fault condition
o Transient stability including frequency response on loss of generation and load shedding
o Equipment sizing (including Generators sizing, UPS sizing, Batteries sizing, etc.)
o Cable sizing / calculation report
o Lighting calculation report/notes for outdoor and indoor illumination level (normal, emergency, safety
condition)
o Lightning protection
o Earthing study (calculation of step and touch potential)
o Selectivity study and relay co-ordination (for all voltage levels including 230 VAC and 110 VDC (where
existing) UPS)
o Arc flash calculation
o Harmonic determination and mitigation
o EMC Study
o Torsional Analysis
o Safety Operability Study (SAFOP)
Note-1: CONTRACTOR SHALL also perform any other study deemed necessary
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Note-2 : A computer aided power system analysis using ETAP software SHALL be undertaken for power
system studies.
Note-3: CONTRACTOR SHALL arrange no. 1 ETAP license for COMPANY to allow for the review and
APPROVAL of System studies
c) Operating procedures
Produce operating procedures, but not limited to the following:
• Electrical power system operations procedures

• Emergency recovery plan (for restoring power from black start)
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop philosophy and implement procedures to operate/control electrical system of
WHPA from Sabratha remotely via WHPA EMS installed at Sabratha.
d) Drawings and schedules
Produce electrical drawings and documents, as required, but not limited to the following:
• Overall Single Line diagrams

• Technical rooms Single Line diagrams for normal and emergency power distribution system
• Protection and metering Single Line diagrams and synchronization system for each switchgear, panel etc.
• AC and DC UPS Single Line diagrams
• Technical rooms (including workshop) layout drawings
• Electrical cable routing drawings
• Lighting layout drawings/Panel schedules
• Lighting schematics/circuits booklets
• Earthing layout drawings
• Schematic and logic diagrams
• Relay coordination drawings/curves/tables
• Electrical Load List & Electrical Load Balance including all individual consumers
• Trouble shooting diagrams/ Interconnection diagrams & Wiring diagrams
• Electrical Management System block diagram
• Electrical Management System architectural drawings
• Electrical Management System cable routing
• Electrical Management System I/O list
• Installation details and typical mounting installation drawings (earthing, power, lighting, heat tracing, cable
routing)
• Cable list
• Cable ladder/tray sections including transit cable system installation details
• Cable tray/ladder schedule. Design of support SHALL be co-ordinated with piping and instrumentation
disciplines, to optimize overall support design, i.e. by combining, as far as practical, electrical cable tray
supports with piping and instrumentation cable tray supports.
• Electric heat tracing drawings
• LQ and technical rooms (including workshop), electrical drawings (lighting, power, earthing, lightning
protection, etc.)
• Navigation aids drawings and schematics
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Material schedules and MTOs

• Electrical Equipment List
• Cable termination/ Interconnecting details
• Electrical document list
• Prepare electrical data sheets for all electrical items. CONTRACTOR SHALL also require all mechanical
packaged equipment VENDORs to submit adequate and completed data sheets for all electrical items.
• For all systems/subsystems, provide procedures for review and APPROVAL by COMPANY relevant to:
- software and hardware factory acceptance (FAT),
- site installation,
- site acceptance test (SAT)
- operational availability test (OAT)
• Witness factory acceptance test (FAT).
• Witness Loop Checks for all WHPA EMS (on site).
• Witness site acceptance test (SAT)
• Witness operational availability test (OAT).
• AS-BUILT documentation.
e) Requisitioning
• Preparation of equipment and material requisition for enquiry and order including equipment data sheets
and requirements for:
o Inspection
o Vendor documentation
o Weight control
o Reliability
o Vendor assistance
o Etc.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical offers and preparation of technical recommendation.
• Review/approve VENDOR’s drawings and documents and incorporate into CONTRACTOR design.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible to provide all materials related to engineering, CONSTRUCTION,
testing, pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up of all electrical facilities within the scope of
EPIC Phase
whenever required.
f) Other technical requirement
Electrical System Design including Electrical Equipment Layouts SHALL comply with Standards and Codes
listed in are listed in APPENDIX D-6. Where necessary FEED Electrical Equipment Room layouts SHALL be
further improved to meet project requirements (such as space for Switchgear future extension, etc.) or to meet
applicable requirements listed in codes & standards.
CONTRACTOR SHALL define, in a detailed level, the generation load sharing, load shedding and process
motors auto-reacceleration requirements in accordance with load balance / power generation availability for
the various operational conditions and/or process requirements, with integration of such requirements into all
related equipment specification and schematics.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure uniformity and consistency in engineering by using a single document,
procedure, drawing, data sheets, etc. Use of multiple documents, procedures, drawings, data sheets, for the
same item or activity by CONTRACTOR’s partners or vendors is not allowed.
Conduct 3D Model review of electrical rooms, electrical items locations and access (see Sect.7.4.6.2).
CONTRACTOR will provide procedures describing method(s) to be used to ensure model review comments
are properly followed up, and when necessary, incorporated into the design.
Check all mechanical equipment VENDOR package design drawings for accessibility and proper installation
of all electrical items. Software native files and calculation sheet native files SHALL be handled to COMPANY.
g) Activities included in EMS SUPPLIER extent of supply under CONTRACTOR responsibilities
• Develop final systems architectures and comprehensive bills of material for all hardware and software
components. CONTRACTOR is to obtain COMPANY APPROVAL of final system architectures and all
hardware and software items before implementation.
• Prepare detailed drawings for all systems' hardware and cabinets, showing all internal and external
dimensions. Said cabinet drawings SHALL include cables and instruments tags and references.
• Perform power supply sizing calculations for all system power supplies and UPS systems.
• Provide all required connection detail drawings for all system data highways and other data communication
cabling. Details SHALL show all required connectors, cabling, terminations, etc.
• Finalize I/O list and EMS database for all electrical systems providing comprehensive system configuration
point databases for all systems.
• Provide load I/O card documentation.
• Prepare detailed loop drawings individual for each loop using common formats developed and previously
APPROVED by COMPANY, for each loop type. Loop drawings SHALL be inclusive of all mechanical
equipment package, which interfaces with the EMS.
• Perform all systems configuration, required protocol development, interface database development,
control and sequence logic programming, for WHPA implemented functionality.
• Provide logic diagrams according to EMS.
• Prepare programs and test procedures.
• Provide all graphic displays & relevant print-out.
• Provide operating manuals.
• Provide all relevant certifications.
• Perform Factory acceptance test (FAT) and integration Testing (iFAT).
• Perform site (i.e. at CONSTRUCTION YARD) acceptance test (SAT) (site supervision and operation in
TECHNICAL/CONTROL rooms).
• Perform EMS integration testing with Switchgear / Electrical Equipment as well as with ICSS at yard and
also at offshore facilities during COMMISSIONING
• Perform Loop Checks for all WHPA EMS (site supervision and operation in Technical/control rooms).
• Perform Operational Availability Test (OAT).
• COMPANY personnel training for EMS.
• Provide for CONTRACTOR and COMPANY review and APPROVAL:
- Start-Up and pre-commissioning and COMMISSIONING schedules
- coordination activities plan
- hand-over procedure dedicated to the EMS within the overall final acceptance procedure of the
WHPA PLATFORM
• Provide pre-commissioning and COMMISSIONING and start up activities in co-ordination activities with
CONTRACTOR personnel. Additionally, sufficient personnel SHALL be continuously available, up to final
WHPA PLATFORM Acceptance by COMPANY, to tune all loops, perform any necessary configuration or
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
programming changes, troubleshoot any problems relating to EMS systems, and maintain all EMS
systems and documentation in an " " status.
Produce AS-BUILT documentation.
7.4.13 Instrumentation and Control Systems

Instrumentation and Control Systems engineering services SHALL include all engineering, design,
procurement, and installation requirements and testing procedure of field instrumentation (Control & Safety
Valves, Metering, Fire& Gas devices), ICSS (in terms of DCS control and monitoring system, ESD emergency
shutdown system, Fire & Gas protection system), HIPPS system, WHCP, third party Unit Control Systems,
Control Room design.
In order to guarantee integrated functionality of the provided ICSS with all other control systems, including
interface and integration with existing Control, Safety and Communication Systems on Sabratha Platform, the
CONTRACTOR will be responsible to design the automation systems, managing the ICSS SUPPLIER and
supervising and managing the third party subsystems also ensuring the full ICSS integration test, including
interfaces with third part sub-systems. The requirements of the automation systems are included in technical
documentations in APPENDIX D-4.
COMPANY will reserve in any case the right to approve all proposed ICSS and its subsystems manufacturers.
CONTRACTOR is to note that the following services apply to the platform equipment inclusive of VENDOR
furnished packaged equipment. The specifications, data sheets, drawings, etc. for each unit SHALL be
prepared as an integrated document covering the main platform and package unit equipment. It is
CONTRACTOR's responsibility to issue standard formats / blanks to ensure strict compliance with this
requirement right from the issue of specifications and enquiries to all SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS
(e.g. Package VENDORS).
7.4.13.1 General instrumentation systems

CONTRACTOR's work SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Updating of basic/FEED documents.
• Conduct all design for the ICSS interfaces between WHPA and Sabratha Platform, Fast Moving Workover
Rig, Subsea and all other systems.
• Develop all final instrumentation control and monitoring symbology on P&ID's utilizing PROJECT standard
instrument symbology; ensure the Project standard is ANSI-ISA 5.1 standard for all Instrumentation
symbology.
• Incorporate the requirements of specifications for design criteria, equipment general requirements and
field installation of Instrumentation, Instrument and Automation Systems as provided to the extent included
in APPENDIX D-4. All supply specifications to complete the requisition for order SHALL be prepared and
submitted by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
• Prepare flow elements, control valves, relieving and depressurizing devices sizing calculations. Check and
confirm all preliminary sizing, as well as material and type selections, of such devices for all units,
considering the VENDOR data.
• Perform detailed functional analysis on the basis of process requirements, including, but not limited to,
control strategy, sequence development and operator interface configuration. Therefore, a detailed
documentation SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL before implementation.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare instrument data sheets for all instrumentation items. CONTRACTOR SHALL also require all
mechanical packaged equipment VENDORS to submit adequate and completed data sheets for all
instrumentation items.
• Develop and finalize matrices (Cause & Effect Chart) for fire & gas system and ESD system.
• Develop and finalize Safety Requirements Specification for each Safety Instrumented Function in
accordance with IEC-61508/61511 standards
• Update FEED instrument indexes detailing instrument tag numbers, location, service, type and model of
instrument, associated automation system and type of associated signal, name of instrument
Manufacturer, data sheet number, purchase order with item number and reference to all relevant
installation drawings as APPROVED by COMPANY. Field Instrument index SHALL include listing of all
instruments furnished as part of mechanical equipment packages.
• Review and approve VENDOR supplied control and monitoring software/hardware, specifications, data
sheets, procedures, wiring and connection drawings and all other related instrumentation information.
Ensure all related documentation is submitted in project standard formats APPROVED by COMPANY.
This requirement applies to ICSS, all mechanical packaged units as well as to instrumentation VENDORS
utilised.
• Co-ordinate overall unit control interfaces with mechanical package VENDORS, licensors and with the
Subsea System Contractor. Incorporate packaged equipment VENDORS, licensors and Subsea System
Contractor's requirements in the final design, engineering and installation. Maximize the use of standard
DCS, ESD and Fire & Gas hardware and software functionality, and minimise content and use of other
systems, unless otherwise specified in the ITT Package documentation.
• Prepare instrumentation cable schedules, connection schedules diagrams, cable routing drawings and
tray fill and cross-section details.
• Prepare the same type of documents required for instrumentation cables for the field instrument tubing.
• Prepare installation drawings and details (hook-up drawings) as required for all instruments.
• Perform vessel level studies for nozzle location.
• Co-ordinate cable/tubing tray support studies with piping and electrical disciplines to optimize overall
support design, i.e. by combining as far as practical instrumentation cable tray supports with piping and
electrical cable tray supports
• Conduct 3D Model review of instrument locations and access (see Sect.7.4.6.2). CONTRACTOR will
provide procedures describing method(s) to be used to ensure model review comments are properly
followed up, and when necessary, incorporated into the design.
• Conduct 3D Model review for Control Rooms-
• Prepare a Human Factors Engineering Study.
• Prepare location layout (field and in rooms) drawings for instrumentation and automation systems devices.
• Prepare the hook-up drawings for:
➢ Process connection
➢ Pneumatic connection
➢ Electrical secondary connection
➢ Fire & Gas detection connection
• Update control room layouts showing consoles arrangement taking in consideration ergonomic study for
Control Room design and layout including Human Factors in accordance with ISO 11064 standard
• Check all mechanical equipment VENDOR package design drawings for accessibility and proper
installation of all instrumentation items.
• Perform design and calculations for proper sizing of all analysers, analyser sample transport and
conditioning systems.
• Provide specifications and layout drawings of all equipment within analyser cabinets. Include interface
details for all required piping and electrical connections.
• Prepare all document and drawings for hydraulic and pneumatic local control panels.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Provide a comprehensive drawing listing of all instrument indices, drawings, specifications and other
deliverable documentation.
• Perform material take-off and summaries for all instrumentation installation materials (Bill of Materials).
• Prepare all needed supply specification and datasheets for instrument and bulk material
• Perform all material requisition for enquiry and purchase for all instrumentation and automation systems
including requirement for:
▪ VENDOR documentation (RDDS)
▪ VENDOR assistance
▪ Noise
▪ Inspection (IDS)
▪ Reliability
▪ Weight control
▪ Etc.
• Evaluate the Vendor's technical proposal and make technical recommendation.
• Participate/witness, in VENDOR’s factory and at CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE, to
VENDOR inspection/tests of all instrumentation equipment and telecommunications materials, including
ICSS equipment and separately sourced systems and maintain a punch list from all inspections, tests and
loop checks, and clear all punch list items.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure uniformity and consistency in engineering by using a single document,
procedure, drawing, data sheets, etc. Use of multiple documents, procedures, drawings, data sheets, for
the same item or activity by joint venture partners or vendors is not allowed.
• Perform detailed availability/reliability study for HIPPS with reference to Emergency Shutdown, Blow Down
and Relief Philosophy.
• Prepare detail sizing calculations of Flow elements, control valves, relieving and depressurizing devices,
Thermowells, Shutdown Valves & Actuators, Pneumatic & Hydraulics and all other Instrumentation.
• Prepare F&G Mapping study to verify F&G detection coverage.
whenever required.
7.4.13.2 Integrated Control Safety System (ICSS)

Engineering for the ICSS SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following activities. Some of these activities
MAY be performed with or procured from ICSS Vendor. However, CONTRACTOR will retain overall
responsibility.
a) Activities by CONTRACTOR
• Conduct all design for the ICSS interfaces between WHPA and Sabratha Platform, including all required
design aspects of the interface equipment installed on Sabratha platform (e.g. interface node, network
switches, etc.) and the integration requirement for Fast Moving Workover Rig, Subsea systems and all
other project control systems.
• Update FEED I/O lists, including all Hard I/O, Soft I/O and Serial I/O, and sizing data on the basis of
detailed engineering.
• Finalize Logic Diagrams for ICSS (DCS, ESD, F&G systems) and automatic control devices.
• Ensure that ICSS SUPPLIER to obtain latest available systems application configurations/programs in
function of the system life cycle planning and the obsolescence management plan which is based on the
system road map. Perform all necessary checks and review of ICSS SUPPLIER’s design, and implement
all necessary complementary design in order to ensure that system hardware and software functionality
satisfy monitoring and control requirements of process and utility units.
• Prepare equipment location layout drawings for all control & instrument equipment rooms.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Review and update project FEED ICSS documentations, e.g. philosophy, specifications, etc.
• Prepare operator console layout drawings, complete of dimensions.
• Perform ergonomic study of all operator control areas where man machine interface equipment is required.
Include operator access, viewing, movement requirements, work area, optimized lighting, overall room
arrangement, personnel traffic flow, etc. Obtain APPROVAL of final control room layout by COMPANY
and perform the APPROVED modifications.
• Perform power supply sizing calculations for all system power supplies and UPS systems.
• Prepare automation systems power distribution and grounding drawings in accordance with CONTRACT
requirements. Provide detail drawings to cover requirements for connection of all different system
components. Prepare power distribution panel schedules showing all breaker sizes, fuses, and actual
loads.
• Prepare, review and finalize from process description DCS, ESD, and Fire and Gas control and interlock
narratives, cause and effect and logic diagrams.
• Prepare a Safety Requirement Specification (SRS) for each SIF (Safety Instrumented Function).
• Perform HAZOP reviews and update instrumentation requirements as required. Determine the required
Safety Integrity Level for each safety functionality and document the SIL determination: SIL Assessment,
SIL Verification and STR (spurious trip rate) analysis.
• Perform and document statistical analysis of applied Instrumentation to satisfy the assigned Safety
Integrity Level availability requirements for each safety related functional requirement.
• Develop, review all necessaries documentation and procedures to co-ordinate and implement as required
the integration of all subsystems and all control system packages including subsea control system and
Telecom.
• Prepare complete loop diagrams based on typicals previously APPROVED by COMPANY, for each loop
type. Loop diagrams SHALL be inclusive of all mechanical equipment package instrumentation which
interfaces with the ICSS. These Loop drawings SHALL include local loops internal to mechanical
equipment packages (e.g. instruments connected to package's PLCs). Loop drawings SHALL be inclusive
of field, equipment room, control room, systems software, references.
• Provide logic diagrams according to ISA
• Develop and obtain APPROVAL by COMPANY for all systems logging and reporting requirements.
• Develop and obtain APPROVAL by COMPANY for system alarm groups, descriptors, and priorities
• Perform functional analysis and (obtain APPROVAL by COMPANY), which will be used as basic
documentation to produce a system and subsystem configuration/programming document.
• Prepare, review and obtain APPROVAL by COMPANY of all graphics (display views)
- ICSS – Third Party UCP and EMS Integration Test,
• witness factory acceptance test (FAT).
• witness Loop Checks for all WHPA instruments (on site).
• witness site acceptance test (SAT)
• witness operational availability test (OAT).
• Produce AS-BUILT documentation for all:
- ICSS, control, safeguarding, machinery protection, fire and gas systems architecture drawings
- equipment location drawings
- power and grounding drawings
- DCS, ESD and Fire and Gas control and interlock narratives
- cause and effect diagrams
- logic diagrams
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
- loop drawings.
b) Activities included in ICSS SUPPLIER under CONTRACTOR responsibilities
• Develop final systems architectures and comprehensive bills of material for all hardware and software
components. CONTRACTOR is to obtain COMPANY APPROVAL of final system architectures and all
hardware and software items before implementation.
• Prepare detailed drawings for all systems' hardware and marshalling cabinets, showing all internal and
external dimensions. Said cabinet drawings SHALL include cables and field instruments tags and
references.
• Supply all hardware, software, services requirement included in ICSS specifications.
• Perform ICSS power supply sizing calculations for all system power supplies and UPS systems. Give
these data to Contractor for UPS design.
• Provide all required connection detail drawings for all system data highways and other data communication
cabling. Details SHALL show all required connectors, cabling, terminations, etc.
• Prepare input project documentations, review and obtain approval of ICSS (DCS, ESD, F&G) software
functional specifications.
• Prepare all Operator & Maintenance Graphics, Displays and HMI specification based on CONTRACTOR
provided P&ID, Cause & Effect and other relevant design documents
• Finalize I/O list and ICSS database for all instrumentation systems providing comprehensive system
configuration point databases for all systems.
• Prepare the I/O assignment according to segregation required in project documentation.
• Provide load I/O card documentation.
• Prepare detailed loop drawings individual for each loop using common formats developed and previously
APPROVED by COMPANY, for each loop type. Loop drawings SHALL be inclusive of all mechanical
equipment package instrumentation, which interfaces with the ICSS. These loop drawings SHALL include
local loops internal to mechanical equipment packages (e.g. instruments connected to package's PLCs).
Loop drawings SHALL be inclusive of field, equipment room, control room, systems software, references.
• Perform all systems configuration, required protocol development, interface database development,
control and sequence logic programming, for WHPA implemented functionality.
• Prepare programs and test procedures.
• Provide all graphic displays & relevant print-out.
• Provide operating manuals.
• Provide all relevant certifications.
• Perform Factory acceptance test (FAT).
• Perform integration FAT with third party systems by testing the interface but also validating the logic and
operator interface (displays, reports, etc.).
• Perform site (i.e. at CONSTRUCTION YARD) acceptance test (SAT) (site supervision and operation in
control room).
• Perform the Sustained Performance Test (SPT
• Perform Loop Checks for all WHPA instruments (site supervision and operation in control room).
• Perform Operational Availability Test (OAT).
• COMPANY personnel training for ICSS.
• Perform Alarm Management Study in accordance with applicable standard
• Perform Operators/Maintenance Graphic Displays Study in accordance with applicable standard
• Perform Plant Information Management Study in accordance with applicable standard
• Perform Interface Testing with Packages and other systems (e.g. EMS, MCC, UCPs, HVAC, etc.)
• Perform ICSS Application Specifications (e.g. Metering, WHCP and HPU controls, etc.)
• Provide for CONTRACTOR and COMPANY review and APPROVAL:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
- Start-Up and COMMISSIONING schedules

- coordination activities plan
- hand-over procedure dedicated to the ICSS and associated instrumentation within the overall final
acceptance procedure of the WHPA PLATFORM
all as per requirements of Section 7.9.
• Provide COMMISSIONING and start up activities in co-ordination activities with CONTRACTOR
personnel. Additionally, sufficient instrumentation/control personnel SHALL be continuously available, up
to final WHPA PLATFORM Acceptance by COMPANY, to tune all loops, perform any necessary
configuration or programming changes, troubleshoot any problems relating to instrumentation devices or
ICSS systems, and maintain all ICSS systems and instrumentation documentation in an "AS-BUILT"
status.
• Produce AS-BUILT documentation for all ICSS system hardware and software documentations:
7.4.14 Telecommunication
CONTRACTOR SHALL award the scope of Telecommunication and Security Systems to a sole Main Telecom
Contractor (MTC) to act as a System Integrator in order to ensure maximum compatibility, uniformity and
integrity of supply and to satisfy the minimum requirements of the specifications included in APPENDIX “D-4
and D-5” of the onshore ITT Package.
COMPANY will provide TENDERER with a dedicated VENDOR List relevant to the MTC and CONTRACTOR
SHALL select the MTC among the List provided without exceptions.
CONTRACTOR SHALL involve COMPANY during the Technical Bid Evaluation of the MTC technical offers,
which SHALL be done by CONTRACTOR. The final selection of the MTC SHALL be done by COMPANY
within the technically approved MTC offers. No variation orders SHALL be envisaged due to the selection of
the MTC done by COMPANY.
7.4.14.1 Overall Philosophy

MTC SHALL be responsible for the design, supply, configuration, installation, testing (FAT, Integrated FAT,
SAT), COMMISSIONING, supervise the START-UP at site of telecommunication systems/equipment as per:
• Telecommunication & Security Systems Philosophy doc. n. ET-114-G-T-0029-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Security Systems, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1580-00,
• Telecommunications system Aeronautical VHF-AM system, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1581-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Digital microwave (LOS) radio system, doc n. ET-121-S-T-
1582-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Entertainment system, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1583-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / LAN/Personal Information System doc n. ET-121-S-T-1586-
00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Marine VHF/FM system, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1588-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Meteorological system, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1589-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Mobile Trunked Radio System, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1590-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Non directional beacon, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1591-00
• Telecommunications general Specifications / Public Address/General Alarm (PA/GA), doc n. ET-121-S-T-
1592-00
• Telecommunications general Specifications / WAN System, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1593-00,
• Telecommunications general Specifications /Telephone System, doc n. ET-121-S-T-1594-00.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
MTC SHALL be responsible for the design, supply, installation of telecom cables, telecom bulk materials, and
cable trays. CONTRACTOR SHALL have the possibility to review the battery limits with MTC to better
coordinate the complete activities.
It is required that the various systems of the Project inter-operate correctly.

In order to have a clear and comprehensive understanding of Telecommunication Systems involved in the
Project refer to specification contained in APPENDIX D-4.
7.4.14.2 Telecommunication engineering interfaces
The installation engineering includes all studies and preparation of documents as needed for the proper
integration of such items into WHPA PLATFORM such as layout, supporting, power supply, earthing, etc of
telecommunication equipment as well as inter- equipment cable routing.
MTC SHALL prepare relevant documentation at the same level of detail as electrical/instrumentation design.
Necessary space, site preparation requirements, ventilation and cooling, electrical power and lighting and
grounding requirements have been preliminarily indicated in the Specifications and drawings of APPENDIX D-
4 (for CONTRACTOR estimation purposes) and will be confirmed in detail by the MTC CONTRACTOR, and
provided by the COMPANY to CONTRACTOR during the detailed engineering phase of WHPA PLATFORM.
CONTRACTOR SHALL evaluate as OPTIONAL scope [OPTION 1], the possibility of providing a SIL certified
communications path between WHPA and Sabratha via Line‐of‐Sight link (LOS) for the safety network. This
would be as a back‐up for the single Fibre‐Optic cable to avoid production loss and thereby improve integrity
during remote operation of WHPA.
Part of LOS bandwidth SHALL be dedicated to safety network data as per IEC 61508. EPIC study SHALL
include, but not limited to, quantify improved production availability, list of required equipment, communication
failure rate, latency, and detailed changeover logic. A cost-benefit analysis and recommendation for the
implementation of a robust back-up case SHALL be provided by CONTRACTOR. Study report including the
proposed design and costs of the back-up link SHALL be validated by a Notified Body for Functional Safety
7.4.15 Materials, Corrosion and Welding

Corrosion and Material Engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Review and conduct a formalized audit of all materials selection and corrosion control information supplied,
including materials selection diagrams and specifications. Audit method statement SHALL be APPROVED
by COMPANY.
• The CONTRACTOR SHALL develop an initial execution phase materials selection report, and materials
selection diagrams, using the FEED materials selection report as a basis. Changes made to the FEED
document SHALL go through a formal management of change process. Thereafter, CONTRACTOR
SHALL maintain the materials selection report and associated materials selection diagrams up to as built
status reflecting any COMPANY agreed changes brought about by design and procurement activities.
Updates SHALL be produced at a maximum of 6 month intervals up to as built status.
• The CONTRACTOR SHALL undertake the corrosion risk assessment activity that will be used as input for
Risk Based Inspection Study
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Rectify all deficiencies (if any) of FEED or deficiencies/changes found as a result of HAZOP or resulting
from changes in process parameters with regard to materials selection and corrosion control including
painting and internal coating/lining.
• If CONTRACTOR selects any materials due to deficiencies, changes or other reasons, the selection
SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
• Provide metallurgical and corrosion control expertise in materials selection, welding and fabrication and
cathodic protection throughout all phases of the PROJECT including Detailed Engineering, Procurement,
CONSTRUCTION, and COMMISSIONING
• Prepare and/or review of all materials and equipment datasheets, specifications, and requisitions to ensure
that the material types, materials grades, materials properties, and materials test requirements have been
correctly specified. This activity SHALL include packaged items, utilities, instrumentation, and piping
materials, as well as process pressure equipment and piping
• Review and approve VENDOR material substitution and technical deviation requests prior to submission
to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
• Review VENDORS' final data to ensure compatibility with the PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
• Review and approve in shop/laboratory test data/certificates of materials for any applications deemed
critical or questionable and forwarded by Inspection/ Engineering. Materials/Corrosion personnel have the
authority to request/review rights of any test data/certificate on materials.
• Prepare specifications, drawings and data sheets for equipment related to the corrosion control and
monitoring indicated on project drawings. Add additional corrosion monitoring where deemed appropriate
during detailed engineering.
• Analyse VENDOR's technical offer for such equipment and make technical recommendation.
• Prepare a consolidated "Corrosion Management Manual" based on ENI 20602 and ENI 27963, compiling
information on material selection, chemical treatment, protective coatings, cathodic protection, etc. This
SHALL include metallurgical diagrams, technical queries and waivers from Specifications. An index of the
content of this manual SHALL be agreed between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
• Develop detailed designs and update data sheets of all chemical injections for corrosion inhibitors,
antifouling, etc., including acceptable brand name chemicals, injection locations, injection designs (tanks,
pumps, piping, quills, etc.) use of diluents, and any other appropriate details. Determine required injection
rates for both passivation and maintenance dosages. Develop monitoring requirements (i.e. testing for
residual amounts of chemical, corrosion probe monitoring, pH, iron or other contaminate testing, etc.) with
frequencies, locations and criteria. Provide technical support during procurement and tender evaluations.
A summary table of all chemicals, injection locations, dosages and monitoring SHALL be submitted to
COMPANY as part of the Corrosion Management Manual.
• Develop the complete Cathodic Protection system design, and the complete Cathodic Protection
Monitoring System design, to a detailed level.
• Submit a list of deliverables on materials and corrosion control for APPROVAL by COMPANY.
• Participation in HAZOPs and design reviews to ensure that issues do not impact upon materials selection
and corrosion control, and that materials integrity operating windows are clearly understood and
documented.
• Ensure that precommissioning and production chemicals do not have an adverse effect on selected
materials.
• All tasks and responsibilities of the welding coordinator SHALL be in accordance with duties defined in
ISO 14731.
• Review all project specifications in detail such as welding, painting and insulation project specifications.
7.4.15.1 Protective Coating and Fire Proofing

Protective coatings and fireproofing requirements SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare documentation (specification, procedures, ...) for supply and installation of all protective coatings
and fireproofing systems, including documentation for material and application guarantee on painting,
fireproofing and internal lining.
• Rectify if needed conflicts between basic engineering FEED documents, Project Specifications, Material
Selection Diagrams (MSDs), data sheets and other documents.
• Ensure compatibility between shop and field applied coatings (CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for
this compatibility).
• Prepare a list of vessels, equipment and piping to be painted/fireproofed with all required information such
as item number and description, operating temperature, painting/fireproofing system required, insulation
requirements, tracing requirements, material of CONSTRUCTION, dimensional data, platform location and
elevation.
• Update / prepare fireproofing extent of application drawings
• Review all VENDOR "Standard Coating Systems" for compliance with PROJECT requirements.
• Provide technical support to VENDORS/SUBCONTRACTORS during shop and field application activities.
• Prepare a list of deliverables on protective coatings and fireproofing for APPROVAL by COMPANY.
• Provide total area (in square meters) of main paint and fireproofing system applied. This data will be used
to determine stocking requirements for maintenance purposes.
Protective coating, fire proofing and insulation SHALL be modelled within the 3D model to avoid clashes
7.4.15.2 Thermal and Acoustic Insulation

For cold and hot insulation requirements, CONTRACTOR SHALL apply the PROJECT Specifications.
All VENDOR supplied insulation systems on packaged items SHALL follow the PROJECT requirements.
7.4.16 Loss Prevention, Fire Protection and Life Saving

The loss prevention, fire protection and lifesaving detailed engineering SHALL be based on HSE studies (see
Sect. 7.4.2) and SHALL include but not be limited to the following:
• Update fire water system UFD and P&ID (to also integrate with FMWR).
• Update hazardous area classification Drawings and the associated risk analysis specification.
• Update firefighting equipment drawings, specifications, and datasheets
• Prepare firefighting equipment drawings for living quarter
• Update fire & gas detection drawings including fire proofing
• Prepare a mapping study (software based) for optimization of number and location of Fire & Gas Detectors
• Prepare fire and gas detection drawings for living quarter
• Update passive fire protection drawings, specification and datasheets
• Determine extent of flare radiation shield
• Update lifesaving appliances and escape ways drawings
• Firewater Demand Report & Firewater Hydraulic Calculations. Verify water/foam quantities requirements.
Relevant pipe diameter SHALL be checked and confirmed by hydraulic calculation including FMWR.
• Develop fire and gas cause and effect chart.
• Prepare all detail drawings and specifications in accordance with General Safety Criteria and Fire
protection Fire & Gas detection concepts.
• Design of Escape and Emergency Systems including Escape Chutes / Lifeboat systems / MOB Boat etc
CONTRACTOR SHALL also prepare technical documentation and provide services for the procurement of
loss prevention, fire protection and lifesaving equipment and materials.
• Update and prepare lifesaving and firefighting equipment specification.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare requisition for enquiry and for order when purchasing and install all safety equipment include
requirements for:
- VENDOR documentation
- Inspection and test
- Weight control
- Etc.
• Evaluate Vendor's technical proposal and make technical recommendation.
• Review and approve VENDOR documentation (drawing, calculation notes, etc.).
7.4.17 Environmental protection

CONTRACTOR SHALL demonstrate how practices and procedures will be implemented during every phase
of PROJECT to ensure that WHPA PLATFORM is designed and constructed in such a way as to eliminate or
minimise the various impacts that execution of the project will have on the environment and on the surrounding
areas.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement any environmental requirements resulted from Environment Impact
Assessment EIA study, including any recommendations by the Libyan Authority.
7.4.17.1 Emission and Waste Control

Control of emission and waste in WHPA PLATFORM SHALL be carefully addressed by CONTRACTOR,
considering also that no incineration of waste is allowed on vessels / flotel.
7.4.17.2 Noise Control

Control of noise in the WHPA PLATFORM SHALL be carefully addressed by CONTRACTOR in order to satisfy
the goals specified in the "Noise & Vibration philosophy" developed during FEED phase.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare noise study reports which contain sufficient data calculations and supporting
records to demonstrate that noise limits of this specification are fulfilled.
It SHALL include:
• Noise measurement reports on selected critical equipment
• Noise level prediction on working areas (topsides and workrooms) including:
- Equipment radiated noise
- Pipe radiated noise
- Valve radiated noise
- Flaring noise
• Expected noise in workrooms modules
• Associated predicted noise maps on each topsides level
• Noise report for living-quarters including HVAC noise study
• Maps of noise restricted areas
• Potential recommendations regarding hearing protection policy
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.18 Maintenance Engineering
In order to assure the best conditions for operation & maintenance, within its scope of work, CONTRACTOR
SHALL perform all Maintenance Engineering activities as specified in ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPC Contractor”, according to applicable COMPANY Standards and here below
summarized:
1. Plan Maintenance Engineering Activities producing a dedicated Maintenance Engineering Execution Plan.
2. Provide the list of Maintenance Engineering deliverables for COMPANY APPROVAL.
3. Execute the Maintenance Engineering activities in accordance with all Local Legislation, PROJECT
specifications, COMPANY Standards and Best Practices.
4. Nominate a PROJECT Leader or “Maintenance Project Manager/Engineering Coordinator”, a RAM focal
point, a Spare Parts Specialist/Coordinator and a CMMS Focal Point.
5. Define a complete hierarchical listing of all equipment (Master Equipment List).
6. Develop RAM analysis including all systems in the battery limit of the WORK and SUBCONTRACTOR’s
or COMPANY provided items (if any), aimed at validating CONTRACTOR’s design meets (or, even better,
exceeds) as a minimum the requirements for the Plant, equipment and systems production efficiency, as
specified in document n. ET-114-T-Z-3551-00 “RAM Analysis Report”. CONTRACTOR SHALL ask
COMPANY for applicable requirements, in terms of availability or performances, related to COMPANY
provided items (if any) to be included in the RAM Analysis.
7. Develop the Maintenance and Inspection Plan and maintenance routine task and job plans.
8. Prepare the CMMS Data Engineering Criteria to be considered as the guideline to perform the CMMS
Data Engineering activities.
9. Implement CMMS Data Build inclusive of Asset, Material and Maintenance Registers preparation and
migrate them into either the existing CMMS system or an upgraded system. CONTRACTOR SHALL
handover a fully functional and populated CMMS system to the COMPANY and all activities required to
achieve this are under the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
10. Ensure full integration of new CMMS and Maintenance data with the existing CMMS system in use by
MELLITAH OIL and GAS BV / LIBYAN in order to optimize maintenance activities and spare parts
management and to ensure data upload is implemented seamlessly.
11. Provide any required training for COMPANY personnel to familiarise them with the functioning of the
CMMS and any related Maintenance Systems in order to support the Plant during Start-Up and into
operations.
12. Prepare Spare Parts specifications for SUBCONTRACTORs and assure SUBCONTRACTORs spare
parts review, coding, standardization and optimization.
13. Identify, list and manage spare parts (two years and capital), special tools and consumables for all
equipment.
14. Integrate all data produced by the SUBCONTRACTORs into overall Engineering and Maintenance
deliverables (e.g., SPIR, Manuals).
15. Prepare the Overall Maintenance Manual and relevant maintenance operating instruction.
16. Provide technical support during 3D Model Review Sessions as far as O&M issues are concerned.
17. Identify and engage of additional expert services necessary to meet all aspects of operations assurance
including training of personnel to meet COMPANY’s defined competence requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL request any additional information of document that MAY be necessary for the proper
execution of the WORK.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.18.1 CONTRACTOR Responsibilities towards VENDORS
Without limitation, CONTRACTOR is responsible for quality, consistency and completeness of information
prepared for the CONTRACT by all its SUBCONTRACTOR’s and the delivery of that information to
COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL collect, integrate and validate all data and deliverable from all the
SUBCONTRACTORs involved in the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL collaborate with each VENDOR/MANUFACTURER to collect, review, integrate and
validate all data, studies and analyses, as specified in the documents no. ET-114-S-Z-1552-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for Vendors”, originating from VENDORs involved in the WORK, and SHALL submit
them to COMPANY for APPROVAL and final issue.
SUBCONTRACTORS’ maintenance requirements specifications SHALL be issued by CONTRACTOR in any

call for tenders and Contracts for Supply, according to the objective and requirements outlined in the
documents no. ET-114-S-Z-1552-00 “Maintenance Engineering Specification for Vendors”.
7.4.18.2 Availability Requirements
Applicable availability target (overall Plant, single packages or any part impacting on the production), is
specified in the document ET-114-T-Z-3551-00 “RAM Analysis Report”.
CONTRACTOR SHALL produce specific RAM Study to demonstrate the achievement of the target.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the RAM analysis as required within the CONTRACTOR scope of work and
according to the methodology and templates described in the document ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPC Contractor”.
7.4.18.3 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING KEY MILESTONE
As far as Maintenance Engineering, as minimum, the following key Milestones SHALL be identified:
Key Milestone Date (1)

Criteria, Design Premises, Specification and Procedure 2 months after EFFECTIVE DATE
Detail:
Issue For Comments within 15 days after P&ID
Issue For Hazop
Maintenance Engineering critical deliverables (2) Issue For Approval within 15 days after P&ID
Final Issue for CONSTRUCTION
Final Issue within 30 days after P&ID Final
Issue for CONSTRUCTION
Vendor data (IOM Manuals, SPIR, Special Tools and
6 months before handover
Consumable List)
CMMS Registers (ready for uploading on CMMS) 4 months before handover
Overall Optimized SPIR completion 4 months before handover
Notes:
(1) to be confirmed during KoM
(2) Maintenance Engineering deliverable deemed critical are RAM Analysis Report and Maintenance and Inspection
Plan
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.18.4 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE THE CONTRACT
Each BIDDER SHALL outline its technical proposal for Maintenance Engineering as part of its bid.
In particular, the following minimum information SHALL be included in the technical bid:
1) Confirmation of full compliance with the Specification ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance Engineering
Specification for EPC Contractor” or provision of the complete list of any deviations from the
requirements included in it.
2) A preliminary Maintenance Engineering Execution Plan, providing details regarding:
a. Preliminary Maintenance Engineering Organization Chart, including the main roles (e.g.
Maintenance Engineering Coordinator, RAM Analysis Focal Point, CMMS Data Engineering
Focal Point, Spare Parts Focal Point, etc.).
b. A preliminary list of Maintenance Engineering deliverables.
c. As minimum, a Level 1 schedule with key Milestone, manpower histograms, man-
hour/weighting for each main activity and deliverables.
d. List of any SUBCONTRACTORs involved, partially or totally, in the execution of maintenance
activities and relevant references on their competency in maintenance engineering.
e. List of Tools and Software that will be used for the Maintenance Engineering studies.
3) Confirmation of the use of MAROS DNV GL as RAM Analysis software, and the availability to provide
COMPANY with the native file (.dmsp) developed to perform the analysis as well as the simulation
results file (.exe).
4) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for the execution of CMMS Data Engineering activity,
including CMMS Registers preparation, QA/QC and Data Validation as well as in-house tool and
software platform information for Data Management, if any.
5) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for 2 Years and Capital Spare Parts management.
6) Acceptance of any availability targets specified in doc. ET-114-T-Z-3551-00 “RAM Analysis Report”
7) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for RAM Analysis execution, including reference to doc.
ET-114-T-Z-3551-00 “RAM Analysis Report” endorsement, methodology and main assumptions
description, reliability data source and software tools that will be used.
8) Unpriced list of the following categories, as applicable, using BIDDER form:
a. 2-years Operation Spare Parts.
b. Capital Spare Parts (if any).
c. Special Tools and Special Testing Equipment (if applicable).
d. Recommended lubricants, cooling materials/additives and other consumables necessary up
to the Ready for Start-Up activity.
9) Criteria to be taken into account for MANUFACTURERs/VENDORs selection and evaluation. These
criteria SHALL be included in the criteria sheet/document to be used by CONTRACTOR to perform
the Technical Bid Evaluation (TBE), and SHALL be part of TBE reports showing evaluation and
acceptability. The above criteria SHOULD, at least, take into account:
a. Technical Reliability/Availability and/or guarantees of the provided equipment.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
b. Cost of two years recommended operating spare parts/Capital.

c. Reliability of components (identification of components non standardized or non-tested by
SUBCONTRACTORs under conditions similar to PROJECT conditions).
d. Standardization (identification of non-standard components, justifications for recommending
such components, cost of spare parts needed for such components).
e. Maintenance Recommendations.
10) Any deviation from the minimum requirements of the ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance Engineering
Specification for EPC Contractor”. The relevant attachment SHALL be provided in the bid for
COMPANY APPROVAL.
7.4.18.5 Lubrication requirements

Lubrication requirements SHALL include, but not be limited to, the followings:
• Prepare instructions for completing the lubrication data sheet with all requests for quotations for equipment
needing lubrication.
• Receive and review lubrication data sheets submitted by VENDORs. Designations of lubricant suitable for
the furnished equipment must be shown on the lubrication data sheets.
• Review, consolidate, and prepare the Lubrication Summary Report.
• Recommend lubricants for further warehouse inventory (first year of WHPA PLATFORM operation).
• Prepare completed lubrication data sheets and the Consolidated Lubrication Summary Report for
COMPANY APPROVAL.
7.4.18.6 Spare parts requirements

CONTRACTOR SHALL assign a full time Spare Parts Specialist/Coordinator who SHOULD report to
PROJECT Procurement Manager and SHALL have experience in plant maintenance, knowledge of materials
and strong in integrated maintenance system, for equipment and spare parts data input in CMMS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL purchase the Spare Parts for the PROJECT in line with the following requirements:
• Prepare instructions to SUBCONTRACTORs for completing the Spare Parts List for pre-commissioning,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, 2 years operation and capital spares with all requests for quotations for
equipment needing spare parts.
• Spare parts that are needed during CONSTRUCTION, pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING, and
START-UP SHALL be defined by VENDORS/SUPPLIERS, as it is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to
have pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING and START-UP spares available as needed to perform the
COMMISSIONING and START-UP. All spare parts SHALL be available on site before pre-commissioning
activities start. COMMISSIONING Spares SHALL be included in the lump-sum price.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop a sparing philosophy and prepare a list of Project capital spares for
COMPANY review and APPROVAL. During Tendering, BIDDERs SHALL propose Capital Spares to
achieve the CONTRACT requirements and SHALL submit it for COMPANY evaluation. Capital Spares
SHALL be included in the lump-sum price.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL collect all SPIRs from SUBCONTRACTORs according to indications provided in
COMPANY Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD and using the SPIR form herein attached.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL collect, review and complete SUBCONTRACTORs submitted spare part lists and
submit them to COMPANY for review.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL integrate received SPIR to prepare the Overall Optimized SPIR to be APPROVED
by COMPANY, as specified in the document ET-114-S-Z-1553-00” Maintenance Engineering Specification
for EPC”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• As far as the two years and capital spare parts, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide lists of recommended
spare parts using SPIR form APPROVED by COMPANY capable of being fed into COMPANY's
computerised stores inventory system (according to COMPANY Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD). To the
purpose, CONTRACTOR SHALL follow the “Spare Parts Management Procedure” according to
COMPANY Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD and ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance Engineering
Specification for EPC”.
• During the tendering phase, EPC/EPIC BIDDERs SHALL provide their list of two years spare parts for
COMPANY review and acceptance. EPC/EPIC TENDERERs SHALL be requested to provide a detailed
breakdown and a fixed price for each item. The prices of the two years spare parts SHALL be fixed
throughout the CONTRACT duration (Execution phase plus warranty period “i.e. 24 months after the
successful START-UP or 24 months after issue the final provisional certificate”). Two Years Spares Parts
SHALL be submitted by CONTRACTOR as Provisional lump-sum OPTION.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL recommend purchase quantities for two years operation and capital spare parts
for COMPANY APPROVAL taking into account both corrective and preventive maintenance requirements.
7.4.19 Risk Based Inspection Plan
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for developing a Risk Based Inspection plan (for the full platform life)
using a Risk Based Inspection (RBI) approach in accordance with COMPANY Standard
02961.ENG.COR.PRG.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the RBI analysis during the Engineering phase to define inspection,
monitoring and testing requirements and to accommodate such requirements into the design.
RBI study SHALL include, but not be limited to:
• RBI Report;
• Inspection Plan and/or Inspection, Monitoring and Test Plan for all components of the platform
including structures (both jacket and topside), equipment, piping, etc.;
• WSE (Written Scheme of Examination) identified on construction/mechanical drawings for
equipment/structures and isometrics for piping;
• (Plant Facilities) Corrosion Loops identified on PFDs and P&IDs;
• (Plant Facilities) Corrosion Loops Masters: List of all the corrosion loops with identification of the
damage mechanisms and main data (e.g. operating conditions, materials of CONSTRUCTION, etc.);
• Eventual improvement activities documentation suggested by the study.
7.4.20 Workshop Requirements

Subject to COMPANY APPROVAL Workshop Engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Prepare the detailed data sheets of all the Workshop Equipment including:
- Accessories to be supplied along with the main Workshop Equipment.
- Necessary devices for Workshop Equipment calibration (if needed).
- Reference of all applicable Project Specifications.
- Utility information.
• Prepare the detailed lay out of Workshop rooms containing the Workshop Technical Furniture.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare the detailed data sheets of all the Workshop Technical Furniture items (Special benches, store
cabinets, etc.) including all the services.
• Specify all the documentation required to fulfil COMPANY requirements.
• Prepare and issue, for COMPANY's APPROVAL, the Vendor Lists for all Workshop Equipment material
requisitions.
• Prepare the material requisitions for design, manufacture, assembly, inspection and testing for all the
Laboratory Equipment / Furniture / Reagents and Workshop equipment grouped according to their
manufacturing categories.
• Evaluate VENDOR's technical offers and technical recommendation according to their technical
acceptance based on reliability, completeness, etc. and issue of the technical evaluation and reports for
COMPANY' s APPROVAL of the order award.
• Specify quality control I assurance requirements and monitor during the entire period of performance of
the work.
• Clearly define shop testing requirements (if necessary).
• Define VENDOR's scope for performance tests in field and the performance guarantee requirements.
• Determine VENDOR' s assistance requirement in field installation and start up.
• Prepare the material requisitions for order.
• Arrange kick off meetings to be attended by VENDOR, COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
• Receive review and approve VENDOR drawings and documentation including operating and maintenance
manuals.
• Notify COMPANY of all testing to be done. Witness tests as necessary.
For details of minimum requirements for workshop please refer to Sect. 9 of Doc. No. ET-120-S-A-1536-00
“Design Criteria for Architectural Layouts and Specification”.
7.4.21 Provision for future development

CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain/include provisions for the following future developments into WHPA
PLATFORM (see FEED equipment list and other FEED documents):
• tie-in of future field development including installation of subsea production system and hydraulic control
system equipment for riser/SSIV valves, and receiving pig trap
• Temporary installation of receiving pig traps for subsea production gathering lines
These provisions into the detailed engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to the following activities:
• Execute, maintain and update where necessary all FEED studies related to the future developments
• Create, maintain and update where necessary space to install these items and their accessories
• Maintain and update where necessary future additional weight in WHPA PLATFORM operation conditions
with impact on main structure design
• Maintain and update where necessary the provisions of supplementary flows, power and control in sizing
WHPA PLATFORM (piping / equipment / power supply & distribution/ ICSS)
• Maintain and update where necessary tie-in points into piping and switchboard
7.4.22 Facilities Life Cycle Information (LCI)

Facility Life Cycle Information (LCI) aims to ensure the availability of all the engineering information during
development project phases and subsequent operations process. This chapter describes COMPANY’s total
requirements for life cycle information (LCI) to be transferred to Operations. The objective is to ensure that all
required information SHALL be available in time, with sufficient quality and in correct formats for preparation
for operation activities, Start-Up, maintenance, future modifications and final demolition of the facilities.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR to be conscious that COMPANY requires a progressive handover process (monthly base)
along the Project to ensure a timely submission of information that is essential to avoid any possible delay in
the Project schedule and to limit any negative impact on the facilities Start-Up and operation.
In order to achieve this goal, COMPANY has identified a minimum set of information that SHALL be submitted
regularly and loaded into COMPANY systems EMIMS.
The CONTRACT requirements to define the activities for data and document management are below listed in
order to organize the complete management and delivery for COMPANY purpose:
• Technical organization for document and data.
• Minimum technical data required for typical basic design documents.
• Document Approval Management and Coding (EDAM).
• Implementation of CAD Programs (Aveva or Intergraph).
• Implementation of COMPANY Piping Class management database (SPCPuma).
• Delivery of model and spare part data for integration with maintenance.
• Final Data and Document Handover (EMIMS).
Each of the above listed information SHALL be transferred according to a specific mode and a defined
schedule, as indicated in the following table:
Information Minimum Transfer Schedule

Project Data Progressive Submission (Monthly Base)
Facilities Technical Data Progressive Submission (Monthly Base)
Documentation Progressive Submission as per document management procedure
Project Tools Final Handover
Final Data Handover Final Handover
Input Native Files Final Handover
The main purpose is to collect all the information during the project execution as the information becomes
available, in order to have a final set of comprehensive and consistent information at the handover stage.
For ensuring consistency in the Progressive Handover Process, CONTRACTOR SHALL put in place a
datacentric approach during the project execution and maintain it until Final Handover. However,
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the capabilities to correct and modify the deliverables to meet COMPANY and
Project requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL apply LCI management procedure according to the following COMPANY Standards
and documents:
Code Title
28080.VAR.LCI.STD Facilities Life Cycle Information Management Procedure
06219.VAR.LCI.STD Information Submission
ET-114-P-Z-0512-00 Data Management Procedure and Information Submission Plan
ET-114-S-Z-1605-00 LCI Requirements for Vendors
These documents cover all the aspects related to information management in order to ensure efficient
traceability and completeness of plant information during the development process and throughout the entire
operational life span of the plant for whole life cycle.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for the overall LCI requirements including but not limited to quality, consistency
and completeness of information prepared for the CONTRACT by all its SUBCONTRACTORS / Vendors and
the delivery of that information to COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.4.22.1 Data Centric Approach and Integration between Intelligent Tools

CONTRACTOR MAY use its own data centric tools in developing the deliverables (Document and Data), but
complete integration of data between the tools is required in order to ensure information submission to
COMPANY in accordance with the COMPANY requirements (Progressive Handover Process) expressed in
this and in the other referenced documents. However, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the capabilities to
correct and modify the deliverables to meet COMPANY and Project requirements.
COMPANY requires the use of specific applications and templates in the development of the project
information.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for deploying and maintaining the applications, systems and tools required for
the execution of the WORK.
The list of applications with the release versions, including COMPANY’s mandatory applications, SHALL be
submitted to COMPANY and agreed before the start of activities. The agreed list of tools and versions MAY
not be modified during the execution without prior authorization from COMPANY.
The Project design SHALL be executed with intelligent systems covering the following disciplines:
• Intelligent 2D system: as the design tool for process discipline to develop the plant and instrumentation
diagrams.
• Intelligent Instrumentation Engineering: as the design tool for instrumentation and control engineering
discipline.
• Intelligent Electrical Engineering: as the design tool for the electrical engineering discipline.
• Intelligent 3D Model: as the modelling tool to develop the 3D Model of the plant.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure Integration of dataflow between the tools.

COMPANY has pre-specified a portfolio of data-centric design tools that CONTRACTOR will use for the
preparation and delivery of the plant design. Selected tools are listed in the following table:
Discipline Tool
Aveva P&ID (Aveva)
Intelligent P&ID system SmartPlant P&ID (Hexagon)
SmartPlant Instrumentation (Hexagon)

Intelligent Instrumentation Engineering Aveva Instrumentation (Aveva)
SmartPlant Electrical (Hexagon)

Intelligent Electrical Engineering
Aveva Electrical (Aveva)
PDMS / E3D (Aveva)

Intelligent 3D Model SmartPlant 3D (Hexagon)
Aveva Marine (Aveva)
AVEVA Net (Aveva)

Data Integration Tool AVEVA Engineering (Aveva)
SmartPlant Foundation (Hexagon)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The use of the data centric design tools, and the integration between them, has to be ensured across all
engineering disciplines for the development of data, documents, and drawings for the project. In all cases, the
databases SHALL be developed to include all “AS-BUILT” modifications and changes prior to final handover
to COMPANY.
The scope of the data centric design tools is:
• Ensuring all the project data to be included inside of the data centric environment as soon as they are
generated.
• Ensuring engineering lists (i.e. equipment, lines, instruments, electrical items, tie-ins) and Material Take
Offs of components to be extracted starting from intelligent P&ID development.
• Enabling schematic, orthographic and isometric deliverables to be extracted from the 3D model to ensure
integrity of design.
• Providing realistic visualization of the plant for model and design review purposes.
• Providing for multi-discipline Material Take-Off (MTO) all along the project development.
• Providing electronic links with other Engineering, Material Management and CONSTRUCTION
applications.
• Supporting the Engineering and CONSTRUCTION schedules.
• Providing a Completion & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS).
• Providing a useable visualization and data extraction tool for Maintenance and Operations teams.
Data Integration Tool SHALL provide management of plant design information, which includes plant design,
configuration, modifications, updates, and revamping. Project Data SHALL be shared between data centric
tool and users, in an integrated environment.
Data Integration Tool SHALL allow data centric tools to exchange data with each other (according to their area
of expertise, ownership) ensuring their consistency.
CONTRACTOR SHALL follow below recommended practices for Data Integration, as a minimum:
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure same PBS across all data centric tools.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL use the same Naming convention across all data centric tools and SHALL not
rename any attributes if the modification is not applied in all the involved data centric tools
• CONTRACTOR SHALL submit consistency reports periodically (monthly basis) showing comparison
between Intelligent 3D Model contents and data in all the other data centric tools during project execution.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure piping components properties are passed correctly from Intelligent P&ID’s
to Intelligent 3D Model.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the deletion of tags (i.e. equipment, instruments) that have been
published previously SHALL result in the re-publishing of the documents where they existed as soon as
possible.
7.4.22.2 CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM

CONTRACTOR SHALL use a tool to monitor along the project execution and visualize CONSTRUCTION
sequences directly on 3D model (CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM). The selected tool will be used to ensure
consistency of scheduling with design, procurement, installation, and CONSTRUCTION project activities.
Since the start of the project (schedule preparation and Intelligent 3D Model set-up), CONTRACTOR SHALL
ensure integration of Intelligent 3D model with project schedule to keep CONSTRUCTION plan updated in 4D.
Integration and synchronization of the Intelligent 3D Model with Project schedule SHALL be ensured all along
the project development (i.e. with respect to baseline, re-baseline, forecasts, what-if scenarios).
CONTRACTOR SHALL use CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM to ensure execution of “what-if” scenarios to adjust
CONSTRUCTION schedule tasks’ duration, verify logic ties and compare baseline to alternatives.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
On regular basis during project schedule preparation and project execution, CONTRACTOR SHALL create
CONSTRUCTION sequence video animations alongside with Project Schedule Gant to ensure consistency to
COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL create visual reports with daily / weekly / monthly snapshots of planned progress
alongside a list of CONSTRUCTION schedule tasks for the analysed periods.
CONTRACTOR SHALL conduct CONSTRUCTION progress review meetings using the CONSTRUCTION 4D
BIM as the central hub of information for ensuring clear and productive planning and decision-making with all
stakeholders.
Suggested list of tools for 4D CONSTRUCTION BIM is indicated in the following table:
Synchro Software (Bentley)

Suggested Tools
Smart Construction (Hexagon)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.5 Detailed Engineering for Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the detailed
engineering needed to a level of detail that enables procurement, fabrication, load-out, transportation,
installation, hook-up, mechanical completion, COMMISSIONING for Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”.
This includes as general (see following sections for details)
a) The preparation of the documents (including studies, calculations and the like necessary for the
establishing of such documents) consisting of:
o The updating, completing (re-drawing if necessary) engineering documents, including FEED carry
over actions listed in Sect. 7.2.2, as needed further to Basic/FEED engineering ENDORSEMENT, or
during the course of detailed engineering.
o The preparation of all detailed engineering documents including as applicable, provisions for future
extensions and temporary supports, installation aids and the like.
The documents SHALL incorporate CONSTRUCTION, installation, weight control and
COMMISSIONING requirements as the result of studies and procedures developed during
CONSTRUCTION, installation, weight control and COMMISSIONING engineering (see following
sections).
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform Detailed Engineering activities using 2D & 3D CAD. The minimum
requirements for CAD software and extent of CAD activities are given in 7.5.17.
o CONTRACTOR SHALL have the ability to modify existing PDMS\E3D model where required 7.2.2
o The preparation of all necessary MTOs, technical requisitions, and other technical documents for the
procurement of all equipment and materials.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare Purchase Requisitions (PR) for PROJECT equipment/materials and
Inspection Data Sheets (IDS) requirements, according to the minimum requirements of the PROJECT
documentation in APPENDIX D-4.
b) Evaluation of Vendor's equipment/material technical offers.
c) Checking and co-ordinating all VENDOR's detailed engineering work and final documentation.
This includes the performance of all detailed studies, checks and reviews, procedures, calculation notes
and the like due to interfaces with VENDORS, and adaptation of VENDOR design in the detailed
engineering document.
d) Liaising with COMPANY's other Contractors for all matters interfacing with CONTRACTOR, either through
COMPANY, or at COMPANY request, directly.
This will include the preparation and issue of all engineering documents resulting from or otherwise
connected with such interfaces as described in APPENDIX D-3.
e) Liaising with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS to obtain necessary design appraisal reports, including
preparation of all necessary documents.
f) Issue of detailed engineering documents for COMPANY review and APPROVAL according to COMPANY
Document management requirements
g) Involvement into layout review, HAZOP and HAZID sessions and incorporate recommendation into the
detailed engineering documents. This includes follow-up and closing-out of Basic/FEED action list
contained in APPENDIX D-4.
h) Review of SIL Allocation reports
i) Issue of all required Dossiers to allow COMPANY to obtain APPROVAL from concerned Authorities, prior
to START-UP of the additional facilities installed on Sabratha Platform.
j) Engineering support during CONSTRUCTION / load-out / transportation / installation / hook-up and
COMMISSIONING / START-UP / initial operations until and including PAC.
k) Co-ordinated input of various disciplines to the layouts and weight control.
l) Issue of the AS-BUILT engineering documents
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR detailed engineering SHALL include, but not limited to, works for all disciplines listed in the
following sections.
7.5.1 Multidisciplinary
7.5.1.1 Site Surveys
BIDDER SHALL carry out an engineering survey on Sabratha platform to determine the requirements for the
specific phase of the project and to collect all information necessary to complete FEED ENDORSEMENT
Report.
CONTRACTOR after CONTRACT Award, SHALL carry out all required engineering site survey(s) on Sabratha
platform to determine the requirements for the specific phase of the project. Updated information collated
during the Basic/FEED Phase together with historical survey reports are provided in APPENDIX D-4.
SITE survey of Sabratha platform SHALL address, but not be limited to, the following:
• Review and confirm inputs to detail engineering for each discipline.
• Review and confirm inputs for demolition work.
• Review and confirm inputs for all discipline tie-ins.
• The pre-installation survey SHALL re-assess and cross check all existing facility dimensions critical to
the Installation of the new facilities/structures as well as interfaces with existing equipment, existing
Fast Moving Workover Rig (and relevant items to be removed and re-instated) and existing cranes.
The Survey SHALL be executed with fully calibrated and certified equipment. CONTRACTOR SHALL
submit relevant procedures to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
• Define interface boundary points and confirm the accuracy of information provided in the ITT package
for brownfield modifications including piping survey to verify the position and condition of tie-in points
• Review inputs to all safety studies including CONSTRUCTION and installation HAZID.
• Collect possible missing information of existing facilities required for the PROJECT.
• Facilitate the resolution of technical interfaces that require input from Operations, Maintenance and
Drilling.
• Familiarization with HSE and Logistic procedures at each SITE, whilst gathering data for inclusion into
relevant deliverables.
• Collect inputs for constructability and hook-up Execution plan.
• Collect inputs for Installability studies develop detailed installation procedures.
• Any other survey as MAY be required by COMPANY and/or CONTRACTOR.
For each of the above listed survey, an exhaustive report SHALL be prepared and issued for COMPANY
review and APPROVAL. In addition, CONTRACTOR SHOULD prior to demobilization from site prepare a
Minutes of Meeting and obtain COMPANY review (for information) from COMPANY personnel involved. The
COMPANY representative SHALL validate any instruction or recommendation given at SITE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure representatives from each stage of the WORKS (i.e. CONSTRUCTION, hook-
up and installation) are present at kick-off meeting, site meetings and all relevant workshops/review sessions.
7.5.1.2 Item Numbering
The CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that tagging of all items (including, but not limited to equipment,
instruments, cables, signals) have the proper tag number, in accordance with the doc. No. ET-125-P-Z-0505-
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
00 “Item Numbering Procedure” rev. P5. The equipment SHALL be fitted with a label that bears the tag number,
and in special cases the equipment name, e.g. main switchboard name and tag number.
All tags included within the FEED package documentation are based on Rev. P4 of Doc. No. ET-125-P-Z-
0505-00. They SHALL be verified against updated item numbering reported in Rev. P5 during detailed design
and considering that parallel projects MAY impact the allocation of sequential tagging.
7.5.2 Process
CONTRACTOR SHALL check, implement and update all the Basic/FEED Design process documents to the
detail level requested to enable the other disciplines to complete the relevant Detailed Design activities.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform said activities by utilising the same codes, standard, criteria etc. specified in
the related Project Specifications.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the overall performance of the process systems in order to meet
the product requirement as well as production availability specified in Basis of Design.
The basis for process simulation including variation in reservoir fluid composition SHALL be agreed between
CONTRACTOR and COMPANY before start of simulations, shortly after CONTRACT award.
CONTRACTOR process design activities SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Process Flow Diagrams and Heat Material Balances

2. Utility Flow Diagram and Utility Balances

Final utilities consumption summary based on Detail Design and VENDORS information.
Abnormal running conditions (START-UP, shutdowns, etc.) SHALL be analysed and relevant impact on
utilities consumption evaluated.
3. Chemicals
Updating of chemical consumption summary with the final figures. CONSTRACTOR SHALL confirm
requirement of chemical and dosage rates with robust technical basis.
4. Process and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID)

Implementation and updating of Basic/FEED engineering P&ID diagrams with comments, line and
instrument numbering, size of control, by-pass and safety valves, machinery, heaters, and package
connections and auxiliary lines, auxiliary lines for START-UP, final equipment elevation, etc.
Perform system design reviews for the process and utility systems. COMPANY SHALL be invited to
participate in the reviews. The review SHALL be conducted prior to process HAZOP.
Preparation of new drawings relevant to the VENDOR packages (process units, utilities units etc.).
Package P&ID's SHALL be prepared in accordance with all PROJECT standards, including symbology
and level of detail.
Implementation and updating of the utility distribution drawings (water, air, etc.) including collection
networks such as flare and drains, distribution of service hoses.
Implementation of all drawings with the recommendations resulting from HAZOP and Risk Analysis,
remaining issues of FEED HAZOP SHALL also be closed out.
Perform system design reviews for process and utility systems. COMPANY SHALL be invited to participate
in the reviews. The reviews SHALL be conducted before HAZOP
Conduct P&ID review meetings at selected milestone points in the design, prior to detail piping design and
release for construction that incorporates COMMISSIONING and START-UP procedures.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Tie-ins P&IDs that have been produced in the FEED phase SHALL be updated. CONTRACTOR SHOULD
also conduct sufficient site surveying during detailed design to confirm the accuracy of information
provided in the ITT Package
5. Fluid List
Produce the fluid list describing material, corrosion allowance, max design conditions, etc. per fluid
category to finalize updating of platform piping classes.
6. Line List
Updating the list of all the lines showing:
o Reference (from, to)
o Operating and design conditions
o Material
o Class rating
o Flange facing
o Service fluid
o Corrosion allowance
o Diameter
o Pipe thickness
o Test pressure and test media
o Insulation code / Pipe finishing
o Slug flow or two-phase flow specification
o Stress analysis requirements
o Chemical cleaning requirements
o P&ID reference drawing
7. Area classification
o Provide process input to update the detailed hazardous area classification drawings for both new
and existing areas
8. Update Sabratha Platform equipment list
9. DCS
Input to DCS definition such as process description, Functional Description and cause & effect charts.
10. Instrumentation data sheets and specifications

Implementation and updating of specification and settings of control valves, flowmeters, safety valves on-
off valves, level and pressure instrumentation, on stream analysers with information from equipment
VENDOR and on the basis of the final piping layout.
11. ESD System

Implementation and updating of ESD block/interlocks diagrams
Implementation and updating of ESD FG cause and effects chart
12. Equipment Specifications

Review and updating of the equipment datasheets according to final piping layout, information from
vendors, comments from HAZOP and risk analysis.
13. Vendor data

Review VENDOR data for process equipment, if required (i.e. package units).
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
14. Relief system

Performing detailed verification of relief and blow down system and sizing of all relief valves in accordance
with plot plan, pipe general arrangement, final equipment sizes and VENDOR data.
Performing the radiation and dispersion, calculation and review flare calculations.
Performing the updating of flare network detailed calculations and final check.
Update relief and flare load summaries based on actual design, characteristics of selected PSV's and
devices
15. ESD, PSD, blowdown and venting philosophies

Revise and update, if necessary, the Sabratha Platform Emergency Shut Down (ESD) and Process Shut
Down (PSD) philosophies, as well as blowdown and venting philosophies.
16. Stand-by maintenance and Process control philosophies

Update stand-by maintenance and process control philosophies.
17. Performance Test Procedure

Preparation of detailed description of execution formalities for checking the contractually guaranteed
figures for the Sabrath4a Platform Upgrading for Structure “A”.
18. Drains, Wastes

Updating with final figures.
whenever required.
7.5.3 Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE)

The highest priority SHALL be assigned to HSE issues throughout the entire lifecycle of the project.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and issue HSE Plan for the COMPANY's review as soon as is reasonably
practicable following commencement of the project.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement/incorporate the COMPANY's comments made during the tender stage and
SHALL ensure that the plan is executed in an efficient and timely manner throughout the project.
The HSE management plan SHALL include, as a minimum:

• The scope and objectives of the plan.
• The Roles and Responsibilities
• A detailed description of the work to be performed, throughout the project life cycle specifying for each
phase that are Engineering, Procurement, CONSTRUCTION and installation the main activities and
deliverables linked to each one of activities to be performed and produced. Schedule for all of these HSE
activities SHALL be produced.
• A detailed description of how CONTRACTOR will be organised, how responsibilities will be assigned and
how the plan will be executed. Sufficient information SHALL be provided to assure the COMPANY that the
COMPANY requirements have been fully understood and that adequate resource allocation (time,
manpower and expertise) has been made for the execution of the HSE work.
• Ensure and develop Plan for management of SUB-CONTRACTOR, if any, for each project phase.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Relevant reference material confirming CONTRACTOR's ability to manage and implement HSE activities
on large offshore projects.
• Site Surveys and Management and Vendor Follow-up SHALL be included in the HSE Plan.
• Permits, Licenses, Notifications and Consents (PLANC) Register to schedule and manage all necessary
HSEQ National and Regulatory compliance requirements
This section is primarily concerned with the HSE engineering studies that SHALL be performed during the
detailed design phase of the project, although there will also be a requirement during this phase, inter alia, to
develop an asset-specific HSE management system and associated standards and procedures.
For the management of HSE issues during the CONSTRUCTION, Installation, COMMISSIONING and Start-
up phases of the PROJECT, refer to Sect. 9.0, 10.0, 11.0.
The primary HSE activity to be carried out during the detailed engineering design phase of the project SHALL
be the performance of a series of safety studies to ensure that the offshore section of the project will be
tolerably safe (meeting ALARP criterion as per COMPANY Risk Matrix). CONTRACTOR SHALL provide a
basis for all safety studies and design of loss prevention and emergency systems (see Sect. 7.5.14) to be
performed on the project. CONTRACTOR SHALL develop a HSE philosophy document, at the beginning of
the Detail design, that SHALL provide a basis for all safety studies to be performed on the project.
The specific HSE related studies that have been performed in the FEED phase (deliverable provided in
APPENDIX D-4) and which will need to be developed in the detailed engineering phase in order to fully define
the safety related systems include, but are not limited to:
• Layout Review and Inherently Safe Solutions & Risk Reduction Assessments
• Major Accidents Hazards Register
• ALARP Evaluation Workshop & Report
• Design Accidental Loads Report
• Constructability / Installation HAZCON studies
• Operational HAZID, HAZOP and SIL Studies
• Update of Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) for the entire Sabratha Platform, including latest
development projects
• Updated Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment (FERA), ESD, Relief & Blowdown Study for entire
Sabratha Platform, including latest development projects
• Gas and Exhaust Dispersion and Smoke & Gas Ingress Studies (CFD) for entire Sabratha Platform,
including latest development projects
• Blast & Fire Protection Studies
• Updated of Evacuation Escape & Rescue Assessment (EERA) and Temporary Refuge (TR) Studies
• Emergency Systems Survivability and Vulnerability Study
• Updated of Dropped Object Study (Topsides and Overboard)
• Ship Impact and Vulnerability Study
• SSIV Verification and Positioning Study
• SIMOPS QRA Study
• Reliability Analysis (Safety Integrity Level Assessment and Verification)
• Update platform Safety and Environmental Critical Element identification (Bow-tie analysis) verification
and Performances Standard Definition (SECE and PS) for design into operation / maintenance at a
System and tag level
• CFD based Explosion Modelling Study
• Failure Mode Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) Workshop and Report
• Hazardous Area Schedule & Hazardous Area Layouts
• Human Factors Specifications & Summary Report
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Working Environment Plan, Specifications and Summary Report
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry over all the recommendations made in the FEED safety documents. This SHALL
also include the HAZOP parking lot items that have been left open during FEED.
Contractor staff SHALL attend the below Safety Studies sessions in person and assign a third party Chairman
and submit his/her CV to COMPANY for review and APPROVAL:
• Hazard Identification (HAZID) and Environmental Impact Identification (ENVID) reviews.
• Hazard and Operability (HAZOP) Study including dedicated section for Brownfield Tie-ins.
• Safety Integrity Level (SIL) reviews.
• SIMOPS.
• CONSTRUCTION & INSTALLATION HAZID (HAZCON)
• ALARP Workshop
• FMECA Workshop.
Furthermore, CONTRACTOR SHALL, as part of the foregoing HSE activities, address the following specific
issues:
• Identify all safety critical equipment and systems and establish a life-cycle HSE assurance plan to
ensure that they will deliver an acceptable performance throughout the life of the asset including
inspection, test and maintenance requirements for operation.
• Review the quantity of instrumentation to determine whether it MAY be reduced (fewer leakage points
and less maintenance).
• Develop project initiative to minimise leak points in design, from couplings, seals, closures etc. to
minimise leak potential.
• Carry out human factors studies of equipment access and maintainability with the objective of reducing
the scope for inadvertent loss of containment and for dropped objects on critical equipment.
• undertake a review of existing flare radiation study to establish potential magnitude of the hazard of
potential flaring during installation of the new western extension.
• Provide input to assess the risk of dropped object impact on critical subsea devices.
• Subsequent to the fire risk analysis, verify the adequacy of the active and passive fire protection
measures that have been specified. In particular, the following activities will be performed:
o Review and update the fire-water requirements to ensure that the fire-water pumps have been
adequately sized.
o Perform hydraulic calculations of the fire water distribution network to ensure an adequate
supply pressure and flow rate to all parts of the system, with particular emphasis or the
extremities e.g. helideck hydrants.
o Review and update the extent and rating of passive fire protection zones (main structure
currently rated for circa one hour).
• Review and update the EER study to ensure that it meets the requirements of the emergency plan.
• In line with the expected SIMOPS, SHALL develop SIMOPS QRA and matrix Of Permitted Operations
(MOPO)
• Assess of the type, ease of use and reliability of portable gas detectors and BA sets available, as these
items are Safety Critical Equipment (SCE).
• Supervise all technical aspects during provision of Safety Equipment, ensuring, when required, survey
to VENDOR premises.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Develop Emergency Response Plans during CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and START-UP,

and OPERATION of the Platform covering Installation and Normal Operation, and integration / update
of the existing COMPANY Emergency Response Plan covering the new WHPA
• Prepare an Oil spill plan response covering activities within the SoW of EPCI Contractor, and update
the existing COMPANY Oil spill response plan for the field, in order to cover also the new WHPA
• Ensure proper support to COMMISSIONING team during start-up of Firefighting Protection System (at
least AFP and F&G).
whenever required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL include MEDEVAC Plan detailing all steps required to evacuate any injured personnel
from CONTRACTOR's vessels or on Sabratha Platform to the assigned medical facilities (Hospital/clinics) in
the destination Country, and inform COMPANY for any required assistance during MEDEVAC such as
Helicopter flights of which their cost SHALL be at CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop specific procedure for Pandemic control (COVID-19) prior to mobilization of
its staff into the marine spread and during the offshore works defining any requirement for quarantine inside
the vessels to prevent spread of the pandemic to other personnel on the vessels.
During Execution of the work and in case of Emergency situation COMPANY SHALL be responsible for
managing interfaces with local authorities in order to provide needed support usually carried out by such
authorities.
7.5.3.1 Security Requirements

The security plans SHALL be developed and implemented by CONTRACTOR for offshore activities performed
by CONTRACTOR, all costs of such security plans and arrangements SHALL be within CONTRACTOR own
cost.
7.5.4 Structural Engineering
7.5.4.1 Riser Bundle Structural Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies and detailed engineering for the Riser Bundle,
including risers (up to the ESDV), J-tubes and J-tube extensions, and relevant Riser Guard.
Basic data for design work is provided in APPENDIX D-4 from which detailed design specifications/design
brief/procedures SHALL be updated/developed by CONTRACTOR with consideration to the above
requirements and submitted to COMPANY's APPROVAL prior commencement of any engineering analysis.
COMPANY's preference is for the use of SESAM software, produced and distributed worldwide by Det Norsk
Veritas Software. In case different software is used, Contractor will have to eventually submit the complete
design substantiated with Sesam Software, providing all relevant input and output files.
The detailed engineering works on riser bundle and relevant boat impact protective structure SHALL include,
but not be limited to, the following design and analysis works from which detailed drawings for
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONSTRUCTION, transportation and installation SHALL be prepared as well as the requisitions, specifications
and MTO to the procurement of structural steel material.
Design SHALL include but not be limited to:

• Structural Analysis relevant to:
o In-Place Conditions
o Lifting/installation conditions, including dynamic analysis to establish the actual DAF value for
the riser protection structure lift installation through splash zone.
o Transportation conditions
o Other applicable temporary conditions
o VIV analysis
o Operational fatigue assessment for risers and connections
o Boat Impact (on riser guard)
• Detailed Design of connection points (clamps) with existing structure including bolts and
reinforcements
• Verification of risers and j-tubes connected to the bundle in both operating and temporary conditions
• Design of J-tubes guides and watertight internal ring stiffeners inside riser bundle caisson
• Any other secondary structures.
• Ship ingress study for the riser protection frame structure configuration.
• Any temporary structures including installation aids (if required)
• Cathodic protection
• Structural Drawings including views, general arrangement and details
• Material take-off and bill of material
• Drawings to substantiate transportation/installation engineering and to allow fabrication/erection
• Cathodic protection system
CONTRACTOR will be responsible for design of the temporary works and lift arrangements during the
CONSTRUCTION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all the analyses required by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY to issue the certificate
of compliance of the Sabratha platform. This certificate SHALL cover all modifications that will be performed
on Sabratha platform as per Scope of WORK.
Riser bundle installation method to be performed as it is reported in relevant documentation in APPENDIX D-

4.
FEED design has been finalized by considering welded risers hang-off flanges. CONTRACTOR SHALL
investigate and confirm, during detail design phase, the type of riser dead weight support (welded flange or
integrated hang-off flange/bulkhead).
7.5.4.2 Sabratha Platform Jacket Structural Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies necessary to demonstrate the fitness for purpose of
the existing Sabratha Platform jacket under the action of gravity and environmental loads, considering the
updated topsides loads and additional wave and current loads on the riser bundle and riser guard foreseen by
the present WORK.
Verification of jacket structure has been carried out during FEED phase along with extension of the service
life. Relevant documentation is reported in APPENDIX D-4. CONTRACTOR SHALL update all necessary
analyses to demonstrate the fitness for purpose of the jacket and foundation piles till the end of the extend
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
service life. This SHALL include but not be limited to the following jacket structural analyses (substantiated by
technical reports):
• In-place analysis
• Dynamic analysis
• Spectral fatigue analysis
• Fatigue reliability analysis
• Foundation piles analysis
• Wave slamming, vortex shedding analyses (temporary and permanent conditions as applicable)
• Cathodic protection analysis
• Pushover/redundancy/robustness analysis
• Structural reliability analysis to assess the annual probability of failure (if necessary)
• Dropped object / redundancy analysis
• Jacket updated weight control report
CONTRACTOR SHALL review and confirm corrosion allowance within the splash zone for the extended
platform life based on underwater inspections.
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider recent inspection and survey results and incorporate reported mechanical
and corrosion damage into topsides in-service and seismic analyses. Moreover, the Periodical Inspection Plan
prepared during Basic/FEED phase SHALL be updated considering results of all underwater inspection
campaign provided by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all the analyses required by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY to issue the certificate
of compliance of the Sabratha platform. This certificate SHALL cover all modifications that will be performed
on Sabratha platform as per Scope of WORK.
Jacket structural verification SHALL include but not be limited to:

• Main structural steel
• Jacket / Deck connection
• Nodes connections
• Foundation and sleeves
• Conductor Guides
• Risers, j-tubes, caissons and their connections
• Secondary structures.
The following documents SHALL be updated/prepared but not limited to:

• Design Briefs (prior to start calculation/analysis)
• Structural Steel specification
• Inspection plan
• Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Philosophy of the Substructure
7.5.4.3 Topsides Structural Engineering
A structural topsides re-assessment has been performed during the Basic/FEED phase. The primary aim of
this re-assessment was to verify the structural integrity of the SID (Single Integrated Deck) module to ensure
the additional load from additional facilities due to Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” and CO2
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
management can be sustained. The SID primary structures were verified under in-service, seismic and
accidental load conditions to evaluate if they are able to safely sustain the modified topsides loads with new
facilities installed. The outcome of the analyses concluded the topsides structure is safe as it is.
CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Review, update and re-issue the re-assessment study reports to ensure that the initial results are still
applicable to Sabratha platform topsides as resulting from CONTRACTOR detail design;
• Submit the note to CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL;
• Perform detailed engineering of any reinforcement or strengthening and all site execution work if
necessary, as result of the above study.
• Check that the operating weight used for Compression Module during FEED will not be exceeded
during detail design phase in order to guarantee the structural integrity of Sabratha topsides and
jacket.
Moreover, CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the necessary studies and detailed engineering for the new
structural extensions of Sabratha topside.
The design of the new structures has been developed in the Basic/FEED engineering phase of the project on
the basis of ISO and AISC360-16 standards (ref to ET-125-T-S-3571-00 - Deck Design Premises in
APPENDIX D-4).
CONTRACTOR SHALL make any necessary correction on the Basic/FEED structural design and analysis
works, and develop all necessary structural documents on the basis of the standards and codes as listed in
the design premises and design briefs.
Basic data for design work is provided in the "Deck Design Premises" ET-125-T-S-3571-00, from which
detailed design premises SHALL be developed by CONTRACTOR by updating as necessary the existing data
and adding all the missing data.
COMPANY' s preference is for the use of SESAM software, produced and distributed worldwide by Det Norske
Veritas Software. In case different software is used, CONTRACTOR is ultimately required to the complete
design substantiated with Sesam Software, providing all relevant input and output files.
The detailed engineering works SHALL include but not be limited to the following design and analysis works
from which detailed drawings for CONSTRUCTION both in yard and at offshore site, transportation and
installation SHALL be prepared and issued as well as the requisition, specification and MTO for the
procurement of structural steel material.
1. Design SHALL include but not be limited to:

• Main and secondary structures for deck extensions necessary to accommodate the additional facilities,
• All relevant joint connections
• Connections to existing structures
• Access ways (stair cases, stairs, walkways, access platforms, handrails, grating, plating, ladders, etc.)
• Any temporary structure (if required)
• Dropped/swinging object protection structures/walls
• Fire protection (blast walls, passive fire protection, etc ...)
• Local design (piping support frame and supports, monorails, equipment supports, davits, etc. ...)
• Drainage system
• Coating system
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Openings and Hatches

• All other secondary and tertiary structures (access platforms, monorails, hatches, handrails, walls
etc…)
• Drawings to substantiate transportation/installation engineering (see Sect. 7.8), and to allow
o Lifting points
o Sea-fastening/tie down
o Grillage system
o Installation sequence with loadout configuration, transportation lay-out, lifting arrangement etc
o Hook up works
In addition to all construction/installation drawings, the following are also required:

• Primary and secondary steel drawings including plans, elevation and details
• Deck Typical Welding and Details
• Material take-off and bill of materials
• Addendum to platform Weight Control Report
2. Structural analysis for the new structures and existing structures, as applicable (substantiated by technical
reports). This SHALL include but not be limited to the following:
• In-place analysis, including wave-in-deck loads
• Accidental load analyses, including wave-in-deck loads
• Dropped object analysis
• Fabrication analysis
• Loadout analysis (structural and naval).
• Transportation analysis (structural and naval).
• Lifting analysis & Installation analysis (including local checks due to the winch used for Riser Bundle
installation)
• Node checking analysis.
• Secondary and miscellaneous structures.
• VIV analysis of topsides brace members
• Crane pedestal fatigue
• Equipment supports
• Piping supports.
• Staircases.
• Access platforms.
• Lay-down areas.
• ... etc.
CONTRACTOR SHALL re-evaluate and confirm the strength of the deck extension in the temporary lifting
and installation scenarios of winch operation required for the installation of the riser bundle.
3. Following specifications have to be updated/prepared but not limited to:

• Design Briefs (prior to start calculation/analysis)
• Structural Steel specifications for raw materials
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Structural maintenance manual
4. Weight engineering with update of Sabratha platform Weight Control Report
5. Material requisition with summary of source material for enquiry and for order SHALL be prepared for
structural steel raw material and SHALL include requirements for:
o Inspection and test (IDS)
o Documentation (RDDS)
6. Technical evaluation of structural steel VENDOR's proposal and technical recommendation.
whenever required.
7.5.5 Piping
7.5.5.1 Piping Detailed Engineering

CONTRACTOR scope of WORKS for piping SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
• Updating specifications and documents of Basic/FEED engineering for detailed engineering.
• Finalization of the updating of Sabratha platform piping material classes, update of the SPC Puma
Database (in accordance with ENI STD 27917.VAR.LCI.STD, see Sect.7.5.17)
• Material coding as per COMPANY STD 1012.SMESIN.RWP.0
• Prepare Key Plans and overall Plot Plans
• Carry out Piping Stress analysis, in accordance with PROJECT Specifications ((P-03-S-P-0008-00_revC4)
and COMPANY Standard “Design Criteria For Piping Stress Analysis” - 28207.ENG.PIP.PRG.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop all necessary calculation notes in accordance with Project Specifications.
CONTRACTOR SHALL identify and indicate such critical pipe lines in the "stress critical line list".
• Prepare standard pipe support specification with standard pipe support drawings
• Reviewing, checking and approving all applicable VENDOR drawings and incorporate requirements in
design and engineering.
• Completing piping studies, Equipment Layouts/plot plans, sections, etc., for engineering and
CONSTRUCTION.
• Completing Tie-ins design for engineering and CONSTRUCTION conducting the integrity assessment for
the existing lines where the tie-ins are provided and verify their adequacy
• Prepare all documentation for fabrication, erection, examination and testing of piping.
• To ensure that all equipment, system and structures are fully coordinated, updating of Sabratha Platform
3D CAD Model, using software standard systems acceptable to COMPANY;
• CONTRACTOR SHALL have the ability to modify the existing PDMS\E3D model where required (Ref. 3D
Model 90% Review Report - ET-125-T-P-3509-00)
whenever required.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Piping General Arrangement Drawings (GAD's) Plans/Sections/Details taken from 3d CAD Model together
with a Key plan, indexing the GA drawings. Drawings SHOULD consider and cover:
o Use of scales in accordance with the drafting requirements elsewhere in this document.
o All equipment, main structure, secondary structure outlines, and major electrical/instrument tray routes
to support CONSTRUCTION.
o All pipework, complete with valves, flanges, in-line equipment and instrumentation, complete line
numbering, with suitable reference to line specification, insulation, tracing, platforms and ladders,
equipment levels, nozzle details, hook-up spools.
• Pipe supports drawings and lists including:
o A support book summarizing support number, line number, allocated support standard number,
dimension, level, weight (each support will be tagged and will be located on isometric).
o Drawings of special supports
o Piping support list.
o Piping material summary.
o Piping prefabrication list
o Spring supports drawing showing support number, movements, hot/cold loads, preset loads, with
instructions for installation
o List and specifications of spring supports, with recommendations regarding erection and calibration
o List of piping and relevant support to be dismantled (including but not limited to piping of production
wells to be converted to CO2 injection)
• Prepare Piping isometrics for all process and utility piping, including as a minimum:
o Complete line from start to end with all components, instrument with full dimensions and elevation.
o Hook-up spool.
o Complete Bill of Materials for each sheet, including tag numbers of valve, special fittings, instruments
etc. with complete component description
o Operating and design data.
o Information on type and thickness of insulation.
o Information on test medium and pressure/temperature.
o Information on whether line is stress analysed, stress relieved, or not.
o Information on pipe supports.
o Radiography and PWHT requirements.
o Information on Reference Drawings.
o Information on P&ID’s.
o Slopes if any
• Piping Material Take-off including:
o Piping material requisition summaries
o Piping material take-off summaries with hook-up spool
o Piping support material take-off.
o Piping special material take-off.
o Fabrication material
o Erection material
o A summary of all piping materials related to piping system. fittings and their supports subdivided by
WHPA PLATFORM sub-assemblies. This SHALL be issued to ensure field availability according to
CONSTRUCTION plan and updated periodically at the different design stages. It SHALL show the
following for each material:
▪ tag number (item code number)
▪ size with nominal dimensions
▪ schedule, ratings, facings, etc.
▪ quantities
▪ weights
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
▪ material description
• List and specification of special material items (to be tagged according to P&ID), the list will summarize all
material with reference to line number, P&ID number and specifications.
• During BASIC/FEED tie-in information has been prepared to support brownfield tie-ins at Sabratha
Platform facilities. CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out a site survey during detailed design to confirm the
accuracy of information provided in the ITT Package and carry out appropriate studies for further
optimization.
• Prepare list of material/purchase requisitions for all piping and support materials including documentation
and inspection requirements.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical proposal and technical recommendation: this SHALL be made for all
piping items and SHOULD show compliance of material offered against those specified, compliance to
codes and standards, formal conformity with technical specifications and material requisition.
• Maintenance handling procedures and drawings for Sabratha Platform equipment and material in
accordance with Basic/FEED handling philosophy
• Detail design and development of operative procedures, considering handling studies and follow up of
maintenance and handling studies developed by SUPPLIERS
• Design, Fabrication and Installation of Glass Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Piping (Subcontract).
• Produce all deliverables required for dismantling of piping and supports including but not limited to lines to
be converted from production to CO2 reinjection.
7.5.5.2 Design Review

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare the complete design reviews of plot arrangement, equipment layouts and pipe
routings, in line with the requirements of LCI plan. Design review SHALL include:
• Development and APPROVAL of methods and procedures for 3D Model review. Procedures to include
methods for ensuring comments made during Design Reviews are recorded, have a proper level of follow-
up and are incorporated into the design, if required.
• Involvement of all design disciplines.
• Review of equipment arrangement and plot layout prior to issue of Plot Plan. Review placement of all
equipment and structures as related to economics, process, operations, maintenance, CONSTRUCTION
and erection. Perform overall review for safety/escape and evacuation and fire protection.
• Review piping prior to fabrication/installation. Review for maintenance, review of tie-ins, review instrument
locations, review locations of operating valves and battery limit valving and check for completeness, with
special attention to the routing of alloy, large diameter, free draining and symmetrical piping, perform clash
checks and update relevant documents if clashes occur.
7.5.6 Handling
7.5.6.1 Handling engineering
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform accessibility & material handling study and the results SHALL be included in
the Sabratha platform updated Material Handling study report. This report SHALL include relevant drawings /
sketches / vendor data for each item of equipment to be handled.
CONTRACTOR SHALL work in close coordination with COMPANY Operations representative while finalizing
the material handling details.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Material handling study SHALL ensure the protection required during handling and developing material
handling routes for all additional facilities included in the SCOPE OF WORK. As a minimum following SHALL
be considered while incorporating vendor data and further developments of the layout:
• All major equipment and valves, which are exposed to maintenance, lifting and replacement activities,
SHALL be provided with adequate means of handling.
• Access to Inspection and Corrosion Monitoring locations SHALL be addressed in this report.
• Affected laydown areas shown on Plot Plans SHALL be detailed and update (if required) on all deck levels
to enable handling using platform cranes.
• The monorail and/or other material handling items capacities identified during the FEED Stage needs to
be further updated based on the vendor data available during EPIC Phase.
• CONTRACTOR to organize Material Handling Work Shops to demonstrate the material handling
arrangement provided.
• material handling study SHALL be developed maximizing the use of additional maintenance route and
facilities, avoiding any impairment due to the new facilities to existing maintenance routes and areas.
• Monorail SHALL be provided for the items which need to be frequently handled for maintenance (such as
pumps, pig traps etc.)
7.5.6.2 Handling, lifting and hoisting activities
The following COMPANY references MAY be provided:

• “Lifting and Hoisting Manual” – Doc. No.: LOGIS-DG-3624-0-2018
• “Lifting Operative Tools" – Doc. No.: LOGIS-DG-2609-0-2016
• Best Practice – Lifting Operations Planning and Execution – Doc. No.: LOGIS-BP-3627-0-2018
• LOGIS-BP-3627-0-2018-Lifting-Operations-Planning-and-Execution
• LOGIS-DG-2636-0-2016-Lifting_Operative_Tools
7.5.6.3 Handling Equipment

All mobile cranes, slings and lifting gear etc. SHALL be certified and color-coded following applicable
specifications. Crane lifting gear inspections SHALL only be performed by professional 3rd Party APPROVED
by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all certified lifting devices, including temporary staging platforms, spreader
frames, link plates, slings and shackles, cranes, forklifts, SPMT etc. required at the Prefabrication workshop,
SITE and at Offshore Platforms where-ever applicable.
A detailed list of Handling devices SHALL be produced, the equipment SHALL be procured according with
applicable specifications.
7.5.7 Static Equipment
7.5.7.1 Vessels/tanks/pig traps

Vessel/tanks engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to the following:
• Provide vessel/tank calculations required by codes and Project specifications for all equipment items.
• Ensure interface between vessels and internals/externals attachments
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Perform all required analysis as per project specs and datasheets (e.g. wind, Earthquake, blast,
transportation…)
• Complete the vessel/tank data sheets and/or general arrangement vessel/tank drawings issued during
FEED stage. Prepare general arrangement vessel/tank drawings when drawings are not issued by FEED.
• Complete all of the detailed material/heat treatment requirements on the data sheets, giving the
ASME/ASTM or EN designations.
• Perform design according to specified standards, i.e. EN 13445 or ASME VIII DIV 1 and DIV 2 ASME VIII
Div 1 and 2, IOGP or EN 13445. For ASME VIII Div 2, CONTRACTOR SHALL produce and validate the
user design specification. CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure ASME U stamping of the pressure equipment.
• Identify all of the required reference specifications and standard drawings and input to data sheets.
• Prepare nozzle orientation including instrumentation level study output and detailed support drawings, this
includes checking of interference with the access platform and deck floor levels.
• Prepare design drawings for vessel internal/external details and special flanges.
• Provide any nozzle or pipe support loading to tank VENDOR for analysis.
• Perform structural and local loading calculations for ladder and platforms, pipe supports/guides, column,
davits and support clips.
• Prepare drawings showing orientations for ladder and platforms, pipe supports/guides, column davits and
support clips (attachment to vessel SHALL be welded prior to vessel shop hydrotest).
• Provide above structural details to VENDOR for analysis.
• Review and approval of final data/information from VENDORS, including AS-BUILT data and
Manufacturer's Data Reports.
• Obtain from VENDOR welding procedures (WPS/PQR/WPQ, welding key forms, etc.).
• Check and approve all VENDOR calculations, data, drawings and procedures.
• Prepare requisitions for enquiry.
• Define documentation, inspection and NDE and weight control requirements, for all equipment and include
them into the requisition.
• Evaluation of vendors technical proposal and technical recommendation.
• Prepare purchase requisitions.
• Prepare final technical specifications for equipment purchase.
• Obtain from VENDOR calculations and drawings as necessary to assure lifting, handling and
transportation is performed without damage to equipment.
• Enforce equipment preservation requirements for shipping and CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE
SITE storage.
whenever required.
Pig traps and pipeline items
• Ensure compliance with design code ASME VIII Div 1 and 2 and develop all required documentation
(incorporating material, testing/inspection and fabrication requirements).
• Coordinate interfaces with WP4 Subsea & Sealine Contractor
7.5.8 Packages Equipment

Engineering required for Process/Utility Equipment Packages SHALL include, but not be limited to the
following:
• Complete all data on the Basic Engineering/FEED data sheet and/or supply specifications for the
equipment including:
o Detailed material requirements.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Reference all applicable Project specifications and standard drawings.

o Electrical, instruments and control system requirements.
o Utility and site information.
o IDSs and RDDSs
o Determine VENDOR's assistance requirement in field installation, COMMISSIONING, START- UP,
initial operations and performance testing of packaged systems.
o Documentation.
o Vibration limits.
o Noise limits.
o Weight control
• Prepare and develop Technical Bid Evaluation for each package type comparing potential Vendors
• Prepare technical note as required (i.e., package technology comparison)
• Verify skid structural design and materials specifications are fully detailed to assure VENDOR'S
conformance to the PROJECT specifications and standards.
• Enforce VENDOR to provide packaged equipment, auxiliary and System P&ID’s with sufficient detail and
in accordance with PROJECT standards in order to ease preparation of new package P&ID’s by
CONTRACTOR (see Sect. 7.5.2)
• Review VENDOR'S control narratives and sequence charts to ensure compliance to DCS operation
strategy.
• Review Control & Safety systems requirements
• Define training needs for COMPANY personnel (class-room based and on-the-job site from mechanical
completion, COMMISSIONING, START-UP and initial operations)
• Define all needed lubricants and include in Lubrication Summary report
• Verify that all the utilities required by VENDORS for the equipment (including, but not limited to, electrical
power (normal as well as emergency), instrument air, nitrogen, plant air as applicable are within availability
of Sabratha platform in required quantities with adequate design margins.
• Perform all activities and responsibilities assigned to CONTRACTOR as per scope of supply of FEED
Supply Specifications
whenever required.
7.5.9 HVAC
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform an assessment of the Sabratha HVAC Cooling Capacity.
The Sabratha platform is currently undergoing a series of brownfield modifications which includes; piping,
structural, instruments, mechanical and electrical. Part of these modifications require the addition of new
components to the technical rooms. These technical rooms are cooled by an existing HVAC system and
supplemented by an emergency HVAC system (which has been reported to operate continuously to
supplement the main units).
Due to the proposed brownfield modifications to these technical rooms it has been hypothesised that the heat
load will increase beyond the capacity of the current HVAC systems (including the emergency system that
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
runs concurrently with the main system). The CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a HVAC adequacy review of
the systems that feed the rooms which are being modified and SHALL design and provide facilities to handle
any increased heat loads resulting from CONTRACTOR’s WORK scope.
7.5.10 Electrical
Electrical Engineering SHALL include all services for the detailed engineering including necessary updating of
Basic Engineering/FEED documents and requisitioning of the Electrical Equipment’s.
CONTRACTOR SHALL produce the necessary documents required to design, procure, install, pre-
commission, commission, start up and operate satisfactorily the electrical systems.
The electrical modifications requirement in Sabratha platform are summarized in the Project Documents no.
ET-114-L-Z-0002-00, APPENDIX D-4 - General Technical and Design Information, including but not limited to:
• Updated Overall Single line Diagram (Doc. No. ET-125-D-E-1056-00).
• Updated Sabratha Electrical Design Philosophy (Doc. No. ET-125-G-E-0016-00)
• Technical Specification for Electrical Modifications (Doc. No. ET-125-S-E-1504-00)
• Technical Specifications for the Existing Sabratha UPS and Batteries Upgrade (Tag No. 60-900-EK-101-
A/B, 60-900-EB-102-A/B) (Doc. No. ET-125-S-E-1541-00)
• Technical Specification for Electrical Heat Tracing (Doc. No. ET-125-S-E-1535-00)
• Technical Specification for Power and Control Cables for Sabratha Platform Modification (Doc. No. ET-
125-S-E-1530-00)
• Technical Specification for Bulk Materials (Doc. No. ET-125-S-E-1504-00)
• Technical Specification for LV Asynchronous Motors (Doc. No. ET-125-S-E-1538-00)
• Technical Specification for Electrical System in Packaged Units for Sabratha Modification (Doc. No. ET-
125-S-E-1539-00)
CONTRACTOR SHALL verify by a dedicated site survey to be held during the EPIC engineering phase, in
order to verify the validity of the information drawn from the existing documentation and SHALL be responsible
to determine the electrical modification requirement of the Sabratha modification project.
Electrical Engineering Services SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Electrical Power System Studies
• Electrical Equipment Layouts
• Detail design of new electrical equipment to be installed Sabratha platform has reported in project
documentation. Activity to be carried out includes:
o Preparation of equipment and material requisition for enquiry and order including equipment data
sheets and requirements for inspection, Vendor documentation, Weight control, Reliability, Vendor
assistance etc.
o Evaluation of Vendor's technical offers and technical recommendation.
o Review/approve VENDOR’s drawings and documents and incorporate into CONTRACTOR
design.
o Participate/witness, when and where required, to VENDOR’s supplies inspection/tests.
o Provide specialist attendance to multidisciplinary studies and reviews as per Execution Plan
and/or whenever required.
• Detail design for the modifications of existing electrical equipment.
In order to accommodate the new loads, an assessment on the existing power centers (PCs), motor
control centers (MCCs), distribution boards (DBs) and UPS have been performed with the aim to
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
evaluate the availability of existing spare feeders and in alternative which kind of modification could be
required.
Based on the assessment, including but not limited to the following electrical equipment have been
identified for modification:
o 60-920-EP-101 400V Power Center (Existing)
o 60-920-EM-101A 400V Motor Control Center A (Existing)
o 60-920-EM-101B 400V Motor Control Center B (Existing)
o 60-970-JG-101 Instrumentation Power Supply Distribution Cabinet (Existing)
o 60-970-JG-102 Instrumentation Power Supply Distribution Cabinet (Existing)
o 60-920-EL-201 Normal Lighting Distribution Board (Existing)
o 60-920-EL-202 Emergency Lighting Distribution Board (Existing)
o 60-920-ES-102 Heat Tracing Distribution Board (Existing)
o 60-960-QZ-101 230 V Distribution Board
o 60-960-QZ-104 230 V Distribution Board
o 60-900-EK-101 230 V AC UPS
o 60-900-EB-102 A/B Ni-Cd Battery for UPS
o 60-930-EE-101 Existing ECS System
CONTRACTOR SHALL verify deliverables prepared during BASIC/FEED and perform all necessary detail
design activities relevant to modification of existing electrical equipment
• UPS and Batteries Upgrading
CONTRACTOR SHALL verify deliverables prepared during BASIC/FEED and perform all necessary detail
design activities relevant to upgrading of UPS and Batteries of the existing Sabratha platform (Tag No.
60-900-EK-101-A/B, 60-900-EB-102-A/B to integrate of the new loads due to present PROJECT. The
existing UPS and batteries (Tag No. 60-900-EK-101-A/B, 60-900-EB-102-A/B) SHALL be modified with
respect to the requirement recorded in the technical specification of UPS and Batteries (Doc. No. ET-125-
S-E-1541-00)
CONTRACTOR SHALL take all necessary requirements regarding upgrading the existing UPS take into
account such as, but not limited to, site survey, define shutdown window requirement (within shutdown
window), in situ cabinet / component replacement, testing and COMMISSIONING, etc.
• Detail design for power & control cables including, but not limited to, cable routing drawings, cable list,
cable ladder/tray sections (including transit cable system installation details), cable termination/ installation
details, material requisitions, cable sizing calculations etc.
• Detail design of lighting and small power system including, but not limited to, lighting calculation notes,
lightning protection, lighting layout drawings/Panel schedules, lighting schematics/circuits booklets,
diagrams etc
• Detail design of earthing system including, but not limited to, earthing study, earthing layout drawings,
materials requisitions, diagrams etc
• Detail design for heat tracing including, but not limited to, calculation, electric heat tracing drawings,
material requisitions, diagrams etc
• WHPA Electrical equipment installed on Sabratha Platform
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the detail design of all EMS equipment for WHPA to be installed on
Sabratha platform. They include:
o 60-903-JV-002 WHPA Electrical Management System Operator Workstation (OWS)
o 60-903-JV-003 WHPA Electrical Management System Engineering Workstation (EWS)
o 60-903-JO-001 WHPA Electrical Management System Printer
o 60-903-EC-102 WHPA Electrical Management System Cabinet
• Updating of Basic Engineering/FEED documentation (but not be limited to: Design Criteria, Philosophy,
general & technical specification, Technical Data sheets, Inspection Data sheets and Required
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Documentation Data Sheets, etc.) to a level of detail engineering for electrical systems, equipment’s and
materials
Calculation and Studies
• Providing detailed calculations and studies to verify and validate that the deliverables produced by
CONTRACTOR are complete, accurate, correct and represent a safe and working design.
• Calculations and studies SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
o Electrical load balance (per switchboard, general, per generator, and per all identified operating
scenarios i.e. normal scenario, emergency scenario, black start, etc.)
o Load flow
o Maximum and minimum Short Circuit (three phases, three phases and earth fault, phase to phase and
earth fault)
o Voltage profile on all bus bars during automatic restart and dynamic Motor Re-acceleration
o Voltage profile on all bus bars during dynamic motor starting and fault condition
o Transient stability including frequency response on loss of generation and load shedding
o Equipment sizing (including Generators sizing, UPS sizing, Batteries sizing, etc.)
o Cable sizing / calculation report
o Lighting calculation report/notes for outdoor and indoor illumination level (normal, emergency, safety
condition)
o Lightning protection
o Earthing study (calculation of step and touch potential)
o Selectivity study and relay co-ordination (for all voltage levels including 230 VAC and 110 VDC (Where
applicable) UPS)
o Safety Operability Study (SAFOP)
Note-1: CONTRACTOR SHALL also perform any other study deemed necessary
Note-2 : A computer aided power system analysis using ETAP software SHALL be undertaken for power
system studies.
Note-3: CONTRACTOR SHALL arrange no. 1 ETAP license for COMPANY to allow for the review and
APPROVAL of System studies
Operating Procedures
Produce operating procedures, but not limited to the following:
• Electrical power system operations procedures
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop philosophy and implement procedures to operate/control electrical

system of WHPA from Sabratha remotely via WHPA EMS installed at Sabratha.
Drawings and Schedules
Produce electrical drawings and documents, as required, but not limited to the following:
• Overall Single Line diagrams

• Technical rooms Single Line diagrams for normal and emergency power distribution system
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Protection and metering Single Line diagrams and synchronization system for each switchgear, panel etc.
• AC and DC UPS Single Line diagrams
• Technical room layout drawings
• Electrical cable routing drawings
• Lighting layout drawings/Panel schedules
• Lighting schematics/circuits booklets
• Earthing layout drawings
• Schematic and logic diagrams
• Relay coordination drawings/curves/tables
• Trouble shooting diagrams/ Interconnection diagrams & Wiring diagrams
• Electrical Management System block diagram
• Electrical Management System architectural drawings
• Electrical Management System cable routing
• Electrical load list & electrical load balance including all individual consumers.
• Electrical Management System I/O list
• Installation details and typical mounting installation drawings (earthing, power, lighting, heat tracing, cable
routing)
• Cable list
• Cable ladder/tray sections including transit cable system installation details
• Cable tray/ladder schedule. Design of support SHALL be co-ordinated with piping and instrumentation
disciplines, to optimize overall support design, i.e. by combining, as far as practical, electrical cable tray
supports with piping and instrumentation cable tray supports.
• Electric heat tracing drawings
• Material schedules and MTOs
• Cable termination/ Interconnecting details
• Electrical document list
• Prepare electrical data sheets for all electrical items. CONTRACTOR SHALL also require all mechanical
packaged equipment VENDORs to submit adequate and completed data sheets for all electrical items.
• Witness factory acceptance test (FAT).
• Witness Loop Checks for all WHPA EMS (on site).
• Witness site acceptance test (SAT)
• Witness operational availability test (OAT).
Requisitioning
• Preparation of equipment and material requisition for enquiry and order including equipment data sheets
and requirements for:
o Inspection
o Vendor documentation
o Weight control
o Reliability
o Vendor assistance
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Etc.
• Evaluation of Vendor's technical offers and technical recommendation.
• Review/approve VENDOR’s drawings and documents and incorporate into CONTRACTOR design.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible to provide all materials related to engineering, CONSTRUCTION,
testing, pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up of all electrical facilities within the scope of
EPIC Phase
whenever required.
Other Technical Requirements
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure uniformity and consistency in engineering by using a single document,
procedure, drawing, data sheets, etc. Use of multiple documents, procedures, drawings, data sheets, for the
same item or activity by CONTRACTOR’s partners or vendors is not allowed.
Conduct 3D Model review of electrical rooms, electrical items locations and access (see Sect. 7.5.5.2).
CONTRACTOR will provide procedures describing method(s) to be used to ensure model review comments
are properly followed up, and when necessary, incorporated into the design.
Check all mechanical equipment VENDOR package design drawings for accessibility and proper installation
of all electrical items. Software native files and calculation sheet native files SHALL be handled to COMPANY
7.5.11 Instrumentation and Control Systems

Instrumentation and Control Systems engineering services SHALL include all engineering, design,
procurement, and installation requirements and testing procedure of field instrumentation and HIPPS systems
as well as for the updating of existing Sabratha platform ICSS (in terms of DCS control and monitoring system,
ESD emergency shutdown system, Fire & Gas protection system) to accommodate the additional facilities
foreseen by the PROJECT and for integration of WHPA Platform instrumentation and control facilities within
Sabratha platform.
CONTRACTOR is to note that the following services apply to the platform equipment inclusive of VENDOR
furnished packaged equipment. The specifications, data sheets, drawings, etc. for each unit SHALL be
prepared as an integrated document covering the main platform and package unit equipment. It is
CONTRACTOR's responsibility to issue standard formats / blanks to ensure strict compliance with this
requirement right from the issue of specifications and enquiries to all SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS
(e.g. Package VENDORS). It is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to guarantee the compatibility and integration
of the new facilities with the existing instrumentation and control systems installed on Sabratha platform.
7.5.11.1 General instrumentation systems

CONTRACTOR's work SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Conduct all design for integration of the ICSS interfaces between Sabratha Platform and WHPA
• Develop all final instrumentation control and monitoring symbology on P&ID's utilizing PROJECT standard
instrument symbology.
• Incorporate the requirements of specifications for design criteria, equipment general requirements and
field installation of Instrumentation, Instrument and Automation Systems as provided to the extent included
in PART D. All supply specifications to complete the requisition for order SHALL be prepared and
submitted by CONTRACTOR to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare flow elements, control valves, relieving and depressurizing devices sizing calculations. Check and
confirm all preliminary sizing, as well as material and type selections, of such devices for all units,
considering the VENDOR data.
• Perform detailed functional analysis on the basis of process requirements, including, but not limited to,
control strategy, sequence development and operator interface configuration for the new facilities.
Therefore, a detailed documentation SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL before
implementation.
• Prepare instrument data sheets for all instrumentation items. CONTRACTOR SHALL also require all
mechanical packaged equipment VENDORS to submit adequate and completed data sheets for all
instrumentation items.
• Develop and finalize the updating of platform matrices (Cause & Effect Chart) for fire & gas system and
ESD system to include new facilities and, where necessary, integration of WHPA.
• Update FEED instrument indexes detailing instrument tag numbers, location, service, type and model of
instrument, associated automation system and type of associated signal, name of instrument
Manufacturer, data sheet number, purchase order with item number and reference to all relevant
installation drawings as APPROVED by COMPANY. Field Instrument index SHALL include listing of all
instruments furnished as part of mechanical equipment packages.
• Review and approve VENDOR supplied control and monitoring software/hardware, specifications, data
sheets, procedures, wiring and connection drawings and all other related instrumentation information.
Ensure all related documentation is submitted in project standard formats APPROVED by COMPANY.
This requirement applies to ICSS, all mechanical packaged units as well as to instrumentation VENDORS
utilised.
• Co-ordinate overall unit control interfaces with mechanical package VENDORS and with the WP4 Subsea
& Sealine contractor. Incorporate packaged equipment VENDORS and Subsea System Contractor's
requirements in the final design, engineering and installation. Consider the use of existing DCS, ESD and
Fire & Gas hardware and software functionality unless otherwise specified in the ITT Package
documentation.
• Prepare instrumentation cable schedules, connection schedules diagrams, cable routing drawings and
tray fill and cross-section details for new facilities.
• Prepare the same type of documents required for instrumentation cables for the field instrument tubing.
• Prepare installation drawings and details (hook-up drawings) as required for all instruments.
• Perform vessel level studies for nozzle location.
• Co-ordinate cable/tubing tray support studies with piping and electrical disciplines to optimize overall
support design, i.e. by combining as far as practical instrumentation cable tray supports with piping and
electrical cable tray supports
• Conduct 3D Model review of instrument locations and access (see Sect.7.5.5.2) for the newly installed
facilities. CONTRACTOR will provide procedures describing method(s) to be used to ensure model review
comments are properly followed up, and when necessary, incorporated into the design.
• Prepare updated location layout (field and in rooms) drawings for instrumentation and automation systems
devices for Sabratha platform.
• Update control room layouts showing consoles arrangement.
• Check all new mechanical equipment VENDOR package design drawings for accessibility and proper
installation of all instrumentation items.
• Prepare all document and drawings for hydraulic and pneumatic local control panels.
• Provide a comprehensive drawing listing of all new instrument indices, drawings, specifications and other
deliverable documentation.
• Perform material take-off and summaries for all new instrumentation installation materials (Bill of
Materials).
• Prepare all needed supply specification and datasheets for instrument and bulk material
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Perform all material requisition for enquiry and purchase for all instrumentation and automation systems
including requirement for:
▪ VENDOR documentation (RDDS)
▪ VENDOR assistance
▪ Noise
▪ Inspection (IDS)
▪ Reliability
▪ Weight control
▪ Etc.
Evaluate the Vendor's technical proposal and make technical recommendation.
• Participate/witness, in VENDOR’s factory and at CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE, to
VENDOR inspection/tests of all instrumentation equipment and telecommunications materials, including
all necessary work for integration of WHPA into Sabratha design.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure uniformity and consistency in engineering by using a single document,
procedure, drawing, data sheets, etc. Use of multiple documents, procedures, drawings, data sheets, for
the same item or activity by joint venture partners or vendors is not allowed.
• Perform detailed availability/reliability study for HIPPS with reference to Emergency Shutdown, Blow Down
and Relief Philosophy.
whenever required.
7.5.11.2 Integrated Control Safety System (ICSS)

Engineering for upgrading of the Integrated Automation System SHALL include, but not be limited to, the
following.
• Update FEED I/O lists and sizing data on the basis of detailed engineering.
• Finalize updating of Logic Diagrams for ICSS (DCS, ESD, F&G systems) and automatic control devices.
• Prepare updated equipment location layout drawings for all control & instrument equipment rooms.
• Prepare updated operator console layout drawings, complete of dimensions.
• Prepare updated control room drawings.
• Updated power supply calculations for all system power supplies and UPS systems.
• Prepare automation systems power distribution and grounding drawings for the new facilities in
accordance with CONTRACT requirements. Provide detail drawings to cover requirements for connection
of all different system components. Prepare power distribution panel schedules showing all breaker sizes,
fuses, and actual loads.
• Update existing DCS, ESD, and Fire and Gas control and interlock narratives, cause and effect and logic
diagrams.
• Perform HAZOP reviews and update instrumentation requirements as required. Determine the required
Safety Integrity Level for each safety functionality and document the SIL determination. Perform and
document statistical analysis of applied Instrumentation to satisfy the assigned Safety Integrity Level
availability requirements for each safety related functional requirement.
• Develop, review all necessaries documentation and procedures to co-ordinate and implement as required
the integration of all new subsystems and all new packages including new SSIV system.
• Prepare complete loop diagrams based on typicals previously APPROVED by COMPANY, for each loop
type. Loop diagrams SHALL be inclusive of all mechanical equipment package instrumentation which
interfaces with the ICSS. These Loop drawings SHALL include local loops internal to mechanical
equipment packages (e.g. instruments connected to package's PLCs). Loop drawings SHALL be inclusive
of field, equipment room, control room, systems software, references.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare, review and obtain APPROVAL by COMPANY of the updated of all graphics (display views)
• witness factory acceptance test (FAT).
• witness Loop Checks for all instruments (on site).
• witness site acceptance test (SAT)
• witness operational availability test (OAT).
• Produce updated AS-BUILT documentation, starting from existing documentation that will be provided by
COMPANY, for all:
- IAS, control, safeguarding, machinery protection, fire and gas systems architecture drawings
- equipment location drawings
- power and grounding drawings
- DCS, ESD and Fire and Gas control and interlock narratives
- cause and effect diagrams
- logic diagrams
- loop drawings.
• Prepare detailed drawings for all new systems' hardware and marshalling cabinets, showing all internal
and external dimensions. Said cabinet drawings SHALL include cables and field instruments tags and
references.
7.5.12 Telecommunication
Telecommunication engineering services SHALL include all engineering, design, procurement, and installation
requirements for upgrading of existing Sabratha platform telecommunication facilities and integration of the
new facilities required for telecommunication with new WHPA platform (see Sect. 7.4.14).
CONTRACTOR SHALL award the scope of Telecommunication and Security Systems to a sole Main Telecom
Contractor (MTC) to act as System Integrator in order to ensure the maximum compatibility, uniformity and
integrity of the supply and to satisfy the minimum requirements of the specifications included in APPENDIX D-
4 and D-5 of the present ITT package.
COMPANY will provide TENDERER with a dedicated VENDOR list relevant to MTC and CONTRACTOR
SHALL select the MTC among the List provided without exceptions.
CONTRACTOR SHALL involve COMPANY during the Technical Bid Evaluation of the MTC technical offers,
which SHALL be done by CONTRACTOR. The final selection of the MTC SHALL be done by COMPANY
within the technically approved MTC offers. No variation orders SHALL be envisaged due to the selection of
the MTC done by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for:

• Review / Update the existing Telecommunication Layouts Public Address/General Alarm (PA/GA)
• Review / Update the Existing Telecommunication Layouts
• Review / Update the Existing Telecommunication Cable Routing Layouts
• Review / Update the Existing Security System Block Diagram
• Review / Update the Existing Telecommunication Block Diagram
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Review / Update The Existing Telecommunication And Security Systems Philosophy

• Preparation of Cable list, equipment list, cable schematic diagrams
• Procurement and installation of cable and cable trays
It is required that the various systems of the Project inter-operate correctly.

I
In order to have a clear and comprehensive understanding of Telecommunication Systems involved in the
Project refer to specification contained in APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR to evaluate as OPTIONAL scope [OPTION 1], the possibility of providing a SIL certified
communications path between WHPA and Sabratha via Line‐of‐Sight link (LOS) for the safety network. This
would be as a back‐up for the single Fibre‐Optic cable to avoid production loss and thereby improve integrity
during remote operation of WHPA.
Part of LOS bandwidth SHALL be dedicated to safety network data as per IEC 61508. EPIC study SHALL
include, but not limited to, quantify improved production availability, list of required equipment, communication
failure rate, latency, and detailed changeover logic. A cost-benefit analysis and recommendation for the
implementation of a robust back-up case SHALL be provided by CONTRACTOR. Study report including the
proposed design and costs of the back-up link SHALL be validated by a Notified Body for Functional Safety
7.5.13 Materials, Corrosion and Welding

Corrosion and Material Engineering SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Review and conduct a formalized audit of all materials selection and corrosion control information supplied,
including materials selection diagrams and specifications. Audit method statement SHALL be APPROVED
by COMPANY.
• The CONTRACTOR SHALL develop an initial execution phase materials selection report, and materials
selection diagrams, using the FEED materials selection report as a basis. Changes made to the FEED
document SHALL go through a formal management of change process. Thereafter, CONTRACTOR
SHALL maintain the materials selection report and associated materials selection diagrams up to as built
status reflecting any COMPANY agreed changes brought about by design and procurement activities.
Updates SHALL be produced at a maximum of 6 month intervals up to as built status.
• The CONTRACTOR SHALL undertake the corrosion risk assessment activity that will be used as input for
Risk Based Inspection Study
• Rectify all deficiencies (if any) of FEED or deficiencies/changes found as a result of HAZOP or resulting
from changes in process parameters with regard to materials selection and corrosion control including
painting and internal coating/lining.
• If CONTRACTOR selects any materials due to deficiencies, changes or other reasons, the selection
SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
• Provide metallurgical and corrosion control expertise in materials selection, welding and fabrication and
cathodic protection throughout all phases of the PROJECT including Detailed Engineering, Procurement,
CONSTRUCTION, and COMMISSIONING
• Prepare and/or review of all materials and equipment datasheets, specifications, and requisitions to ensure
that the material types, materials grades, materials properties, and materials test requirements have been
correctly specified. This activity SHALL include packaged items, utilities, instrumentation, and piping
materials, as well as process pressure equipment and piping
• Review and approve VENDOR material substitution and technical deviation requests prior to submission
to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Review VENDORS' final data to ensure compatibility with the PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
• Review and approve in shop/laboratory test data/certificates of materials for any applications deemed
critical or questionable and forwarded by Inspection/ Engineering. Materials/Corrosion personnel have the
authority to request/review rights of any test data/certificate on materials.
• Prepare specifications, drawings and data sheets for equipment related to the corrosion control and
monitoring indicated on project drawings. Add additional corrosion monitoring, where deemed appropriate
during detailed engineering.
• Analyse VENDOR's technical offer for such equipment and make technical recommendation.
• Prepare a consolidated "Corrosion Management Manual" based on ENI 20602 and ENI 27963, compiling
information on material selection, chemical treatment, protective coatings, cathodic protection, etc. This
SHALL include metallurgical diagrams, technical queries and waivers from Specifications. An index of the
content of this manual SHALL be agreed between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
• Develop detailed designs and update data sheets of all chemical injections for corrosion inhibitors,
antifouling, etc., including acceptable brand name chemicals, injection locations, injection designs (tanks,
pumps, piping, quills, etc.) use of diluents, and any other appropriate details. Determine required injection
rates for both passivation and maintenance dosages. Develop monitoring requirements (i.e. testing for
residual amounts of chemical, corrosion probe monitoring, pH, iron or other contaminate testing, etc.) with
frequencies, locations and criteria. Provide technical support during procurement and tender evaluations.
A summary table of all chemicals, injection locations, dosages and monitoring SHALL be submitted to
COMPANY as part of the Corrosion Management Manual.
• Develop the complete Cathodic Protection system design, and the complete Cathodic Protection
Monitoring System design, to a detailed level.
• Submit a list of deliverables on materials and corrosion control for APPROVAL by COMPANY.
• Participation in HAZOPs and design reviews to ensure that issues do not impact upon materials selection
and corrosion control, and that materials integrity operating windows are clearly understood and
documented.
• Ensure that precommissioning and production chemicals do not have an adverse effect on selected
materials.
• All tasks and responsibilities of the welding coordinator SHALL be in accordance with duties defined in
ISO 14731.
• Review all project specifications in detail such as welding, painting and insulation project specifications.
7.5.13.1 Protective Coating and Fire Proofing

Protective coatings and fireproofing requirements SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Prepare documentation (specification, procedures, ...) for supply and installation of all protective coatings
and fireproofing systems, including documentation for material and application guarantee on painting,
fireproofing and internal lining.
• Rectify if needed conflicts between basic engineering FEED documents, Project Specifications, Material
Selection Diagrams (MSDs), data sheets and other documents.
• Ensure compatibility between shop and field applied coatings (CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for
this compatibility).
• Prepare a list of vessels, equipment and piping to be painted/fireproofed with all required information such
as item number and description, operating temperature, painting/fireproofing system required, insulation
requirements, tracing requirements, material of CONSTRUCTION, dimensional data, platform location and
elevation.
• Update / prepare fireproofing extent of application drawings
• Review all VENDOR "Standard Coating Systems" for compliance with PROJECT requirements.
• Provide technical support to VENDORS/SUBCONTRACTORS during shop and field application activities.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Prepare a list of deliverables on protective coatings and fireproofing for APPROVAL by COMPANY.
• Provide total area (in square meters) of main paint and fireproofing system applied. This data will be used
to determine stocking requirements for maintenance purposes.
Protective coating, fire proofing and insulation SHALL be modelled within the 3D model to avoid clashes
7.5.13.2 Thermal and Acoustic Insulation

For cold and hot insulation requirements, CONTRACTOR SHALL apply the PROJECT Specifications.
All VENDOR supplied insulation systems on packaged items SHALL follow the PROJECT requirements.
7.5.14 Loss Prevention, Fire Protection and Life Saving

The loss prevention, fire protection and lifesaving detailed engineering SHALL be based on HSE studies (see
Sect. 7.5.3) and SHALL include but not be limited to the following:
• Update fire water system UFD and P&ID.
• Update hazardous area classification Drawings and the associated risk analysis specification.
• Update firefighting equipment drawings, specifications and datasheets
• Update fire & gas detection drawings including fire proofing
• Perform mapping study (software based) in order to determine number and location of F&G Detectors
including CO2 and Methanol System
• Update passive fire protection drawings, specifications and datasheets
• Design and install radiation shields to protect personnel that could be located on the upper and lower
platform closed to the Cooling Water Expansion Drum located in the flare boom at about 50 m above sea
level
• Update lifesaving appliances and escape ways drawings, specifications and datasheets
• Firewater Demand Report & Firewater Hydraulic Calculations. Verify water/foam quantities requirements.
Relevant pipe diameter for new lines SHALL be checked and confirmed by hydraulic calculation.
• Update, where necessary, fire and gas cause and effect chart.
• Prepare all detail drawings and specifications for new components and facilities in accordance with
platform General Safety Criteria and Fire protection Fire & Gas detection concepts.
• Design of Escape and Safety Equipment drawing updates
• Safety Drawing Deliverables SHALL be reviewed and endorsed by CONTRACTOR with respect to final
issued FEED Plot Plans (post issue of respective Safety drawings)
CONTRACTOR SHALL also prepare technical documentation and provide services for the procurement of
loss prevention, fire protection and lifesaving equipment and materials.
• Update and prepare lifesaving and firefighting equipment specification.
• Prepare requisition for enquiry and for order when purchasing and install all new safety equipment include
requirements for:
- VENDOR documentation
- Inspection and test
- Weight control
- Etc.
• Evaluate Vendor's technical proposal and make technical recommendation.
• Review and approve VENDOR documentation (drawing, calculation notes, etc.).
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.5.15 Environmental protection

CONTRACTOR SHALL demonstrate how practices and procedures will be implemented during every phase
of PROJECT to ensure that Sabratha platform additional facilities part of the present SoW are designed and
constructed in such a way as to eliminate or minimise the various impacts that execution of the project will
have on the environment and on the surrounding areas.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement any environmental requirements resulted from Environment Impact
Assessment EIA study, including any recommendations by the Libyan Authority.
7.5.15.1 Emission and Waste Control

Control of emission and waste in Sabratha SHALL be carefully addressed by CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a waste management procedure for handling and disposal of HC and other
wastes considering that no incineration of waste is to occur on vessels / flotel.
7.5.15.2 Noise Control

Control of noise in the Sabratha Platform SHALL be carefully addressed by CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL update noise study reports prepared during FEED phase, and implement the relevant
recommendations.
7.5.16 Maintenance Engineering
In order to assure the best conditions for operation & maintenance, within its scope of work, CONTRACTOR
SHALL perform all Maintenance Engineering activities as specified in ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPC/EPIC Contractor”, according to applicable COMPANY Standards and here
below summarized:
1. Plan Maintenance Engineering Activities producing a dedicated Maintenance Engineering Execution Plan.
2. Provide the list of Maintenance Engineering deliverables for COMPANY APPROVAL.
3. Execute the Maintenance Engineering activities in accordance with all Local Legislation, PROJECT
specifications, COMPANY Standards and Best Practices.
4. Nominate a PROJECT Leader or “Maintenance Project Manager/Engineering Coordinator”, a RAM focal
point, a Spare Parts Specialist/Coordinator and a CMMS Focal Point.
5. Define a complete hierarchical listing of all equipment (Master Equipment List).
6. Develop RAM analysis including all systems in the battery limit of the WORK and SUBCONTRACTOR’s
or COMPANY provided items, aimed at validating CONTRACTOR’s design meets (or, even better,
exceeds) as a minimum the requirements for the Plant, equipment and systems production efficiency, as
specified in document n. ET-125-T-Z-3518-00 “RAM Analysis Report”. CONTRACTOR SHALL ask
COMPANY for applicable requirements, in terms of availability or performances, related to COMPANY
provided items and/or existing/future facilities to be included in the RAM Analysis (e.g. Compression
Module).
7. Develop the Maintenance and Inspection Plan and maintenance routine tasks and job plans.
8. Prepare the CMMS Data Engineering Criteria to be considered as the guideline to perform the CMMS
Data Engineering activities.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9. Implement a CMMS Data Build inclusive of Asset, Material and Maintenance Registers preparation and
migrate them into either the existing CMMS system or an upgraded system. CONTRACTOR SHALL
handover a fully functional and populated CMMS system to the COMPANY and all activities required to
achieve this are under the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
10. Ensure full integration of new CMMS and Maintenance data with the existing CMMS system in use by
MELLITAH OIL and GAS BV / LIBYAN in order to optimize maintenance activities and spare parts
management and to ensure data upload is implemented seamlessly.
11. Provide any required training for COMPANY personnel to familiarise them with the functioning of the
CMMS and any related Maintenance Systems in order to support the Asset during Start-Up and into
operations.
12. Prepare Spare Parts specifications for SUBCONTRACTORs and assure SUBCONTRACTORs spare
parts review, coding, standardization and optimization.
13. Identify, list and manage spare parts (two years and capital), special tools and consumables for all
equipment.
14. Integrate all data produced by the SUBCONTRACTOR’s into overall Engineering and Maintenance
deliverables (e.g. SPIR, Manuals).
15. Prepare the Overall Maintenance Manual and relevant maintenance operating instruction.
16. Prepare both the IOM for the newly installed equipment and to update the existing O&M Manual, including
information for operation and maintenance of newly installed CO 2 equipment.
17. Provide technical support during 3D Model Review Sessions as far as O&M issues are concerned.
18. Identify and engage of additional expert services necessary to meet all aspects of operations assurance
including training of personnel to meet COMPANY’s defined competence requirements
CONTRACTOR SHALL request any additional information of document that would be necessary for the proper
execution of the WORK.
7.5.16.1 CONTRACTOR Responsibilities towards VENDORS
Without limitation, CONTRACTOR is responsible for quality, consistency and completeness of information
prepared for the CONTRACT by all its SUBCONTRACTORs and the delivery of that information to COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL collect, integrate and validate all data and deliverable from all the
SUBCONTRACTORs involved in the WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL collaborate with each VENDOR/MANUFACTURER to collect, review, integrate and
validate all data, studies and analyses, as specified in the document no. ET-125-S-Z-1524-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for Vendors”, originating from VENDORs involved in the WORKS, and SHALL
submit them to COMPANY for APPROVAL and final issue.
SUBCONTRACTORS’ maintenance requirements specifications SHALL be issued by CONTRACTOR in any

call for tenders and Contracts for Supply, according to the objective and requirements outlined in the document
no. ET-125-S-Z-1524-00 “Maintenance Engineering Specification for Vendors”.
7.5.16.2 Availability Requirements
Applicable availability target (overall Plant, single packages or any part impacting on the production), is
specified in the document ET-125-T-Z-3518-00 “RAM Analysis Report”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL produce a specific RAM Study to demonstrate the achievement of the target.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop the RAM analysis as required within the CONTRACTOR scope of work and
according to the methodology and templates described in the document ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPC/EPIC Contractor”.
7.5.16.3 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING KEY MILESTONE
As far as Maintenance Engineering, as minimum, the following key Milestones SHALL be identified:
Key Milestone Date(1)

Criteria, Design Premises, Specification and Procedure 2 months after EFFECTIVE DATE
Detail:
Issue For Comments within 15 days after P&ID
Issue For Hazop
Maintenance Engineering critical deliverables (2) Issue For Approval within 15 days after P&ID
Final Issue for CONSTRUCTION
Final Issue within 30 days after P&ID Final
Issue for CONSTRUCTION
Vendor data (IOM Manuals, SPIR, Special Tools and
6 months before handover
Consumable List)
CMMS Registers (ready for uploading on CMMS) 4 months before handover
Overall Optimized SPIR completion 4 months before handover
Notes:
(1) to be confirmed during KoM
(2) Maintenance Engineering deliverable deemed critical are RAM Analysis Report and Maintenance and Inspection
Plan
7.5.16.4 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE THE CONTRACT
Each BIDDER SHALL outline its technical proposal for Maintenance Engineering as part of its bid.
In particular, the following minimum information SHALL be included in the technical bid:
1) Confirmation of full compliance with the Specification ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance Engineering
Specification for EPC/EPIC Contractor” or provision of the complete list of any deviations from the
requirements included in it.
2) A preliminary Maintenance Engineering Execution Plan, providing details regarding:
a. Preliminary Maintenance Engineering Organization Chart, including the main roles (e.g.
Maintenance Engineering Coordinator, RAM Analysis Focal Point, CMMS Data Engineering
Focal Point, Spare Parts Focal Point, etc.)
b. A preliminary list of Maintenance Engineering deliverables.
c. As minimum, a Level 1 schedule with key Milestone, manpower histograms, man-
hour/weighting for each main activity and deliverables.
d. List of any SUBCONTRACTORs involved, partially or totally, in the execution of maintenance
activities and relevant references on their competency in maintenance engineering.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
e. List of Tools and Software that will be used for the Maintenance Engineering studies.
3) Confirmation of the use of MAROS DNV GL as RAM Analysis software, and the availability to provide
COMPANY with the native file (.dmsp) developed to perform the analysis as well as the simulation
results file (.exe).
4) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for the execution of CMMS Data Engineering activity,
including CMMS Registers preparation, QA/QC and Data Validation as well as in-house tool and
software platform information for Data Management, if any.
5) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for 2 Years and Capital Spare Parts management.
6) Acceptance of any availability targets specified in doc. ET-125-T-Z-3518-00 “RAM Analysis Report”
7) Preliminary simplified narrative or procedure for RAM Analysis execution, including reference to doc.
ET-125-T-Z-3518-00 “RAM Analysis Report” endorsement, methodology and main assumptions
description, reliability data source and software tools that will be used.
8) Unpriced list of the following categories, as applicable, using BIDDER form:
a. 2-years Operation Spare Parts.
b. Capital Spare Parts (if any).
c. Special Tools and Special Testing Equipment (if applicable).
d. Recommended lubricants, cooling materials/additives and other consumables necessary up
to the Ready for Start-Up activity.
9) Criteria to be taken into account for MANUFACTURERs/VENDORs selection and evaluation. These
criteria SHALL be included in the criteria sheet/document to be used by CONTRACTOR to perform
the Technical Bid Evaluation (TBE), and SHALL be part of TBE reports showing evaluation and
acceptability. The above criteria SHOULD, at least, take into account:
a. Technical Reliability/Availability and/or guarantees of the provided equipment.
b. Cost of two years recommended operating spare parts/Capital.
c. Reliability of components (identification of components non standardized or non-tested by
SUBCONTRACTORs under conditions similar to PROJECT conditions).
d. Standardization (identification of non-standard components, justifications for recommending
such components, cost of spare parts needed for such components).
e. Maintenance Recommendations.
10) Any deviation from the minimum requirements of the ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance Engineering
Specification for EPC/EPIC Contractor”. The relevant attachment SHALL be provided in the bid for
COMPANY APPROVAL.
7.5.16.5 Lubrication requirements

Lubrication requirements SHALL include, but not be limited to, the followings:
• Prepare instructions for completing the lubrication data sheet with all requests for quotations for new
equipment needing lubrication.
• Receive and review lubrication data sheets submitted by VENDOR. Designations of lubricant suitable for
the furnished equipment must be shown on the lubrication data sheets.
• Review, consolidate, and prepare the Lubrication Summary Report.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Update Sabratha PLATFORM lubrication data sheets and the Consolidated Lubrication Summary Report
for COMPANY APPROVAL.
7.5.16.6 Spare parts requirements

and strong in integrated maintenance system, for equipment and spare parts data input in CMMS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL purchase the Spare Parts for the PROJECT in line with the following requirements:
• Prepare instructions to SUBCONTRACTORs for completing the Spare Parts List, for pre-commissioning,
COMMISSIONING, START-UP, 2 years operation and capital spares with all requests for quotations for
equipment needing spare parts.
• Spare parts that are needed during CONSTRUCTION, pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING, and
START-UP SHALL be defined by VENDORS/SUPPLIERS, as it is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to
have pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING and START-UP spares available as needed to perform the
• CONTRACTOR SHALL develop a sparing philosophy and prepare a list of Project capital spares for
COMPANY review and APPROVAL. During Tendering, BIDDERs SHALL propose Capital Spares to
achieve the CONTRACT requirements and SHALL submit it for COMPANY evaluation. Capital Spares
SHALL be included in the lump-sum price.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL collect all SPIRs according to the SPIR form of Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL collect, review and complete SUBCONTRACTORs submitted spare part lists and
submit them to COMPANY for review.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL integrate received SPIR to prepare the Overall Optimized SPIR to be APPROVED
by COMPANY, as specified in the document ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance Engineering Specification
for EPC/EPIC.
Specification for EPC/EPIC”.
Specification for EPC”.
• During the tendering phase, EPC/EPIC BIDDERs SHALL provide their list of two years spare parts for
breakdown and a fixed price for each item. The prices of the two years spare parts SHALL be fixed
throughout the CONTRACT duration (Execution phase plus warranty period “i.e. 24 months after the
successful START-UP or 24 months after issue the final provisional certificate”). Two
Years Spares Parts SHALL be submitted by CONTRACTOR as Provisional lump-sum OPTION.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL recommend purchase quantities for two year operation and capital spare parts for
COMPANY APPROVAL taking into account both corrective and preventive maintenance requirements.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.5.17 Facilities Life Cycle Information (LCI)

Facility Life Cycle Information (LCI) aims to ensure the availability of all the engineering information during
development project phases and subsequent operations process. This chapter describes COMPANY’s total
requirements for life cycle information (LCI) to be transferred to Operations. The objective is to ensure that all
required information SHALL be available in time, with sufficient quality and in correct formats for preparation
for operation activities, START-UP, maintenance, future modifications and final demolition of the facilities.
CONTRACTOR to be conscious that COMPANY requires a progressive handover process (monthly base)
along the Project to ensure a timely submission of information that is essential to avoid any possible delay in
the Project schedule and to limit any negative impact on the facilities START-UP and operation.
In order to achieve this goal, COMPANY has identified a minimum set of information that SHALL be submitted
regularly and loaded into COMPANY systems EMIMS.
The CONTRACT requirements to define the activities for data and document management are below listed in
order to organize the complete management and delivery for COMPANY purpose:
• Technical organization for document and data.
• Minimum technical data required for typical basic design documents.
• Document Approval Management and Coding (EDAM).
• Implementation of CAD Programs (Aveva or Intergraph).
• Implementation of COMPANY Piping Class management database (SPCPuma).
• Delivery of model and spare part data for integration with maintenance.
• Final Data and Document Handover (EMIMS).
Each of the above listed information SHALL be transferred according to a specific mode and a defined
schedule, as indicated in the following table:
Information Minimum Transfer Schedule

Project Data Progressive Submission (Monthly Base)
Facilities Technical Data Progressive Submission (Monthly Base)
Documentation Progressive Submission as per document management procedure
Project Tools Final Handover
Final Data Handover Final Handover
Input Native Files Final Handover
The main purpose is to collect all the information during the project execution as the information becomes
available, in order to have a final set of comprehensive and consistent information at the handover stage.
For ensuring consistency in the Progressive Handover Process, CONTRACTOR SHALL put in place a
datacentric approach during the project execution and maintain it until Final Handover.
CONTRACTOR SHALL apply LCI management procedure according to the following COMPANY Standards
and documents:
Code Title
28080.VAR.LCI.STD Facilities Life Cycle Information Management Procedure
06219.VAR.LCI.STD Information Submission
ET-125-P-Z-0504-00 Data Management Procedure and Information Submission Plan
ET-125-S-Z-1544-00 LCI Requirements for Vendors
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
These documents cover all the aspects related to information management in order to ensure efficient
traceability and completeness of plant information during the development process and throughout the entire
operational life span of the plant for whole life cycle.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for the overall LCI requirements including but not limited to quality, consistency
and completeness of information prepared for the CONTRACT by all its SUBCONTRACTORS / Vendors and
the delivery of that information to COMPANY.
7.5.17.1 Data Centric Approach and Integration between Intelligent Tools

CONTRACTOR MAY use its own data centric tools in developing the deliverables (Document and Data), but
complete integration of data between the tools is required in order to ensure information submission to
COMPANY in accordance with the COMPANY requirements (Progressive Handover Process) expressed in
this and in the other referenced documents.
COMPANY requires the use of specific applications and templates in the development of the project
information.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for deploying and maintaining the applications, systems and tools required for
the execution of the WORK.
The list of applications with the release versions, including COMPANY’s mandatory applications, SHALL be
submitted to COMPANY and agreed before the start of activities. The agreed list of tools and versions MAY
not be modified during the execution without prior authorization from COMPANY.
The Project design SHALL be executed with intelligent systems covering the following disciplines:
• Intelligent 2D system: as the design tool for process discipline to develop the plant and instrumentation
diagrams.
• Intelligent Instrumentation Engineering: as the design tool for instrumentation and control engineering
discipline.
• Intelligent Electrical Engineering: as the design tool for the electrical engineering discipline.
• Intelligent 3D Model: as the modelling tool to develop the 3D Model of the plant.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure Integration of dataflow between the tools.

COMPANY has pre-specified a portfolio of data-centric design tools that CONTRACTOR will use for the
preparation and delivery of the plant design. Selected tools are listed in the following table:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Discipline Tool
Aveva P&ID (Aveva)
Intelligent P&ID system
SmartPlant P&ID (Hexagon)
SmartPlant Instrumentation (Hexagon)
Intelligent Instrumentation Engineering
Aveva Instrumentation (Aveva)
SmartPlant Electrical (Hexagon)
Intelligent Electrical Engineering
Aveva Electrical (Aveva)
PDMS / E3D (Aveva)
Intelligent 3D Model SmartPlant 3D (Hexagon)
Aveva Marine (Aveva)
AVEVA Net (Aveva)
Data Integration Tool AVEVA Engineering (Aveva)
SmartPlant Foundation (Hexagon)
The use of the data centric design tools, and the integration between them, has to be ensured across all
engineering disciplines for the development of data, documents, and drawings for the project. In all cases, the
databases SHALL be developed to include all “AS-BUILT” modifications and changes prior to final handover
to COMPANY.
The scope of the data centric design tools is:
• Ensuring all the project data to be included inside of the data centric environment as soon as they are
generated.
• Ensuring engineering lists (i.e. equipment, lines, instruments, electrical items, tie-ins) and Material Take
Offs of components to be extracted starting from intelligent P&ID development.
• Enabling schematic, orthographic and isometric deliverables to be extracted from the 3D model to ensure
integrity of design.
• Providing realistic visualization of the plant for model and design review purposes.
• Providing for multi-discipline Material Take-Off (MTO) all along the project development.
• Providing electronic links with other Engineering, Material Management and CONSTRUCTION
applications.
• Supporting the Engineering and CONSTRUCTION schedules.
• Providing a Completion & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS).
• Providing a useable visualization and data extraction tool for Maintenance and Operations teams.
Data Integration Tool SHALL provide management of plant design information, which includes plant design,
configuration, modifications, updates, and revamping. Project Data SHALL be shared between data centric
tool and users, in an integrated environment.
Data Integration Tool SHALL allow data centric tools to exchange data with each other (according to their area
of expertise, ownership) ensuring their consistency.
CONTRACTOR SHALL follow below recommended practices for Data Integration, as a minimum:
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure same PBS across all data centric tools.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL use the same Naming convention across all data centric tools and SHALL not
rename any attributes if the modification is not applied in all the involved data centric tools
• CONTRACTOR SHALL submit consistency reports periodically (monthly basis) showing comparison
between Intelligent 3D Model contents and data in all the other data centric tools during project execution.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure piping components properties are passed correctly from Intelligent P&ID’s
to Intelligent 3D Model.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the deletion of tags (i.e. equipment, instruments) that have been
published previously SHALL result in the re-publishing of the documents where they existed as soon as
possible.
7.5.17.2 CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM

CONTRACTOR SHALL use a tool to monitor along the project execution and visualize CONSTRUCTION
sequences directly on 3D model (CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM). The selected tool will be used to ensure
consistency of scheduling with design, procurement, installation, and CONSTRUCTION project activities.
Since the start of the project (schedule preparation and Intelligent 3D Model set-up), CONTRACTOR SHALL
ensure integration of Intelligent 3D model with project schedule to keep CONSTRUCTION plan updated in 4D.
Integration and synchronization of the Intelligent 3D Model with Project schedule SHALL be ensured all along
the project development (i.e. with respect to baseline, re-baseline, forecasts, what-if scenarios).
CONTRACTOR SHALL use CONSTRUCTION 4D BIM to ensure execution of “what-if” scenarios to adjust
CONSTRUCTION schedule tasks’ duration, verify logic ties and compare baseline to alternatives.
On regular basis during project schedule preparation and project execution, CONTRACTOR SHALL create
CONSTRUCTION sequence video animations alongside with Project Schedule Gant to ensure consistency to
COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL create visual reports with daily / weekly / monthly snapshots of planned progress
alongside a list of CONSTRUCTION schedule tasks for the analysed periods.
CONTRACTOR SHALL conduct CONSTRUCTION progress review meetings using the CONSTRUCTION 4D
BIM as the central hub of information for ensuring clear and productive planning and decision-making with all
stakeholders.
Suggested list of tools for 4D CONSTRUCTION BIM is indicated in the following table:
Synchro Software (Bentley)

Suggested Tools
Smart Construction (Hexagon)
7.6 Additional Requirements for Detailed Engineering of FMWR
7.6.1 General
For additional requirements to the ones listed in Sect. 7.4 relevant to detailed engineering of FMWR,
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider the following sections of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex
D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And COMMISSIONING Scope Of Work”:
• Section 5.1 related to General activities;
• Section 5.2 related to Technical and System Responsibility;
• Section 5.3 related to management of interfaces.
7.6.2 Process
D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work” relevant
to Process Discipline:
• Section 5.4.1 Process Control and Operating Philosophy;
• Section 5.4.2 Process, Utility Systems and drilling operations;
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
COTRACTOR SHALL develop PFDs/UFDs/P&IDs in detail and granting the same quality of the relevant
topsides drawings.
7.6.3 Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work” relevant
to HSE Discipline:
• Section 5.4.4 Working Environment;
• Section 5.4.5 Environmental Management and Care;
7.6.4 Loss Prevention

CONTRACTOR SHALL consider Section 5.4.3 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part
A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
7.6.5 Structural
7.6.6 Mechanical
7.6.7 Material Selection, Corrosion Protection & Welding

7.6.8 Piping & Layout

7.6.9 Electrical, Instrumentation & Telecom

7.6.10 Maintenance
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.6.11 Weight Control

7.6.12 Thirds Partied and Rental Equipment

7.7 CONSTRUCTION Engineering

Since the early stages of detailed engineering, the CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure constructability studies and
CONSTRUCTION planning, fully integrated with engineering and procurement development in order to
achieve contractual milestones. All activities required including studies, analysis, workshops, engineering
optimizations SHALL be executed by CONTRACTOR.
7.7.1 Constructability Program

Constructability is an ongoing process (Constructability Program), not just a review procedure. It is a process
that involves the mobilization of CONSTRUCTION personnel with extensive CONSTRUCTION expertise
during the early project’s development stages to provide suitable input and ensure that the project is efficiently
and safely buildable, while also being cost effective and maintainable. CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible
for, and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the CONSTRUCTION engineering of all stages of
the WORK at CONSTRUCTION YARD.
The constructability plan developed covering as minimum the following points:

• Determine the proper CONSTRUCTION assembly work sequencing and accordingly the relevant priorities
in terms of drawings, materials and equipment.
• Review of Project specifications for constructability applications.
• Use of existing proven constructability techniques and proposes them to engineering for incorporation into
the design approach (e.g. lifting lugs sized to allow insulation of vessel prior to erection).
• Co-ordination of information and drawings with special rigging Subcontractor and/or Engineers to ensure
that special/heavy equipment are designed and purchased to conform with rigging requirements.
• Review content of any subcontract tender packages including scope, schedule, interfaces, special site
requirements, quality assurance and labour source.
• Evaluation of roadways, railheads and port facilities relative to handling and unloading equipment, skids,
etc.
During the Detailed Engineering phase CONTRACTOR SHALL perform as implementation of available Project
drawings and documents, i.e. plot plans, equipment location, structural design and Vendor drawings the
following studies:
• Preliminary engineering studies for transportation and lifting of heavy/large equipment and of structures
sub-assemblies including:
o Determination of special equipment and rigging needs.
o Development of a preliminary rigging plan for each heavy lift.
o Determination of type, rating and anticipated duration for all lifting major equipment.
o Incorporation of heavy lift equipment needs and durations into the CONSTRUCTION Schedule.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Output to detailed engineering studies (packaging).
• Constructability examination including:

o Weld accesses
o Painting/coating accesses
o Equipment fixation
o Soil verification for fabrication, assembly, load-out and other areas including design and
engineering of all civil works for necessary reinforcement I soil preparation, including foundation
of the fabrication and erection areas, levelling and strengthening of crane track, reinforcement of
the load-out quays and provision of mooring bollards.
o Drawings (shop drawings) developed from engineering drawings and to be used as working
documents for CONTRACTOR direct labour forces.
o Drawings for inspections plan
o Welding documentation (WPS, WPQ, weld logbooks, ...) according to specification as called for in
APPENDIX D-4, typically for structural and piping works.
o NDE and test procedures.
o As general all other fabrication procedures as called for in the specification contained in
APPENDIX D-4 and in applicable standards and codes.
o Heavy lift detailed procedures on the basis of COMPANY Procedure/Guidelines/transport and
lifting procedure for heavy equipment.
o Load-out engineering and procedures.
CONTRACTOR SHALL propose and submit to COMPANY the method for operation of each WHPA
PLATFORM sub-assembly load-out, produce specification, criteria and procedures to carry out the full design
and engineering of load-out all equipment and systems, structural grillage and supports.
Similarly, CONTRACTOR SHALL propose and submit to COMPANY the method for operation of each
Sabratha modification sub-assembly load-out, produce specification, criteria and procedures to carry out the
full design and engineering of load-out for all equipment and systems, structural grillage and supports.
CONTRACTOR SHALL complete preliminary design and engineering for load-out within 180 calendar days
from EFFECTIVE DATE. The design and engineering SHALL be of sufficient completeness to allow
CONSTRUCTION to proceed without delays and demonstrate to COMPANY and MWS the complete
operability of each sub-assembly. The structural analysis for each sub-assembly (see Sect. 7.4.3 and Sect.
7.4.4) and preliminary design of support and skid/trailer equipment SHALL be performed.
The design & engineering for each load-out SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/MWS under the form of a load-
out procedure manual.
Detailed design & engineering SHALL continue through fabrication phases and SHALL be completed with all
procedures, documentation and drawings APPROVED by COMPANY/MWS a minimum of 60 calendar days
prior to each load-out.
o CONSTRUCTION Quality Assurance Plan
o CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans for each field discipline
o Field Inspection Co-ordination procedure
o CONSTRUCTION Safety, Security, Environment and Health Program
All forms of reports in line with the above procedure for the recording during CONSTRUCTION activities.
Assistance to fabrication as, for instance, initial review and resolution of engineering related site queries
Input to AS-BUILT drawings preparation for all trades
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
During CONSTRUCTION engineering, CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY

and MWS as necessary for the appraisal of specific procedures as called for in PROJECT MANAGEMENT,
and with COMPANY for the review and comments upon CONSTRUCTION documents.
7.7.2 Fabrication Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit to COMPANY for review all specification relating to the
CONSTRUCTION activities. CONSTRUCTION Specification are subject to review by COMPANY, and
COMPANY MAY later require CONTRACTOR to modify procedures, where not adequate, in the opinion of
COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL propose and submit to COMPANY the method for operation of each WHPA
PLATFORM and Sabratha Modification for Structure “A” sub-assembly load-out, produce specification, criteria
and procedures to carry out the full design and engineering of load-out all equipment and systems, structural
grillage and supports.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the
CONSTRUCTION engineering of all stages of the WORK at CONSTRUCTION YARD and all work sites,
including OFFSHORE SITEs.
Accordingly, CONTRACTOR design SHALL include as a minimum but not limited to the following activities:
• CONSTRUCTION Quality Assurance Plan
• CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans for each field discipline Field Inspection Co-ordination procedure
• CONSTRUCTION Safety, Security, Environment and Health Program
• All forms of reports in line with the above procedure for the recording during CONSTRUCTION activities.
• Assistance to fabrication as, for instance, initial review and resolution of engineering related site queries
• Input to AS-BUILT drawings preparation for all trades
CONTRACTOR SHALL complete preliminary design and engineering for load-out within 180 calendar days
from EFFECTIVE DATE.
The design and engineering SHALL be of sufficient completeness to allow fabrication to proceed without delays
and demonstrate to COMPANY and MWS the complete operability of each sub-assembly.
The structural analysis for each WHPA PLATFORM sub-assembly (see Sect. 7.4.3 and Sect. 7.4.4), Sabratha
Modification Sub-Assemblies and preliminary design of support and skid/trailer equipment SHALL be
performed.
The design & engineering for each load-out SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/MWS under the form of a load-
out procedure manual.
Detailed design & engineering SHALL continue through fabrication phases and SHALL be completed with all
procedures, documentation and drawings APPROVED by COMPANY/MWS a minimum of 60 calendar days
prior to each load-out.
During CONSTRUCTION engineering, CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate with CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
and MWS as necessary for the appraisal of specific procedures and with COMPANY for the review and
comments upon CONSTRUCTION documents.
With respect to FMWR, CONTRACTOR SHALL also refer to Section 5.5 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00,
“FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope
Of Work”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.7.3 Weight and Stability Control Plan

CONTRACTOR SHALL produce a Weight and Stability Control Plan which demonstrates how the WORK
SHALL be carried out during fabrication and loadout. The procedure SHALL be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR as defined in coordination procedure, for review and APPROVAL by the COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement a positive weight and stability control program of all equipment and bulk
materials as applicable. This program SHALL ensure that weights and displacements are controlled throughout
the fabrication and CONSTRUCTION phases. CONTRACTOR SHALL establish and maintain a database
which at all times contains an overview of weight development for the whole WORK for all disciplines and
phases. The database SHALL identify and keep a traceable record of weight and centre of gravity information
including the placement of all individual components (elements).
CONTRACTOR SHALL continuously update the weight control system with AS-BUILT data as the
CONSTRUCTION progresses.
7.7.4 Weight and Stability Control Reporting

A monthly weight and stability control report is required for both greenfield WHPA Platform, FMWR and
modification to Sabratha Platform. These reports are to show the weights and centre of gravity of the various
components. It SHALL show the variations to the previous month's report. The weight stability control report
together with all detailed records SHALL form part of the "As built Dossier".
7.7.5 MECHANICAL COMPLETION Plan and Procedure

Mechanical completion activities are defined as activities required to be performed before the mechanical
completion of an equipment/system to make it ready for COMMISSIONING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a MECHANICAL COMPLETION plan and “Hand-Over to” procedure to
provide clear definition, scope and obligations for the involved parties, in accordance with the CONTRACT,
project design and the Local Regulatory Authorities requirements.
The procedure SHALL cover, at least, the following topics:

• Plant & System/Sub-system/Equipment & Tag Items Definitions.
• NCRs, Deviations, Changes and Site Queries.
• Punch List Management.
• List of applicable Inspection & Testing (ITP’s, ITR’s and Quality records library).
• Subsystems “MECHANICAL COMPLETION Certificate” and Hand-over to COMMISSIONING.
• Sub-Systems MECHANICAL COMPLETION dossier index.
• Document and Record Management: processing, control and secure and traceable filing and storing.
• Red Line Mark Up & AS-BUILT method statements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL also refer to Section 5.6.2 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D -
Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
7.7.6 Material Management in Field

CONTRACTOR SHALL implement systems and procedures for the receipt, control, storage, issue of GOODS
and spare parts in Field. Such system and procedures SHALL include provisions for, but not limited to, the
following:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Receipt, identification, checking for quality, damage and quantity of GOODS at the SITE and other
locations designated by COMPANY.
• Maintain records of Issue of GOODS for CONSTRUCTION.
• Initiation of claims for defective and damaged items and shortages of GOODS, materials or spares and
the handling of such items.
• Materials reconciliation and handling of Surplus Materials on completion of PROJECT.
• Storage facility requirements including covered storage, open storage areas, MANUFACTURER’S storage
recommendations and GOODS protection.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for coordination of the Field materials control with CONTRACTOR’s
Home Office such as maintaining, at all times, an updated status of projected Field arrivals of materials
shipments. CONTRACTOR’s coordination SHALL extend to CONTRACTOR’s Home Office, Freight
Forwarding Contractor and CONTRACTOR’s Field procurement office.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide information as input to CONSTRUCTION planning and scheduling in such
detail and frequencies as MAY be demanded by the WORKS.
The Services for materials management and control SHALL include:
• Issue Materials Receiving Reports (MRR).
• Identification, checking for quality, damage, and quantity of materials and equipment at the Field location.
• Full responsibility for initiation and administration of short and damaged goods insurance claims.
• Warehousing management.
• Development and implementation of a system giving appropriate advance warning of definite or potential
late SITE deliveries to CONSTRUCTION Management personnel so that they MAY take appropriate action
to avoid or minimize delay to CONSTRUCTION activities.
• Perform materials availability planning.
• Proper and orderly organization of the laydown area, warehouse and storage cabinets for easy access for
stocking, retrievals and checking.
• Proper storage of special materials in an acceptable environment as recommended by suppliers taking
into account all safety measures in regard to hazardous materials.
• Enhancing safety regulations in warehouse, laydown areas, etc. for personnel, lifting equipment and
materials.
• Controlling access to warehouses, storage area, and laydown area.
• Ensuring that proper procedures for materials storage and control are implemented by all
CONTRACTOR’s personnel and SUBCONTRACTORS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL utilize an integrated (automated) materials management system to track materials
through the following phases.
Equipment
o Ship Date
o Received at Port date
o Cleared Customs date
o Received at site date
o Storage location
Bulk Materials
o Ship Date
o Received at Port date
o Cleared Customs date
o Received at site date
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.7.7 INSPECTIONS AT SITE
7.7.7.1 CONTRACTORS’s and SUBCONTRACTOR’s Personnel Assigned to the Task

CONSTRUCTION activities SHALL be inspected in accordance with CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans
issued by the CONTRACTOR for COMPANY review and APPROVAL covering all the CONSTRUCTION
disciplines.
Site inspections SHALL cover all CONSTRUCTION disciplines such as, but not limited to, material controls,
civil, buildings, steel structures, mechanical, piping, electrical, instruments, insulation, painting works.
The CONTRACTOR and his SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL plan for Field Staff to be assigned to the inspection
process and to the management of APPROVED CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans and related
Forms/Reports.
Field Staff SHALL be composed of, but not limited to, the following personnel:
a) Discipline Supervisors/Inspectors
These specialists SHALL be responsible for, but not limited to, the following activities:
• To witness procedure qualification tests and check their validity in accordance with applicable Project
specifications and codes.
• To witness field and laboratory tests as required by Project specifications and codes.
• To deliver to COMPANY Requests the Application for Inspection in accordance with APPROVED
CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans and Field Inspection Coordination Procedure.
• To perform inspection and control activities as required by APPROVED CONSTRUCTION Quality Control
Plans and Field Inspection Coordination Procedure.
• To prepare Non-Conformance Reports and follow-up the execution of required corrective action.
• To address, in conjunction with the QA/QC Engineer and Field Engineer, non-conformities following the
Field Non-Conformities Management Procedure that will be issued by CONTRACTOR for COMPANY
review and APPROVAL.
b) Welding/NDT Inspectors
• To witness welder/welding qualification tests and check their validity in accordance with Project
Specifications and Codes.
• To monitor the quality of production welds (through the radiographic examination of the welds) and that
production welds are carried out only by qualified welders.
• To check the performance of each qualified welder.
• To check that welding materials are properly stored, preserved and handled.
• To coordinate with Safety Engineer and CONSTRUCTION Superintendent (if required), the safe and
correct execution of field non-destructive examination works.
c) QA/QC Engineers
• To ensure proper use of Quality Control Forms as per APPROVED CONSTRUCTION Quality Control
Plans.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• To attend all field inspection meetings with COMPANY as required for the proper implementation and
coordination of all inspection activities.
• To issue, after proper coordination, documentation required by Local Authorities.
• To issue CONSTRUCTION Quality Dossier per System prior to start Plant hand-over.
The number of above specialists by CONTRACTOR and his SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL be adequate to the
amount of inspection activities to be carried out during the various phases of CONSTRUCTION works as per
CONSTRUCTION schedule.
7.7.7.2 Inspection Meetings

The following site QA/QC meetings will be held:
a) Kick-off Meeting
b) Weekly QA/QC Meeting
c) Daily inspection Meeting
The above meetings will be organized by CONTRACTOR, his SUBCONTRACTORS and with COMPANY in
order to implement/coordinate correct execution of all site inspection / progress activities, to monitor the
progress of the inspection activities for various disciplines, and to address any particular problem which might
arise in connection with these activities.
7.7.7.3 Contractor’s Duties for Inspections at Site

CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out whatever checks are deemed necessary to determine that the WORK is
correctly performed and executed by his or his SUBCONTRACTOR personnel, even where such checks are
not provided in the Project Specifications, Codes, and CONSTRUCTION Quality Control Plans.
COMPANY SHALL have the right of access, at any time and under any circumstances, to the offices,
workshops, warehouses, and to any other location where WORK is performed or where materials and/or
documents concerning the WORK and the Project are located/stored.
CONTRACTOR or any of his SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL provide, when specified, the samples of materials
supplied by them for COMPANY review and APPROVAL; if COMPANY require lab tests or analysis certificates
of such materials, CONTRACTOR SHALL duly provide these lab tests and certificates at no cost to
COMPANY.
7.8 Transportation/Offshore Installation Engineering

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the
transportation and offshore installation engineering, the following documents, as minimum but not limited to,
SHALL be prepared for the following phases:
a) Transportation to OFFSHORE SITE of WHPA PLATFORM sub-assemblies:

• Transportation barge and tug selection studies.
• Barge/vessel strength analysis reinforcement calculation and drawings with consideration to the load-
out and transportation requirements (skidways, grillage, ...).
• Cargo layout general arrangement
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Barge stability study in intact and damaged conditions.

• Barge hydrodynamic behaviour analysis.
• Towing forces requirement analysis
• Transportation slamming protection study.
• Barge ballast plan
• Structure analysis during transportation (structure design, green water…)
• Tow route study including meteorological conditions along the route.
• Sea fastening (internal/external) calculations, drawings and procedures.
• Preparation for towing documents, including:
- GA drawing of towing spread, towing equipment, navigation aids, voyage protections, etc.
- Procedures/specification for navigation, towing including contingency and emergency procedures,
weather forecast procedures, tow route, etc.
- Form of report for recording purpose.
• Preparation of a free-standing transportation manual containing all the above documents in
COMPANY APPROVED status
b) Transportation to OFFSHORE SITE of Sabratha Platform of pre-fabbricated sub-assemblies and

components:
• 'Transportation barge and tug selection study
• Barge/vessel strength analysis reinforcement calculation and drawings with consideration to the load-
out and transportation requirements ( grillage,lifting support ...).
• Cargo layout general arrangement
• Barge stability study in intact and damaged conditions.
• Barge hydrodynamic behaviour analysis.
• Towing forces requirement analysis
• Transportation slamming protection study.
• Barge ballast plan
• Structure analysis during transportation (structure design, green water…)Tow route study including
meteorological conditions along the route.
• Sea fastening (internal/external) calculations, drawings and procedures.
• Preparation for towing documents, including:
- GA drawing of towing spread, towing equipment, navigation aids, voyage protections, etc.
- Procedures/specification for navigation, towing including contingency and emergency procedures,
weather forecast procedures, tow route, etc.
- Form of report for recording purpose.
• Preparation of a free-standing transportation manual containing all the above documents in
COMPANY APPROVED status
c) Transportation to OFFSHORE SITE of FMWR: CONTRACTOR SHALL consider to Sections 5.8 and 5.9
of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication,
Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
d) Pre-installation survey and offshore SITE preparation (for both WHPA and modifications to Sabratha
Platform):
• Procedures
• Form of report for recording purpose
e) Installation of WHPA PLATFORM

MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Procedures, calculations and drawings as called for in specification contained in APPENDIX D-4, SHALL
be developed for all aspect at installation of PLATFORM subassemblies such as, but not limited to:
• Installation devices to be pre-installed at CONSTRUCTION such as:
- Padeyes/Pad-ears/trunnions, spreader bar, rigging platforms, grouting system, pile support
structure etc...
- Lifting rigging system including rigging platform. This SHALL show rigging layout & tie-down
arrangement
- Installation aids (guides, etc.)
- Tugger/control lines attachments
- Etc.
• Marine Spread positioning and mooring
• Removal of transportation (barge tie-down) sea fastening
• Jacket lifting
• Jacket lowering, docking over pre-drilling template and positioning
• Jacket contingency levelling system
• Pile make-up
• Pile handling and lifting
• Pile hammer handling
• Piles driving (including drilling equipment)
• Piles grouting
• Topsides sub-assemblies (integrated deck (including the flare), living quarter, helideck, , ...) lifting and
positioning
• Removal of temporary installation aids
• Structures analysis and check during all installation operation
• Final structure and position survey
• Diving and ROV operations
• Preparation of a free-standing installation manual containing all the above documents in COMPANY
APPROVED status
Details and requirements implied from these studies SHALL be timely incorporated into the detailed
engineering, documents as necessary.
The procedures SHALL include contingency and emergency procedures as well as the form of reporting
that SHALL be used during installation activities.
During transportation/offshore installation engineering CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate with
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS as necessary for the installation design appraisal.
f) Installation of new facilities at Sabratha Platform

Procedures, calculations and drawings as called for in specification contained in APPENDIX D-4, SHALL
be developed for all aspect at installation of Sabratha Modification subassemblies/components such as,
but not limited to:
• Installation devices to be pre-installed at CONSTRUCTION such as:
- Padeyes/Pad-ears/trunnions
- Lifting rigging system including rigging platform, winch platform. This SHALL show rigging layout
& tie-down arrangement
- Installation aids (guides, Buoyancy system if any ...)
- Tugger/control lines attachments
- Identification of hoist/jacking points including any temporary scaffolds and verification of suitability
for envisaged load
- Potential CONSTRUCTION platform/structures for riser assembly in offshore
- Etc.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Evaluation of plant shut down requirements during offshore installation (process shut down SHALL be
avoided unless mandatory for HSE reason)
• Marine Spread positioning and mooring
• Removal of transportation (barge tie-down) sea fastening
• Riser Bundle, Riser Guard lifting, positioning and connection to existing structure
• Topsides sub-assemblies (i.e Slug Catches Module, Pig Trap Extension and Chemical Injection
Extension) lifting and positioning
• Removal of temporary installation aids and temporary equipment required for the operations
• Structures analysis and check during all installation operation
• Final structure and position survey
• Diving and ROV Operations Preparation of a free-standing installation manual containing all the above
documents in COMPANY APPROVED status
• Development of temporary utilities plan to include quantity and location of any temporary equipment
e.g., generators, compressors etc
Details and requirements implied from these studies SHALL be timely incorporated into the detailed
engineering, documents as necessary.
The procedures SHALL include contingency and emergency procedures as well as the form of reporting
that SHALL be used during installation activities.
During transportation/offshore installation engineering CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate with
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS as necessary for the installation design appraisal.
g) Installation of new facilities at FMWR: CONTRACTOR SHALL consider Sections 5.9 of Doc. No. DD-1000-
P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And
Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
h) Hook-up
• Hook-up procedures including but not limited to:
- Hook-up spool/materials marking, transportation and management
- Hook-up task sheets (Job cards) and dossiers. See Sect. 7.9 for details of submission to
COMPANY
- Lifting means and procedures.
• Welding and welding NDT procedures (if different from those used at CONSTRUCTION YARD)
• Evaluation of necessary hot work on Sabratha Platform considering, where required, the use of
positive pressure habitat
• Hook-up reporting forms to be filled during hook-up phases
• For FMWR CONTRACTOR SHALL consider Sections 5.10 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00,
“FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning
Scope Of Work”.
During transportation/offshore installation engineering, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare also:

• Transportation/offshore installation QA plan
• Transportation/offshore installation QC plan to each trade
• Field inspection co-ordination procedure
• Transportation/offshore installation Safety, security; environmental protection and health program.
• Development of HSEQ Management COMBINED OPERATIONS / BRIDGING PROCEDURES between
transport and installation spreads
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
During transportation/offshore installation engineering, CONTRACTOR SHALL review the defined protection
established during Basic/FEED, for dropped object during platforms operations phase against possible
dropped object during installation and offshore CONSTRUCTION phases. Temporary mitigation measures for
dropped object SHALL be provided, if needed.
7.9 COMMISSIONING Engineering

In order to grant for an efficient Completion & COMMISSIONING process during the Site Execution phase at
both WHPA (inclusive of FMWR) and Sabratha Platform, scope of CONTRACTOR’s work is the planning and
preparation of all COMMISSIONING activities since the earlier stages of the PROJECT.
For more details refer to project document “Commissioning & Start-Up Execution Plan” ET-114-T-Z-3566-00
(in particular Sect. 6.0) and “Sabratha Commissioning Execution Plan” ET-125-T-Z-3567-00 (in particular Sect.
6.0) for WHPA and Sabratha Platform, respectively.
CONTRACTOR SHALL take all necessary measures and prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL
all the documentation relevant to the COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, initial operations and performance tests of
WHPA Platform and modifications to Sabratha Platform.
During the development of detailed execution engineering design, the COMMISSIONING technical preparation
SHALL be carried-out, aimed to the definition and preparation of all necessary COMMISSIONING specific
technical deliverables, and to coordinate and provide all necessary COMMISSIONING inputs to all other
PROJECT functions concerned in the Execution phase (i.e.: Engineering, Procurement & Contracting, QA/QC,
HSE, Logistics, Operations & Maintenance, etc.).
The COMMISSIONING Technical preparation scope SHALL comply with COMPANY Facilities
COMMISSIONING Specification 27952.COS.AVV.STD and mainly include, but not limited to the following
activities and deliverables:
• COMMISSIONING & Start-Up Execution plan.
• Manpower definition.
• Facility’s Systemization: Partition of the Facility(ies) into Systems and Sub-Systems (with related
boundary drawings), including:
o System/Sub-system equipment/item list
o ITR-B Matrix (applicable ITR-B per equipment/component type)
o Population of CCMS (Completion Database data input) with ITR-B and OTPs
• Facility’s COMMISSIONING and Start-Up sequence and schedule.
• Functional Tests procedures for each specific component and activity.
• System’s Operational Tests Procedures.
• Pre Start-Up activities procedures.
• Pre Start-Up Review Procedure.
• Performance Test Procedure.
• Platform takeover procedure
• Quality Control forms
• Spare parts list
• Coordination and support to the Engineering functions in P&ID’s reviews, definition of FAT and E-FAT
requirements for main equipment and packages, preparation of Facility’s Start-Up and Performance
Test Procedures, etc.
• Coordination and support to QA/QC and HSE functions for the preparation of Project specific Quality
Plan and HSE Plan and relevant Procedures.
• Definition of required COMMISSIONING temporary testing equipment, tools, instruments, material,
consumables and spare parts.
• CCMS Database and Punch List Management,
• Interface Management Strategy,
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• COMMISSIONING HSE deliverables,

• required registers (as QA/QC Live Registers)
• Participation and contribute to Project’s Coordination meetings.
The COMMISSIONING plan and procedures SHALL be established with the objective to perform the works as
much as possible at CONSTRUCTION YARD in order to minimise offshore works and mobilisation of MARINE
SPREAD. However, CONTRACTOR SHALL anticipate that some tests already performed onshore has to be
repeated offshore to the satisfaction of CERTIFYING AUTHORITY.
Further details of documentation are given as follows:
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider for FMWR the requirements of Sections 5.6 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-
00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope
Of Work”.
COMMISSIONING and Start-Up Execution Plan
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL, once CONTRACT is awarded, the
COMMISSIONING plan.
The COMMISSIONING and Start-Up Execution Plan SHALL include, as minimum, the following information:
• PROJECT overall Completion & COMMISSIONING SCOPE OF WORK.
• Level 4 Completion & COMMISSIONING schedule.
• COMMISSIONING Organization Charts for Preparation and Execution phase(s).
• COMMISSIONING TEAM Staffing and Mobilization Plans and Manpower Histograms.
• Vendors mobilization plan for COMMISSIONING activities.
• Sub-contracting strategy for specialized services and/or COMMISSIONING activities.
• Third Parties Witnessing, Inspections and Certification Plan.
• COMMISSIONING progress monitoring and reporting procedure and related KPIs.
• COMMISSIONING interfaces and workflows.
• COMMISSIONING deliverables list.
• Definition of Completion & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS) and relevant
Coordination Procedure.
• COMMISSIONING QA/QC and HSE Plans.
• Start-Up, initial operations and Performance Test strategies.
• PAC and Handover strategy.
• Any other useful information for planning and execution of COMMISSIONING activities.
The COMMISSIONING plan gives the logical sequence of events required to bring the platform to normal and
safe operating conditions in the shortest possible time and will define:
- the platform systems or sub-systems to be onshore mechanically completed and COMMISSIONED.
- the platform systems or subsystems to be offshore COMMISSIONED.
The basis of the plan is a schedule of COMMISSIONING activities in bar-chart form (utilising one of the most
common computer programs) which shows the optimal sequencing of events and their expected duration.
The COMMISSIONING schedule for the Site Execution phase SHALL provide for a clear identification of
start and end dates for following activities and Milestones:
• COMMISSIONING Team Mobilization
• MECHANICAL COMPLETION of priority Sub-Systems.
• Electrical Systems Energization.
• Functional Testing.
• Operational Tests.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• SATs of Control System and Main Equipment.

• Start-Up Preparatory Activities.
• RFHC-In.
• Performance Test.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL at least 6 months before starting of
the execution activities:
• Hook-up, MECHANICAL COMPLETION & COMMISSIONING job cards indexes, and inspection and
test record index
• Draft procedures of hook-up, COMMISSIONING management and co-ordination
• List of test equipment
Manpower Organisation Chart

CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team SHALL be responsible for all Project’s COMMISSIONING activities
to be carried-out during both the Engineering phase and the Site Execution phase, with adequately specialized,
trained and experienced resources. Therefore, CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team SHALL be sourced
and staffed considering overall PROJECT scope of work.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's, as part of COMMISSIONING and Start-Up
Execution Plan, the COMMISSIONING Team organization chart, complete with CVs of key personnel (i.e.:
COMMISSIONING Manager, Lead Discipline Superintendents, System Responsible, etc.), Job Descriptions
and Mobilization Plans for the Engineering phase and the Site Execution phase(s), and Manpower Histograms.
For Site execution phase the manpower organisation chart shows type, number and reporting hierarchy of
personnel required to commission the PLATFORM.
The organisation chart is used to prepare the COMMISSIONING manpower schedule.
The manpower schedule shows:
• arrival date at CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITE
• length of stay
• departure date from site
of COMMISSIONING and Start-Up personnel, equipment VENDOR specialists, process licensor specialists
and other supervisory manpower.
The mobilization of COMMISSIONING Team SHALL be scheduled to start at a certain level of
CONSTRUCTION progress (generally about 40%), to allow the COMMISSIONING witnessing and
participation in the MECHANICAL COMPLETION activities of priority Sub-Systems.
WHPA PLATFORM & FMWR Hand over procedure

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL the WHPA PLATFORM Take over
Procedure. COMPANY intend to take over PLATFORM per the following PLATFORM sub-assemblies/units:
1. Living quarter module when it will be fit to accommodate COMPANY staff
2. FMWR when it will be fit to start tie-back operation
3. Production/utilities facilities after the PLATFORM Start-Up and performance tests.
Detailed hand-over procedures corresponding to the above units SHALL be prepared before starting yard
execution activities.
The procedure is a guide for planning the activities related to MECHANICAL COMPLETION,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, sign-off of PAC and hand-over of the PLATFORM to COMPANY. Said procedure
is prepared with the following targets:
• To ensure smoother and easier testing, inspection and handing over of the PLATFORM
• To ensure timely availability of operating manuals and mechanical catalogues at site
• To provide methods to monitor the ongoing progress of each system in order to plan the resources
required to achieve take-over on schedule
• To define manning requirements for CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• To establish the respective responsibilities and duties of CONTRACTOR and COMPANY during
CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and PAC
• To provide a list of essential materials and their technical specifications for CONSTRUCTION,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and PAC
• To facilitate the recording of any-transfer of responsibility from CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY for
the case, custody and control of the PLATFORM or part thereof.
Similarly, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare hand-over procedure for all new facilities that will be installed on
existing Sabratha Platform.
COMMISSIONING Management and Coordination Procedures

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for the review and APPROVAL of the COMPANY’s Project
Management a number of Management and Coordination Procedures, such as, but not limited to:
• Acceptance Process and Hand-Over Procedure:

Aimed to clearly identify the Battery Limits between the COMMISSIONING TEAM and the other Project
Organizations having a direct interface (mainly the CONSTRUCTION and the Operations & Maintenance
Organizations), and to specify the relevant Hand-Over requirements and associated Documental Packages,
and in particular:
o The Completion Stages across all Project’s Execution phases.
o System and Sub-System’s Hand-Over requirements within CONTRACTOR organizations
(CONSTRUCTION / COMMISSIONING / OPERATION).
o System and Subsystem’s Hand-Over requirements between CONTRACTOR and COMPANY.
o Platform’s Hand-Over requirements between CONTRACTOR and COMPANY, upon completion
of successful Platform’s Performance Test.
o The review process prior to each Hand-Over stage.
o The associated Documental Packages to be delivered at each Hand-Over stage.
• Vendors and Sub-CONTRACTOR’s Site Management Procedure:
Aimed to specify the applicable requirements for Vendor’s Call-offs, mandatory certifications (i.e.: HSE and
Offshore Trainings, Toxic Gas Training, etc.), Site Coordination (i.e.: logistics & accommodation, visas & travel
arrangements, etc.), activity reporting and technical documentation, etc.
The Procedure SHALL also include the same requirements as above for the Site Coordination of
COMMISSIONING Sub-CONTRACTOR’s and required presence on Site of the necessary Third Parties,
Notification Bodies and Local Authorities for COMMISSIONING Activities Witnessing, Inspections and
Certification purposes.
• Material and Spare Parts Management and Handling Procedure:
Aimed to define the requirements for Procurement, Management, Storage and Handling requirements for all
COMMISSIONING Temporary Equipment, Material, Tools and Instruments, and the COMMISSIONING &
Start-Up Spares procured with the Facility’s Supplies.
• COMMISSIONING Progress Reporting and KPIs Procedure (Key Performance Indicators):
Aimed to define the Progress reporting requirements and the specific KPIs to be monitored along the execution
of COMMISSIONING activities.
Moreover, during the COMMISSIONING Engineering phase, the COMMISSIONING TEAM SHALL coordinate
with the Project Management and the other Project’s Functions, for the definition and issuance of all necessary
Project’s Coordination Procedures, such as, but not limited to:
o Engineering Coordination Procedure
o Procurement Coordination Procedure
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Interface Coordination and Communication Procedures
Quality Control Forms

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare all specific and necessary Functional Test Procedures and Records, for each
type of Equipment and Components, e.g. Inspections and Test Plans (ITP) and Inspections and Test Records
(ITR), Quality Control forms outlining, stepwise, all relevant checklists/tests required to complete mechanical
completion and COMMISSIONING activities.
Inspection and Test Report (ITR), type B, are used to record and document the result of COMMISSIONING
Inspection, Checks and Test activities.
Spare Parts List

See Sect. 7.4.18 and Sect. 7.5.16.
COMMISSIONING procedures
System’s Operational Tests Procedures (OTP) and Start-up preparatory activity procedure SHALL be prepared
by the COMMISSIONING Team, and submitted for the COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
Operational Test Procedures SHALL be prepared for all Systems to be subjected to dynamic Tests, with the
sole exception of static Facility’s components (i.e.: concrete works and foundations, architectural elements,
steel structures and fixed supports, etc.).
Operational Tests Procedures SHALL detail, with a step-by-step determination, the sequence of Operational
Tests to be carried-out on the subject System, together with all necessary information (i.e. Test pre-conditions,
inter-dependencies with other Systems, etc.), and the acceptance criteria to be met for each single Test.
System’s OTPs SHALL be divided in Sections grouped by the different phases and Contractual Completion
Milestones upon which the Operational Tests are to be executed, depending on the specific Project
requirements.
For instance, System’s Operational Test Procedures for an Off-shore Project SHALL include dedicated
Sections for the different phases and locations where the Operational Tests are intended to be executed, and
in particular:
- At Module or Package Manufacturing Yard/premises, as applicable.
- At Project’s On-shore CONSTRUCTION/Integration Yard.
- At Off-shore final operating location.
In addition, Operational Test Procedures of Hydrocarbon processing and export Systems SHALL include
dedicated Sections detailing:
- The Operational Tests to be executed before the introduction of Hydrocarbon feedstock into the
Facility(ies).
- The Operational Tests to be executed with designated Hydrocarbon/Product, hence after Hydrocarbon
have been introduced into the Facility(ies).
As a general rule, for Systems including main Equipment, Packages and Supplies, the preparation of System’s
OTP SHALL incorporate the respective Vendor’s Procedures, QA/QC Record, etc.
Moreover, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a number of specific Procedures for all required Start-Up
Preparatory activities, including, but not limited to:
- Final System’s Clean-Up and Dry-outs.
- Leak Tests, Vacuum Tests and Service Tests.
- Systems First Fillings (Lubricants, Hydraulic Oils, Coolants, Heating and Cooling Media, Seal Barrier
Fluids, etc.).
- Systems Loadings (Chemicals, Catalysts, etc.).
- Certified System’s Tests (ESD C&E Test, Blow Down System Test, Fire Fighting Systems Tests, etc.).
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
7.10 PERFORMANCE TESTS Procedure

For each Facility including main process equipment CONTRACTOR SHALL provide guarantee figures
covering:
• Production capacities incl. turndown
• Operating points
• Quality of product
• Process efficiency
• Consumption of utilities
• Emissions,
• Noise
• Vibrations
• Allowable leak rates (e.g. seals, etc.)
• Other
Six months prior to the commencement of the COMMISSIONING activities CONTRACTOR SHALL submit for
COMPANY APPROVAL a detailed PERFORMANCE TEST procedure to meet requirements as specified in
CONTRACT.
This procedure describes in detail all the operation to be carried out to verify the guaranteed figures and
includes test logs, guarantee figures calculation methods, laboratory tests and analysis methods, sampling
and test.
7.11 WHPA PLATFORM O&M Manuals

all the documentation relevant to the operation of the PLATFORM.
The documentation SHALL include:
- PLATFORM operation and safety manuals
- PLATFORM overall maintenance manual
- Mechanical Catalogue
as follows:
PLATFORM Operating/Safety Manuals
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL the PLATFORM Operating and
Safety Manuals.
PLATFORM operating and safely manuals SHALL be designed to give to platform operators the basic
information and operating instructions necessary for safe Start-Up and operation of PLATFORM and the
sealines.
Operating and Safety manuals SHALL be prepared in accordance with:

- P&ID’s issued for construction
- Licensor and VENDOR instructions
- Equipment and instrument specifications (final issue)
- Process description, process flow diagrams, heat & material balance, utilities consumption summary
- Electrical main one-line diagram
- Others
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Index and preparation instructions to be followed are those included in COMPANY Standard
28852.VAR.GEN.STD “GUIDELINES FOR OPERATING MANUAL PREPARATION”
These manuals SHALL be delivered to COMPANY 6 months before commencement of the COMMISSIONING
activities.
PLATFORM Maintenance Manual
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL the PLATFORM Maintenance
Manual.
PLATFORM maintenance manuals SHALL be designed to give to the PLATFORM maintenance team
guidelines and procedures to guarantee continuous and efficient operation of equipment with minimum repair
or replacement.
Index and preparation instructions to be followed are included in document ET-114-S-Z-1553-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPIC CONTRACTOR”.
7.12 Sabratha Platform O&M Manuals

all the documentation relevant to the operation and maintenance of the new facilities to be installed on
Sabratha Platform.
The documentation SHALL include:
- Addendum to PLATFORM operation and safety manuals
- Update of PLATFORM overall maintenance manual
- Mechanical Catalogue
as follows:
PLATFORM Operating/Safety Manuals
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL the addendum to Operating and
Safety Manuals due to the new facilities installed on Sabratha Platform as part of the SoW.
Sabratha Platform and the sealines operating and safely manuals SHALL be designed to give to platform
operators the basic information and operating instructions necessary for safe START-UP and operation of
Platform and the sealines.
PLATFORM Maintenance Manuals
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY's APPROVAL the update of the existing
PLATFORM Maintenance Manual to that SHALL include all additional facilities designed and installed as part
of the SoW.
Index and preparation instructions to be followed are included in document ET-125-S-Z-1525-00 “Maintenance
Engineering Specification for EPC/EPIC CONTRACTOR”.
7.13 Design Reviews Plans

CONTRACTOR SHALL include in his Execution Plan a series of Design Review Sessions that SHALL be
agreed with COMPANY.
Design Review to include in Execution Plan SHALL include, but not be limited to:
a) PFD / UFD reviews.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
b) P&ID Review
c) Plot Plan Review
d) Cause and Effect Charts review.
e) Operability and Maintainability reviews.
f) Electrical Single Line Diagram Review
g) Hazard Identification (HAZID) and Environmental Impact Identification (ENVID) reviews.
h) Hazard and Operability (HAZOP) Study.
i) Safety Integrity Level (SIL) reviews.
j) 30%, 60% and 90% 3D Model and Layout reviews (including Technical Rooms and Living Quarter).
k) Electrical System Safety, Operability Review (SAFOP)
l) Constructability reviews (including review of access requirements for CONSTRUCTION equipment)
m) Installability review.
n) Completion and COMMISSIONING
o) HAZCONS
p) CHAZOP
q) SIMOPS
r) COMOPS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit Terms of References related to these reviews for COMPANY APPROVAL; in
due date to be reviewed and updated and closed at least 2 weeks before the scheduled review date.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL provide notice to COMPANY as defined in Appendix G – Contract Coordination
procedures. All design reviews SHALL be indicated on CONTRACTOR’s schedule.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide suitable multidisciplinary resources for such reviews. CONTRACTOR SHALL
incorporate as necessary the findings from such reviews in the design data, documents and deliverables.
CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain a detailed P&ID change log after HAZOP.
A HAZID and a HAZOP were conducted during the FEED and actions arising from these workshops are
provided as part of the ITT Package. Open actions from FEED HAZID and HAZOP reviews SHALL be followed
and addressed during this phase of the project
CONTRACTOR SHALL also implement a series of periodic peer design reviews (minimum three) to which
COMPANY MAY attend. CONTRACTOR SHALL also support COMPANY for COMPANY’s internal peer
reviews, whenever required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL at the request of COMPANY review documents prepared by others and participate in
coordination, interface meetings and design reviews with any other COMPANY’s Contractors.
7.14 WHPA PLATFORM Decommissioning Study

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for COMPANY’s APPROVAL a Decommissioning and
Abandonment Study (DECAB) of the PLATFORM.
This document SHALL satisfy the requirements of COMPANY’s standard and best practice and report at
least:
• Decommissioning scenario description
• Methodology, main assumptions and procedures for mob/demob, cleaning, dismantling and removal
operations and waste management
• Manpower, material and cost estimate calculation criteria
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Decommissioning and abandonment schedule
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider for FMWR the requirements of Sections 5.11 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-
00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope
Of Work”.
7.15 WHPA PLATFORM Weight Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the weight control of WHPA PLATFORM at all phases of the Work
to ensure that the weight of PLATFORM and their subassemblies does not exceed:
• The maximum lifting capacity of MARINE SPREAD as determined during detailed installation engineering
• The maximum subassemblies structural member’s strength and deflection as determined during detailed
engineering.
CONTRACTOR SHALL:
a) Prepare and submit weight control and monitoring procedures. Procedures are to be submitted for
COMPANY review within 45 calendar days from CONTRACT award data.
b) Prepare weighing procedure for the topside and substructure main subassemblies such as:
▪ Integrated deck (including flare)
▪ Living quarter and helideck
▪ Jacket
This procedure SHALL be submitted for COMPANY review 45 calendar days prior to any weighing
operation.
c) Apply weight control to all phases of the CONTRACT from engineering to completion of hook-up and
COMMISSIONING covering all structures, lift, dry and operating weights.
d) Co-ordinate between design office and CONSTRUCTION YARDS.
e) Maintain and update the weight database, maintain AS-BUILT and certification documentation with regard
to weight control for the duration of the CONTRACT.
f) Provide a monthly weight report containing detailed information, management summary, AS-BUILT
records, trends and projection of final weights and centres of gravity position for all structures and separate
lift items.
g) Update documents based on “as weighed” information before load-out
7.16 Sabratha Platform Weight Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the updating weight control of Sabratha Platform to ensure that the
overall weight of platform does not exceed Sabratha Jacket and Foundation piles capacity under the additional
loads due to Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”.
CONTRACTOR SHALL:
h) Prepare and submit weight control and monitoring procedures for the additional facilities. Procedures are
to be submitted for COMPANY review within 45 calendar days from CONTRACT award data.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
i) Prepare weighing procedure for the main subassemblies such as:

▪ Riser Bundle
▪ Riser Guard
▪ Slug Catcher Module
▪ Pig Trap Extension
▪ Chemical Injection Extension
This procedure SHALL be submitted for COMPANY review 45 calendar days prior to any weighing
operation.
j) Apply weight control to all phases of the CONTRACT from engineering to completion of hook-up and
COMMISSIONING covering all structures along with any loose item. Both dry and operating weights
SHALL be considered in updating Sabratha Platform Weight Control report. Lift weight SHALL also be
considered for all main sub-assemblies.
k) Co-ordinate between design office and CONSTRUCTION YARDS.
l) Maintain and update the weight database, maintain AS-BUILT and certification documentation with regard
to weight control for the duration of the CONTRACT.
m) Provide a monthly weight report containing detailed information, management summary, AS-BUILT
records, trends and projection of final weights and centres of gravity position for new facilities and separate
lift sub-assemblies.
n) Update documents based on “as weighed” information before load-out of main subassemblies
7.17 Final documentation

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL carry out all activities and works related to the final
documentation according to guidelines included in APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit for APPROVAL in a timely manner the final documentation table
of content, and take the final documentation itself, SHALL incorporate any COMPANY comments, and re-
submit it for final APPROVAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide a typical summary of VENDOR databook for COMPANY APPROVAL. This
summary SHALL be included in the technical documentation attached to the purchase order requisition.
Final documentation SHALL include the following in relation to the WORK performed by CONTRACTOR and
SUBCONTRACTORS:
▪ Preparation and issue of AS-BUILT / as-installed drawings
▪ 3D Models updated in accordance with AS-BUILT drawings.
▪ AS-BUILT drawings for all trades SHALL be available in AutoCAD software. All reports SHALL be available
in Microsoft Word latest edition. Computer files for Finite Element Analysis SHALL be available in
acceptable format. All other documents, including mail, transmittal, E-mail, minutes of meetings, SHALL
be in Acrobat Reader format.
▪ Preparation and issue of a comprehensive set of dossiers for fabrication, CONSTRUCTION, installation
and COMMISSIONING including documents such as calculation REPORT/notes, specifications,
procedures records and the like.
▪ Preparation and issue of the close-out Report,
▪ All the final documentation SHALL be distributed both on paper and in electronic form.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
8.0 PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY OF EQUIPMENT(S) AND MATERIAL(S)

CONTRACTOR SHALL procure all equipment, temporary and permanent materials, tools, consumables and
services necessary for the completion of the WORK (including contingencies) in accordance with the terms of
the CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR procurement scope SHALL include but not limited to:
• Procurement activities to include: customs clearance of all CONTRACTOR materials both temporary
and permanent, FREE ISSUED ITEMS (in accordance with the delivery terms included in this
CONTRACT), components, equipment and MARINE SPREAD brought in and out of the countries
necessary for the completion of the WORK.
• Procurement activities SHALL include as a minimum supply, handling, storage, transportation,
expediting, tracking, inspection services and equipment, testing, delivery of all materials required to
complete the WORK
• All new facilities (including Workshops procurement, machineries, tools etc.)
• Bulk material (temporary and permanent)
• All materials and equipment (temporary and permanent) necessary for pre-commissioning and
mechanical completion, and assistance to COMPANY during integrated COMMISSIONING and
START-UP for all the equipment to be installed as part of the WORK;
• All spare parts necessary for COMMISSIONING and START-UP as well as capital spare parts;
• Procurement, assembly and installation of all the materials/items required for air, sea and road
transportation (e.g. grillages, seafastening, packaging, preservation, etc.) of temporary and permanent
equipment,
• All required materials for support, stabilisation, protection, preservation for all the CONTRACTOR and
COMPANY ITEMS, and all equipment to be installed and consumables;
• Temporary and permanent material needed
• Fuel and lubricants;
• Welding and FJC (for anticorrosion and CWC filling material) consumables;
• Survey services, personnel, equipment, consumables and spares;
• Non Destructive Testing services, personnel, equipment, radiation sources and consumables;
• Transportation and Installation aids and rigging as necessary;
• Positioning and Control systems;
• CONTRACTOR SHALL provide, purchase, procure, receive, unload, handle, inspect, protect, store,
document, issue, and distribute all materials and equipment required for the WORK;
• Establish and operate a material tracking procedure and system and SHALL be responsible for
recording and transferring material serial numbers and relevant data onto each sub-component of the
original piece to maintain traceability;
• Procure all materials required for the Completion of the WORK including the provision for all
contingencies in accordance with the CONTRACT;
• Be responsible for setting up a Procurement Management System and Organization within the
PROJECT providing all suitably qualified and experienced personnel, tools, equipment and services
to purchase, expedite, inspect, transport and deliver all materials and equipment required for the
performance of the WORK;
• Prepare materials take-off and required on Site dates for the procurement of all items including free
issued items. All MTOs prepared during Basic/FEED phase are for CONTRACTOR’s information only.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL perform, for the items to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR, the following
Procurement activities, which SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Identification of Procurement requirements
• Preparation and updating of all Procurement procedures
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Preparation and issue of complete requisitions (including all material take-offs and required-on-site
dates) for enquiries and purchases
• Full technical and commercial evaluation of tenders and specifications
• Clarification with selected SUPPLIERS
• Negotiations with selected SUPPLIERS
• Obtain formal APPROVAL of COMPANY to award sub-contracts
• Provide COMPANY with an un-priced copy of sub-contract agreements
• Placement and acknowledgements of sub-contracts
• Office and field progress expediting
• Liaising and arranging stage and final testing and inspections of all procured items and materials,
including COMPANY purchased equipment and materials (if any)
• Preparation and distribution of all relevant status and progress reports, including free issued items
• Preparation and distributions of relevant status and progress reports, including free issued items
• Preparation and negotiations of purchase order amendments
• Issue an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) for each purchase order and service contract
• Review and approval of all SUPPLIER documentation, quality and inspection plans and manufacturing
procedures
• Coordination and monitoring of supplier certification activities
• Monitoring of SUPPLIER quality system implementation
• Arrangement, where necessary, for temporary storage and preservation, suitable packing for land, sea
or air transportation of equipment and materials to the appropriate WORKSITE locations
• Expediting and receipt of copies of complete final technical documentation e.g. certified Installation
drawings, inspection, testing and certification reports and manuals
• Negotiation and resolution of claims
• Close-out of sub-contracts and purchase orders
• Preparation and updating of all Procurement documentation registers
• Arranging any necessary export custom clearance, and import licenses & relevant permits
• Custom clearance
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform and be fully responsible for all Procurement activities and services required
in sufficient detail to permit efficient and timely provision of all necessary bulk materials and services at the
appropriate WORKSITE destinations, in full accordance with the CONTRACT.
All Procurement undertaken by CONTRACTOR SHALL be, as a minimum, in accordance with the
requirements of the CONTRACT, relevant statutes.
CONTRACTOR SHALL also be fully responsible to ensure that all necessary APPROVAL(s) are obtained from
COMPANY and through COMPANY for any other relevant authorities.
SHOULD COMPANY reject the use of any material or equipment on the grounds of its origin, SUPPLIER,
specification, manufacturing process, material compatibility issues, quality issues and/or previous experience,
and such rejection is reasonable and consistent with the attainment of the quality levels and Standards
requirements as stipulated within the CONTRACT, then CONTRACTOR SHALL propose alternative materials
and/or equipment so as to meet the required quality or standard at no extra cost to COMPANY and within the
CONTRACT Schedule.
CONTRACTOR SHALL transport all equipment and other materials. All handling, storage and transportation
onshore and offshore SHALL be in accordance with the COMPANY APPROVED procedures.
CONTRACTOR SHALL, where applicable, be responsible for the application on behalf of the COMPANY, for
import duty relief.
CONTRACTOR acknowledges that COMPANY SHALL be kept fully aware of all materials and equipment
incorporated into the WORK for reasons of quality control and certification, and to ensure full operability of all
CONTRACTOR supplied systems during the required service life.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the completion of the engineering activities so that Procurement
can commence in sufficient time to meet the overall PROJECT schedule. This includes the preparation of
specifications and selection of sub-contracts.
Throughout the Procurement phase of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the supply
of all relevant documentation in accordance with the requirements of the CONTRACT, in sufficient time for the
COMPANY to review, approve and/or provide its comments to the CONTRACTOR without imposing delay
upon the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR SHALL allow a minimum period of ten (10) working days for
obtaining such review and or the COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
Notwithstanding the fact that COMPANY MAY APPROVE certain Procurement activities, such APPROVAL
SHALL not be construed as acceptance of responsibility for the materials or equipment by the COMPANY or
dilution of the CONTRACTOR’s overall responsibility for the WORK.
SHOULD the COMPANY reject the use of any material or equipment on the grounds of origin, specification or
manufacturing quality and such rejection is reasonable and consistent with the obtainment of the quality and
standards stipulated within the CONTRACT, then CONTRACTOR SHALL propose alternative materials or
equipment so as to meet the required quality or standard at no extra cost to COMPANY and within the
CONTRACT schedule.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL comply with the requirements of COMPANY’s CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for any
permanent materials/equipment that the CONTRACTOR supplies, designs and fabricates.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for arrangement of verification by COMPANY’s CERTIFYING
AUTHORITY.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the cost and schedule impact associated with closure of the
comments to the satisfaction of the COMPANY’s CERTIFYING AUTHORITY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop procedures to detail the above activities and demonstrate compliance with
the PROJECT specifications.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL notify to the COMPANY, in due time, the date and place at which any materials
and/or equipment will be ready for final inspection and/or testing.
All materials SHALL be procured, handled and stored in accordance with the PROJECT specifications and
APPROVED procedures based on CONTRACTOR’s Quality Management System. All materials SHALL be
traceable to source and batch number.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL provide at no additional cost to the COMPANY all assistance, labour, instruments,
consumables, materials, equipment and power supply that the COMPANY representative deems necessary
for testing any work or material for quality, quantity, dimensions, weights, etc.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform and be fully responsible for all Procurement activities and services required
to allow efficient and timely provision of all necessary bulk materials and services at the appropriate Site
destinations in accordance with the requirements of the CONTRACT, relevant statutes and accepted best
offshore installation practices.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all equipment / tooling, even if not expressly listed or defined in the
CONTRACT documents, but required to achieve a fully operational system as identified before CONTRACT
Award SHALL be provided by CONTRACTOR. Any Variation Order arising from CONTRACTOR’S failure to
individuate such equipment/tooling SHALL not be accepted by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all procurement activities as defined herein and as in Procurement Guidelines
and Requirements Doc. No. A-100-P-Z-0001-00. Procurement activities SHALL include, but not be limited to,
the following:
• Procurement Planning & Organisation
• Requisitioning
• Subcontracts
• Purchasing
• Evaluation of Tenders
• Expediting
• Inspection and Testing
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Certification Procedure
• Packing
• Transportation Services & Custom Clearance
• Traceability
• Procurement of Spare Parts, Special Tools, Consumables, Lubricants & Chemicals
• Materials Management
• Assumption of responsibility for critical long delivery equipment
• Interfacing with COMPANY, COMPANY’s other EPIC Contractor and Third Party inspection agencies
including CERTIFYING AUTHORITY, as required by COMPANY
8.1 Procurement Plan & Organization

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a procurement plan reflecting the overall Project Master Schedule.
The plan SHALL include a detailed schedule of procurement activities with respect to organising the PROJECT
procurement functions and their respective duration for all PROJECT material requirements. This plan SHALL
also be developed in conjunction with the PROJECT scheduling group for the timely and efficient procurement
of GOODS. The plan SHALL define all procurement activities necessary to ensure that all package units,
equipment items, and bulk materials are delivered to the SITE prior to their "Required at Site" dates.
Planning for all expediting, inspection and testing services by CONTRACTOR SHALL consider that operating
capability needs to be on a world-wide basis to ensure that all GOODS are delivered in accordance with the
Purchase Order Terms and Conditions and the required delivery schedule.
Planning SHALL cover co-ordination and execution of overall transportation activities, for timely receipt of all
GOODS including equipment ordered by COMPANY.
The Procurement plan SHALL state at least the following for each supply:
• Reference number of purchase requisition
• Date of issue of the Purchase Requisition (PR) (or Material Requisition)
• Description of the material/product to supply
• Date of issue of requests for offers (RFO) and technical opinion
• Date of issue of order
• Date of issue of Quality Control Plan
• Date of contractual delivery
• Date of contractual delivery at job site
• Planned, forecast, actual dates SHALL be indicated
CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Submit PROJECT-specific Procurement Procedures in accordance with COMPANY Procurement

Guidelines and Requirements as outlined in COMPANY Procedure/Guidelines/. CONTRACTOR's final
PROJECT-specific Procurement Procedures SHALL be submitted for review and APPROVAL by
COMPANY within 21 days of EFFECTIVE DATE of CONTRACT. These Procedures SHALL set out all
interfaces with COMPANY and the actions of each PARTY, as per the CONTRACT accordingly.
• Submit a Project Procurement Organisation Chart, evidencing key-role functions and giving curricula of
key personnel involved (Procurement Manager, Expediting Manager, QC/inspection Co-ordinator).
• Comply with mandatory COMPANY APPROVAL and/or participation during the execution of the activities
including, without limitation, the following stages:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
- CONTRACTOR SHALL propose for COMPANY APPROVAL a VENDOR's list, in addition to those in
COMPANY's PROJECT Vendor list (as CONTRACTOR SHALL only solicit quotations from
COMPANY APPROVED VENDORS) in accordance with the provisions COMPANY
Procedure/Guidelines/Criteria for Selection of Vendors.
- Purchase requisitions MAY be reviewed/approved in parallel with CONTRACTOR issue to VENDOR,
however, CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for incorporating any and all COMPANY comments.
- COMPANY reserves the right to review all technical and non-commercial tenders and information
received by CONTRACTOR.
- VENDOR inspection and testing plans (QCP) at VENDOR works, with invitation to have COMPANY
representative participation.
COMPANY reserves the right to approve all VENDORS and major/critical SUB-VENDORS as per
COMPANY Procedure/Guidelines/.
- Ensure that all Warranties accrued SHALL be assigned to COMPANY after expiration of the
CONTRACTOR warranty period.
- Administer and perform all remaining procurement services for all Materials and Equipment previously
purchased by COMPANY and subsequently assigned to CONTRACTOR (if applicable).
CONTRACTOR SHALL utilize his standard, in-house manual and/or computerized procedures by adapting
them, where necessary, to meet the specific requirements of this CONTRACT.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL submit the PROJECT Procurement Procedures for COMPANY’s APPROVAL
within thirty (30) calendar days of CONTRACT award.
8.2 Subcontracting
CONTRACTOR SHALL be in compliance with CONTRACT minimum requirement for Sub-Contracting.
COMPANY SHALL monitor and review all SUPPLIER selection activities, in particular:
• Ensure the selected SUPPLIER is acceptable;
• Review the technical evaluation;
• Attend Procurement progress meetings.
8.3 Purchasing
Purchase Order(s) SHALL be issued by CONTRACTOR only after the purchase requisition has been reviewed
and APPROVED by COMPANY. COMPANY MAY reject the proposed purchase requisition on the grounds of
non-compliant specification or quality of goods offered; in such case CONTRACTOR MAY seek alternative
acceptable equipment/materials.
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out the following activities:

• Solicit quotation and purchase GOODS from PROJECT Vendor list. For equipment & packaged items,
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure standardisation of instruments/electrical/mechanical sub-items by
recommending Suppliers that are listed in the above VENDOR list.
• Qualify additional VENDORS as necessary to complement PROJECT VENDOR List for items not covered
or/and for enlarging enquiries for an item SHOULD listed VENDOR(s) decline. CONTRACTOR SHALL,
assess the solvency, current work load and compatibility with COMPANY requirements of VENDORS
before commitment as indicated in COMPANY Procedure/Guidelines/Criteria for selection of Vendors.
• Purchase GOODS as per approved specifications and in accordance with procurement plan and
SCHEDULE.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• No materials substitutions SHALL be made by CONTRACTOR without prior APPROVAL by the

COMPANY.
• Approval of any VENDOR by COMPANY SHALL not relieve the CONTRACTOR from any obligations
under the CONTRACT with respect to conformance with stated requirements and SHALL be without
prejudice to COMPANY'S rights of APPROVAL under the CONTRACT.
8.4 Expediting
CONTRACTOR SHALL demonstrate expediting resources and capability on a worldwide basis.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all expediting GOODS, VENDOR data, and documentation from inquiry
through delivery at SITE for GOODS either purchased by CONTRACTOR or furnished by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL similarly expedite all replacement of GOODS and associated documents, which are
the subject of guarantee or insurance claims. Such expediting SHALL be performed as necessary for the
duration of CONTRACT.
The extent of expediting by CONTRACTOR SHALL include, but is not limited to:
• Monitor and report progress on all purchase order by issuing periodically a Material Expediting Report,
evidencing those items of equipment and materials which are critical or are potentially critical to the
SCHEDULE and as such require special attention to ensure timely CONSTRUCTION YARD (or
OFFSHORE SITE) delivery, along with an action plan to achieve it.
• In accordance with the CONTRACT take appropriate remedial action with faulty VENDORS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL not limit his expediting activities to progress reporting
• CONTRACTOR SHALL report any unreasonable delay from the WORK TIME SCHEDULE that MAY affect
the overall WORK TIME SCHEDULE with reasons for the delay. In such a case COMPANY will have the
right to:
a) Jointly expedite the VENDOR.
b) When judged necessary and for critical supplies, CONTRACTOR to place a part or full time expediter
in the VENDOR's facility at no additional cost to COMPANY.
8.5 Inspection & testing at VENDOR shop

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for conducting all source inspection requirements and co-ordinating
with COMPANY and CERTIFYING AUTHORITY in the performance of all source inspection activities. All such
activities SHALL be in accordance with APPENDIX G.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and provide to COMPANY a Co-ordination Procedure for inspection and
for co-ordination with COMPANY team.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY written reports on inspections carried out in sufficient detail
for COMPANY to monitor the effectiveness of inspection.
• Quality recordings issued among the job progress, audit reports, non-conformity reports, request for
variations, special test procedures, concession variations (with trend and impact analysis) SHALL be
provided to COMPANY for APPROVAL or review.
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider for FMWR the requirements of Sections 6.4.1 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-
0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning
Scope Of Work”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
8.6 Traffic and transportation services

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for organising, planning, co-ordinating and performing all transport of
GOODS from the source of supply determined in the purchase order, or other document, to CONSTRUCTION
YARD or OFFSHORE SITE by a mode that meets WORK TIME SCHEDULE requirements, at
CONTRACTOR's expense. This SHALL include all services related to custom clearing, import WHPA
PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha Modification new facilities and obtaining necessary licenses and
documents.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide All Risk Transit Insurance including wars, strikes, riots, and civil commotion
insurance and covering all GOODS for incorporation in the WHPA and Sabratha platforms, shipped by land,
ocean, sea, inland waterways or air with extended cover from worldwide warehouses and/or marshalling yards
to CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL obtain any information and necessary documents from local Authorities, Project Duty
Exemption.
COMPANY will provide only the necessary official assistance.
The same SHALL be done for tools and equipment to be temporarily imported in Libya for installation or
CONSTRUCTION purposes. In that case CONTRACTOR SHALL pay custom duties and additional charges
as a deposit to be retained by Customs Authority up to the re-export lime.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide a plan for customs clearance, including the timely processing of custom Duty
Exemption documentation, as well as a transport co-ordination Procedure to establish functions, roles,
responsibilities, at all the involved Parties and documents flow.
For transportation of GOODS to the CONSTRUCTION YARD (or OFFSHORE SITE where applicable)
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and implement procedures in accordance with requirement of APPENDIX G.
8.6.1 Local Transportation

a) CONTRACTOR SHALL comply with all local laws regarding the transportation of GOODS, to include
liaison with traffic Authorities, permits, escorts, load limits, signs and diversion construction.
b) CONTRACTOR is responsible for compliance with customs regulations, import controls and port
procedures.
c) The safe and legal delivery of locally GOODS SHALL be a responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
8.6.2 Overseas Transportation

a) Overseas transportation by ocean freight will be via the port(s) that will be indicated in the Transportation
Plan prepared by CONTRACTOR.
b) When carrying out overseas transport by either sea or air, the provisions of COMPANY Procurement
Guidelines and Requirements SHALL be followed.
8.6.3 Shipping Documents

a) Freight terms will be in accordance with the definitions contained in INCOTERMS 2020.
b) CONTRACTOR SHALL bear full responsibility for the accuracy, timeliness, transmission and regulatory
compliance of all shipping documents.
c) CONTRACTOR will provide to COMPANY one copy of every Certificate of Origin and Manufacturer's
Certificate within two weeks after shipping where required. These documents are for information purposes
only and in no way release CONTRACTOR from any obligation.
8.6.4 Damaged GOODS

a) CONTRACTOR is responsible to ensure all GOODS are packed in a manner that will protect them from
damage during transportation and storage. Any GOODS damaged SHALL be repaired or replaced by
CONTRACTOR at his own cost and without affecting the schedule.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
b) Without prejudice to COMPANY'S rights hereunder, CONTRACTOR SHALL promptly submit to

COMPANY reports of all damage incurred
8.7 VENDOR specialists
8.7.1 VENDOR specialists co-ordination

CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the proper co-ordination and timely attendance for Vendor Specialists services
in the CONSTRUCTION YARD (and/or at OFFSHORE SITE), i.e. for equipment installation, alignment, testing,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, Initial Operations and Performance Testing, as well as for all those Vendor
Specialists (VS) field services necessary to solve equipment failures, etc.
For each VS service, CONTRACTOR SHALL schedule and organise the VS trip in line with the field working
schedule.
In particular CONTRACTOR SHALL notify VENDOR of the VS request in good time, assisting, where
necessary, VENDOR in obtaining visa, checking that the flight reservation is done for a smooth and effective
VS service.
8.7.2 VENDOR specialists services

VENDOR services for GOODS purchased by CONTRACTOR SHALL be included in the CONTRACTOR lump
sum.
Conditions of purchase with VENDOR SHALL include a daily rate for VS service, fixed and valid for all the
PROJECT duration, per each day of permanence of each VS in field. Overtime and holiday work rates SHALL
also be defined with Purchase Requisition.
CONTRACTOR SHALL define and write on equipment/materials Purchase Requisitions the conditions for
Vendor Specialists services, when requested at the CONSTRUCTION YARD and /or at OFFSHORE SITE
8.8 Procurement of spare parts, special tools, consumables, lubricants & chemicals
Unless previously APPROVED by COMPANY in writing, all Spare Parts and Tools, Consumables, etc., forming
part of the GOODS SHALL be new. All Operation Spares, which have to be tested with the original equipment,
SHALL be purchased with the original equipment and included with its delivery.
CONTRACTOR SHALL procure all necessary spare parts, special tools, consumables, lubricants and
chemicals, and ensure their availability at SITE in time for CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-
Up.
8.8.1 CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING & Start Up Spares & Special Tools

Spare parts that are needed during CONSTRUCTION, pre-commissioning, COMMISSIONING, and START-
UP SHALL be defined by VENDORS/SUPPLIERS, as it is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to have pre-
commissioning, COMMISSIONING and START-UP spares available as needed to perform the
CONTRACTOR SHALL at his own cost purchase and deliver to the CONSTRUCTION YARD and /or at
OFFSHORE SITE such Spare Parts and Special Tools as part of WORKS under the CONTRACT, and as are
necessary to maintain any part of WORKS constructed up to the issuance of the final PROVISIONAL
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL at his own cost and expense transport, install, store and maintain such spare parts
and special tools at CONSTRUCTION YARD and /or OFFSHORE SITE.
During the WARRANTY PERIOD until the issue of FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE, CONTRACTOR
SHALL, wherever and whenever necessary, procure, transport, deliver, at his own cost and expense, all
GOODS necessary for repairing and replacing any defective GOODS for which CONTRACTOR SHALL be
liable under the CONTRACT. However, during such period, CONTRACTOR MAY be permitted to withdraw
any necessary Spare Parts and Special Tools from COMPANY stocks, provided under the terms below, if such
items are available, but CONTRACTOR SHALL promptly, at no cost to COMPANY replenish COMPANY
stocks. In any case, CONTRACTOR SHALL at his own cost and expense be responsible for making available
at OFFSHORE SITE all necessary GOODS accessories, Spare Parts, and Special Tools necessary to perform
his part of the inspections and/or tests set out in CONTRACT.
8.8.2 Two Years Operation and Capital Spares

CONTRACTOR SHALL develop a sparing philosophy and prepare a list of Project capital spares for
COMPANY review and APPROVAL. During Tendering, BIDDERs SHALL propose Capital Spares to achieve
the CONTRACT requirements and SHALL submit it for COMPANY evaluation. Capital Spares SHALL be
included in the lump-sum price.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide lists of recommended spare parts using SPIR form APPROVED by
COMPANY capable of being fed into COMPANY's computerised stores inventory system (according to
COMPANY Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD). To the purpose, CONTRACTOR SHALL follow the “Spare Parts
Management Procedure” according to COMPANY Standard 28015.ENG.MNU.STD and ET-114-S-Z-1553-00
“Maintenance Engineering Specification for EPC”.
CONTRACTOR SHALL also include in his scope all service costs for the Two Years Operation and Capital
Spare Parts including, but not limited to, the cost of ordering, expediting, preservation, packing, protection for
long-term storage, freight and delivery to CONSTRUCTION YARD, or at COMPANY'S stock areas.
Two years operation and capital spares SHALL be defined by CONTRACTOR and APPROVED by COMPANY
based upon the recommended Spare Parts List provided by VENDORS. VENDORS two years operation and
capital Spare Parts List SHALL be priced and valid for acceptance by COMPANY for two years, with price
updating if longer time is required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL assist COMPANY, on a reimbursable basis, in obtaining supplies of all spare parts
and special tools necessary for the operation and maintenance of WHPA PLATFORM and for the new facilities
of Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”, promptly and at prices equivalent to the international market prices
for similar items. This assistance SHALL be undertaken at all times (minimum period of 10 years) subsequent
to the effective date of FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.
During the tendering phase, EPC/EPIC BIDDERS SHALL provide their list of two years spare parts for
breakdown and a fixed price for each item. The prices of the two years spare parts SHALL be fixed throughout
the CONTRACT duration (Execution phase plus warranty period “i.e. 24 months after the successful START-
UP or 24 months after issue the final provisional certificate”). Two Years Spares Parts SHALL be submitted by
CONTRACTOR as Provisional lump-sum OPTION [OPTION 7].
Following COMPANY 28015.ENG.MNU.STD “Spare Parts Management Procedure”, CONTRACTOR SHALL

provide lists of spare parts required in the SPIR form APPROVED by COMPANY capable of being fed into
COMPANY'S computerised stores inventory system.
8.8.3 Spare parts co-ordination
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
and strong in integrated maintenance system, for equipment and spare parts data input in CMMS. It is intended
that this Spare Parts Specialist/Coordinator becomes the leader for CONTRACTOR and will provide further
training to VENDOR’s personnel to input the required data properly
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit a Spare Parts Management Procedure for COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all services for handling of spares, which SHALL include, but not be limited
to, the following:
• Co-ordinating with COMPANY to define Spare Part requirements.
• Arranging for proper receipt, stacking, storage of CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up
spares, Two Years operational Spares and Capital Spares for eventual handing over as per COMPANY'S
instructions, at no cost to COMPANY.
• Reconciliation of all spare parts and their close-out report
8.9 Materials management

CONTRACTOR SHALL utilise an integrated (automated) materials management system to track materials
through the PROJECT phases.
CONTRACTOR SHALL have an understanding of the full scope of the materials management process, all
phases of the materials management SHALL be performed by competent and qualified staff operating with
policies, procedures and processes that are comprehensive and integrated.
The systems SHALL be capable of complete materials traceability providing, as a minimum, the ability to track
and status the events listed below for equipment and bulk materials:
8.9.1 Equipment
• Preparation of Purchase Requisition
• Issue Bid list
• Issue of Purchase Requisition
• Issuance of Inquiry
• Bid due date
• Completion of bid evaluation
• Approval of all bid evaluations and summary analysis
• Issue of Purchase Order
• Receipt of VENDOR Data
• Return of VENDOR Data
• Start of Fabrication
• Inspection Milestones
• Shipping Date
• Received-at-Port date
• Received-at-site date
8.9.2 Bulk Materials

• Bills of Material by commodity, drawing number, and line number
• Issue of Purchase Requisitions
• Issuance of Inquiry
• Bid due date
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Completion of bid evaluation

• Issue of Purchase Order
• Ship Date
• Received-at-Port date
• Received-at-site date
8.10 Procurement Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the overall control and co-ordination of all PROCUREMENT activities,
maintain all necessary records, issue all required reports, and take all necessary measures and required
follow-up action for the successful completion of the procurement function.
CONTRACTOR SHALL propose in detail the various records, registers, and reports to be maintained and
issued which SHALL be reviewed by the COMPANY, and all requirements of COMPANY SHALL be taken into
consideration in the finalisation of such records and reports. All procurement Status Reports SHALL be issued
as per the frequency specified elsewhere in the CONTRACT.
8.11 Operating Consumables and First Fills

CONTRACTOR SHALL identify, define, procure (approved quantities subject to COMPANY APPROVAL) and
supply all operating consumables and first fills which are required for the WORK up to completion of the
START-UP activities. Only genuine spares and consumables (oil, greases, etc.) SHALL be used.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all supplies and services in accordance with procedures APPROVED by
COMPANY, for handling of such items which SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Arrange for proper receipt, stacking, preservation and storage of all materials and items until eventual
handing over as per COMPANY’s instruction.
• Instruct VENDORS on packing, marking and identification requirements.
• Expedite timely receipt of items.
• List in CONTRACTOR close out report all materials handed over to COMPANY.
The consumables and first fills SHALL include:

• Nitrogen
• Fresh Water
• Lubricants and greases
• Hydraulic fluid
• Chemicals
• Others, as defined by CONTRACTOR
8.12 Materials for Temporary Work and Consumables
CONTRACTOR SHALL procure and provide all the materials and consumables required for temporary works
in accordance with COMPANY’s requirement and CONTRACTOR’s engineering APPROVED by COMPANY.
This SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following:

• Temporary structural materials;
• Temporary piping and fittings;
• All services and procurement required accordingly
• Testing Spreads;
• Fuel and lubricants;
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Hydraulic/Chemical fluids;
• Survey consumables;
• Welding consumables;
• Non Destructive Testing consumables;
• Installation aids, START-UP and lay-down heads and rigging;
• Testing & COMMISSIONING materials, lubes, filling, flushing, propulsion and preservation fluids, and
chemical;
• Materials and all necessary consumables and temporary items for CONSTRUCTION, transportation
and installation of the piping, tubing, piping support, cables, cable trays and all necessary support
cable way for hook ups
8.13 Testing, Integrity Monitoring, Installation and Pre-COMMISSIONING Consumables
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for providing the testing, integrity monitoring, installation and
COMMISSIONING consumables and spare parts (such as hydraulic control fluid, preservation fluid, test fluids,
tube fittings, hoses, grease, etc.) for each WORK item to be tested, installed and commissioned
The consumables SHALL be identified by CONTRACTOR and included in the delivery of each WORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide suitable consumable containers to support the various simultaneous
installations, and COMMISSIONING activities
CONTRACTOR SHALL procure, expedite, receive, inspect, handle, store and deliver those spare parts prior
to the start of the operations they are needed for.
CONTRACTOR SHALL interface with COMPANY and other COMPANY’s Contractors in order to identify the
related requirements
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9.0 CONSTRUCTION YARD FABRICATION
9.1 General
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for and SHALL carry out all pre-fabrication and fabrication works (both
permanent and temporary works) of WHPA PLATFORM and FMWR sub- assemblies at CONSTRUCTION
YARD(s). The same is applicable to sub-assemblies relevant to new facilities to be installed on Sabratha
Platform. All items and components SHALL be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of this
SCOPE OF WORK document, PROJECT requirements and the requirements identified by CONTRACTOR
and APPROVED by COMPANY, and all applicable regulations, COMPANY and International standards.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all CONSTRUCTION management supervision, technical support, labour,
transportation, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, tools, MARINE SPREAD and support watercraft, materials,
consumables, temporary items, and CONSTRUCTION services at the CONSTRUCTION YARD and any other
items or services required for CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL also plan, manage and co-ordinate
all external interfaces related to the work as described in Section 3.0 and as set forth in APPENDIX D-3.
CONTRACTOR SHALL obtain all licences, APPROVALs, visas and permits that are required and necessary
to execute the WORK. All costs associated with this SHALL be to the account of CONTRACTOR.
All details of the WORK SHALL comply with specifications as well as CONSTRUCTION drawings and
procedures as developed during CONSTRUCTION engineering (see Section 7.0).
CONTRACTOR SHALL manage, co-ordinate and supervise the WORKS, including coordination of
SUBCONTRACTOR, interfacing with other COMPANY's contractors as required in APPENDIX D-3,
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS appraisals and co-ordination of VENDOR's works at CONSTRUCTION
YARD, to ensure that the work is performed in accordance with WORK TIME SCHEDULE, quality and safety
requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare, provide, build, operate and maintain all CONSTRUCTION YARD facilities
throughout the duration of the WORK, including:
a) CONTRACTOR and COMPANY office complexes, including COMPANY facilities and services as detailed
in Sect. 13.0.
b) Safety and personnel work areas.
c) Reprography and communications (including phone, internet, fax, radio, etc.)
d) CONSTRUCTION Plan
e) Blasting, Painting and Coating Area
f) CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT with suitable and valid certification as necessary.
g) Pipe fabrication areas.
h) Warehouses and lay down areas: warehousing facilities SHALL include covered storage, air conditioned
storage (e.g. for the batteries), and outdoor storage as appropriate (piping must be protected with pipe
caps).
i) Toilets, washing facilities, change rooms and prayer area.
j) Testing laboratories.
k) All test laboratories SHALL have ISO 17025 accreditation for the specific test method and standard to be
applied
l) Facilities for welding and NDT qualifications.
m) Roads, paths and car parks for CONSTRUCTION requirements.
n) Guard houses, entrance control and fencing.
o) Fire protection for CONSTRUCTION facilities, personnel and safety equipment.
p) Craft work areas.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
q) Customs bonded facilities (if applicable).

r) Rigging loft.
s) First aid medical stations as required.
t) Equipment maintenance facilities.
u) Structural steel fabrication area/erection areas.
v) Supports/beams for structure weighing/fabrication/erection/launching etc.
w) Grit blasting and painting shop.
x) Site facilities and equipment for load out operations, including required work to load out quay.
y) Weather protection (covers, anti-condensation heating, etc.)
z) Temporary facilities as required such as:
- power, compressed air, water supply & distribution
- diesel oil storage
- consumables storage
aa) Any other facilities required.
bb) Training Facilities
Materials SHALL be properly marked for identification and a detailed system for transfer of marks during cutting
and manufacturing SHALL be made to assure materials traceability.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all the manufacture, including assembly, erection, and testing, which is
required for the completion of the WORK
For specific requirements relevant to FMWR Fabrication, CONTRACTOR SHALL also consider Sect. 7.0 of
Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication,
Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
9.2 Fabrication Plan

CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a detailed Fabrication Plans and submit them to COMPANY for review and
agreement. Separate fabrication plans SHALL be prepared for greenfield scope (WHPA PLATFORM and
FMWR) and brownfield scope (Modifications to Sabratha Platform).
This detailed plan SHALL include CONTRACTOR’s plans for providing and operating its own WORK SITE(s),
as well as those of its subcontractors.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a dedicated plan for each WORK SITE. At a minimum, the plans SHOULD
address, as applicable:
• Manpower, tools and Equipment Mobilization plan to WORK SITEs split by trade and discipline.
• CONTRACTOR’s WORK SITEs organization with roles and responsibilities.
• WORK SITEs procedures and methods of statement.
• CONSTRUCTION schedule.
• Early works plans.
• Manpower requirements by trade (direct and indirect) and discipline.
• SUBCONTRACTOR strategy and list and vendors Mobilization plan.
• Temporary facilities and utilities plan and drawings.
• Workweek and shift Patterns.
• Training programs.
• Materials procurements and transportation strategy.
• Materials management, storage and handling procedures.
• Hydrotest Plan; Contractor SHALL provide Hydrotest Plan, including but not limited to the following info:
Tools and equipment list and plan, Spare parts List, preliminary schedule, Storage tanks list etc.
• Constructability, including erection plans, blocks/modules lift and load out
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Plans for mobilizing and demobilizing equipment, material, personnel, and sub-contractors to and from the
WORK SITE.
• Erection plan including size of components built in shops or outside areas, erection of major sections or
blocks for outside yard, erection sequence, placement and selection of CONSTRUCTION equipment, such
as cranes, transporters, and their degree of utilization.
• Pre outfitting Production engineering aimed at maximizing the installation done on
blocks/sections/modules before turn over/erection. Contractor to prepare a document indicating all the
pipes spools, foundations, ducts pieces, cable trays and all outfitting items to be preinstalled on blocks.
Contractor to calculate and report the max percentage of outfitting to be pre-installed
• Identification of temporary and permanent Critical Items during CONSTRUCTION phases with related
mitigation actions.
• Detail for workflow through the Yard beginning with delivery of steel and on into each phase of each work
element to the completed component. These details SHALL include but not be limited to the following:
• A description of Yard facilities including relevant CONSTRUCTION capabilities for each fabrication or
assembly area. Proposed work sequence for the WORK and as it relates to each fabrication or assembly
area.
• A description of cranes and other heavy machinery available in the Yard and to be employed on the WORK.
• A description of material flow including lay down areas at each fabrication or assembly area.
• Estimated requirements for manpower by trade and discipline, showing periods of build-up, peak and
rundown for all activities. Where applicable, segregate histograms of finished areas, e.g., workshop,
fabrication building.
• Plans for hiring trade personnel identifying employment criteria, orientation and training requirements.
• Procedures for procuring, receiving, storing, protecting and issuing equipment, materials and
CONSTRUCTION tools.
The fabrication/prefabrication/erection/installation SHALL include work by the following trades:
9.3 Welding/NDT inspection activities

CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all welding within the scope of the WORKS is performed to the relevant
code, standard and Specification specified for the item under CONSTRUCTION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all welding WORK executed by CONTRACTOR/ SUBCONTRACTORS/
VENDORS are satisfying the following points. CONTRACTOR's welding coordinator(s) SHALL establish a
documented procedure to cover the liaison with, and control of, SUBCONTRACTOR/VENDOR welding
coordinators.
• Weld procedures are prepared and APPROVED by the relevant authority.
• Welders are tested and Welder Qualification Test Records (WQTRs) are maintained. Welders employed
on pre-fabrication or erection of piping SHALL undergo Welder Qualification testing. Previous WQTRs
SHALL not be accepted.
• All NDT Technicians and Inspectors are qualified as per project requirements
• All personnel including SUBCONTRACTORS have sufficient experience and certificates of competence
for the tasks for which they are employed. Special attention SHOULD be paid to the level of welding
inspector’s qualification.
• That heat treatment when required is performed and recorded using accurate equipment.
• That all welding is non-destructively tested in accordance with the relevant specification.
• That weld records are fully maintained. Welding Isometrics SHALL identify the weld numbers, welder, and
NDT type.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• That all equipment is tested and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Calibration certificates SHALL be available.
• Radioactive sources are carefully controlled to ensure no exposure to personnel.
• Radioactive source sizes are kept to a practical minimum.
• Radiography is performed outside normal SITE working hours as far as practicable.
Welding for the fabrication of WHPA PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” SHALL
be performed by properly qualified personnel and in accordance with successfully qualified procedures.
Personnel and processes qualification SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
APPROVAL prior their implementation.
Accordingly, CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL carry out all activities associated with
welding and NDT qualification for structural, and piping WORK according to the specifications, including but
not limited to:
a) Qualification of welding & NDT in accordance to project technical specifications (welding and NDT
procedures qualification tests, including laboratory tests) for:
- Structural welding
- Piping welding
These procedures will be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL.
b) Qualification of welders for:

- Piping welding
- Riser welding
And related laboratory qualification tests.
c) Qualification of operators for NDT.
9.4 Material Control

CONTRACTOR SHALL implement strict material control for equipment and material as well as COMPANY
free issued items throughout all phases of CONSTRUCTION and installation in accordance with the
requirements set forth herein and General guidelines for reception, warehousing & preservation of equipment
& material during fabrication.
CONTRACTOR's material control SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Receipt, unloading, unpacking, inspecting, storage, preservation and protection of materials and
equipment according to VENDOR's requirements
• Ensuring that all material delivered is of correct type, quantity and condition and clearly marked with the
appropriate project identification and ensure that proper VENDOR's documentation (e.g. certificate) is
supplied with the material
• Assuming full responsibility for all material and equipment. This responsibility will extend through receipt,
storage, handling and issue to the CONTRACTOR's workforce, and subsequently through to incorporation
into the units or structures
• safe keeping of all materials at FABRICATION YARD
• Producing reports at receipt and produce average/shortage/damage report when discrepancies with
documentation or damage occur
• Producing and implementing material traceability procedure during all phases of CONSTRUCTION.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
All temporary material and equipment used for any lifting operation during fabrication such as, but not limited
to, slings, wires, trolleys, spreader bars, etc SHALL a suitable and valid certification prior use.
9.5 Architectural Works

Architectural works SHALL include architectural, structural, HVAC, electrical and lighting, plumbing, fire
protection, fire and smoke detection, communications and all other elements as necessary to make the
buildings complete, fully operational, and in compliance with COMPANY safety and security standards.
Pertinent architectural drawings and COMPANY standard details SHALL be considered.
CONTRACTOR's architectural work scope SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Provide typical bedroom full size model for COMPANY APPROVAL.
• Prefabrication of wall panel, doors, doors frames, windows, window frames, floor tiles and ceiling, false
floor, false ceiling, panels, all in accordance with materials specifications.
• Fabrication of fire wall panels (unless supplied as a procured items).
• Fabrication and installation of architectural supports and auxiliary items.
• Installation of fire wall panels.
• Installation of wall panels, doors, doors frames, floor tiles and ceiling panels, false floor, false ceiling for
every room, as applicable.
• Installation of specific equipment/furniture such as:
- Kitchen/pot dishwasher
- Freezer, chiller
- Laundry
- Dry store
- etc.
• Prefabrication and installation of plumbery network.
• Installation of sanitary equipment.
• Perform partition, floor and ceiling penetrations for cables, ducts and pipes.
• Perform insulation, floor finishes and painting.
• Perform the ornamentation of rooms.
• Perform the supporting of cables, cable-trays, ducts piping as applicable.
• Installation of fixed equipment and furniture in every room as applicable.
• Perform signalisation as required.
• Packaging of all portable and mobile furniture and equipment for transportation to the OFFSHORE SITE.
• And any other architectural work and/or services necessary to complete the work.
• Inspection and NDT
LQ and technical building SHALL be maintained in clean and dry condition throughout CONSTRUCTION
phase and all necessary provisions including temporary access hole for cables, utilities and air supply duct
SHALL be provided. The detailed procedure SHALL be prepared for COMPANY's APPROVAL before steel
cutting is initiated.
9.6 Steelwork Installation
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that the CONSTRUCTION of steelwork is performed strictly in accordance with
the relevant codes, standards, specifications and APPROVED drawings.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the following:
• Steelwork is fabricated utilizing APPROVED welding procedures.
• All the necessary tools and equipment available prior to starting erection works.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• That current calibration certificates are available for level/alignment and torquing equipment.
• That the concrete bases are in suitable condition to accept steelwork.
• The structural steelwork is checked for correct orientation, position, shimmed to the correct elevation,
correct level, and that alignment has been attained.
• That following inspection the column bases are grouted as soon as practicable with suitable grout.
• That inspection and test records are maintained.
• CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for inspecting steel that’s been erected with appropriate
COMPANY representative for official sign-off. Further CONSTRUCTION of the steelwork can then
proceed.
Structural work scope SHALL include but not be limited to:
a) WHPA Jacket structure

• Pre-fabrication and erection of the jacket primary structures and secondary structures integrated to
primary structures.
• Fabrication/erection of pile sleeves and installation of packers and inflating lines
• Fabrication and installation of temporary and permanent installation aids, lifting pad eyes and
trunnions, rigging platforms and access, protection for offshore installation and other temporary
structures for offshore installation & hook-up
b) WHPA Topsides structures

- Prefabrication and erection of primary structures and secondary structures integrated to primary
structures (e.g. flooring joists, equipment support beams...) for:
o the integrated deck
o the living quarter/helideck
o the flare boom
- Fabrication and installation of topsides secondary structures including stairways, walkways, handrails,
ladders, access platforms, hatches, removable panels, drainage systems, monorails, flare radiation
shield, etc.
- Fabrication and installation of topside padeyes or padears, lifting equipment, installation aids, rigging
platforms and access, protection for offshore installation and other temporary structures for offshore
installation & hook-up.
- Fabrication and installation/removal of all temporary structures required to perform fabrication,
erection, weighing, racking, and load-out.
- Fabrication and installation of all temporary structures required for seafastening and transportation.
c) Sabratha Riser Bundle and Riser Guard structure

• Pre-fabrication and erection of the structural components of the riser bundle inclusive of j-tube, clamps
of connection with existing structure and between guide pipe and risers.
• Pre-fabrication and erection of the riser protective structure inclusive of the clamps for connection with
existing structure.
• Fabrication and installation of temporary and permanent installation aids, lifting pad eyes and
trunnions, rigging platforms and access, protection for offshore installation and other temporary
structures for offshore installation & hook-up
d) New Sabratha Topsides structures

- Prefabrication of primary structures and secondary structures integrated to primary structures (e.g.
flooring joists, equipment support beams...) for new structural extensions to be installed on existing
Sabratha platform
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
- Fabrication of preassemble sections of topsides secondary structures including stairways, walkways,

handrails, ladders, access platforms, hatches, removable panels, flare radiation shield etc that will be
installed at OFFSHORE SITE.
- Fabrication and installation of topside padeyes, lifting equipment, installation aids, rigging platforms
and access, protection for offshore installation and other temporary structures for offshore installation
& hook-up.
- Fabrication and installation/removal of all temporary structures required to perform fabrication,
erection, weighing, racking, and load-out.
- Fabrication and installation of all temporary structures required for seafastening and transportation.
- These structural works include:

o Cutting, profiling, and weld preparation of beams pipe and plate Tacking, welding, and sub-
assembling of structures
o Erection including tacking, assembling and fastening to main frame of all secondary structures
and appurtenances
o Final assembling of structural WORK
o Continuous inspection, NDT and dimensional controls - CONTRACTOR SHALL verify that
fabrication and assembly comply with dimensional tolerances as specified
o Final dimensional controls of all the structures performed by topographic surveys.
9.7 Piping Fabrication and Erection
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all pipe fabrication and installation within the scope of the WORKS is
performed to the relevant code, standard, Project Specifications and APPROVED erection drawings.
Following activities are included in CONTRACTOR SOW:
• Warehouse material collecting.
• Internal and external cleaning of piping and fitting.
• Piping cutting, end preparation and beveling.
• Fitting assembling and tack welding.
• Piping threading where requested by specification.
• Fitting welding.
• Tracing, cutting, beveling, tack and welding of branches including reinforced pads.
• Fabricated piping dimensional check and marking.
• Heat treatment.
• NDT
• Spools assembling for shop hydro test.
• Any and all other piping fabrication work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.
• Temporary support if necessary
Supports prefabrication will be executed in accordance with drawings, standards, specifications APPROVED
for CONSTRUCTION as follows:
• Warehouse material collecting.
• Cutting and preparation of steel beams and sheets and bevel preparation.
• Conformity control of material and control of drawings and documentation.
• Dimensional check of fabricated pieces before erection.
• Material transportation.
• Any and all other support fabrication and erection work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
For the erection of piping with relevant supports, the following activities will be executed:
• Warehouse fabricated material collecting and transportation in site for installation.
• Collecting of other components like valves, gaskets, bolts, special pieces, and transportation in site.
• Erection of piping, prefabricated and not, with connection of the same after adjustment, by welding, bolting
and threading.
• Completion of the lines with installation of all valves, flanges, etc., in accordance with P&ID’s and erection
drawings.
• Heat Treatment
• NDT
• Piping hydro test.
• Draining and drying of lines after test.
• Any and all other piping erection work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.
For the execution of the job scaffolding SHALL be erected in order to execute erection work safety.

• The material traceability requirements are met.
• Materials are stored and worked in such a manner to prevent cross contamination.
• That isometrics are spooled in such a manner to minimize the number of field welds whilst maintaining
ease of spool handling.
• That all prefabrication is fully inspected prior to dispatch from the prefabrication facility including.
• Material conformity
• Dimensions
• Welding
• That beveled ends are protected prior to dispatch from the prefabrication facility and that the spools are
shipped in a manner to prevent damage prior to shipping.
• Piping and pipe supports are delivered in a sequence to match the CONSTRUCTION program.
• All components including control valves, relief valves and special piping components are installed prior to
punching to ensure proper fit up.
• All bolting is torqued to the correct values in accordance with specifications including those dismantled
during mechanical completion / COMMISSIONING.
• All bolt torqueing and leak testing is to be completed prior to the introduction of hydrocarbons.
• Painting and insulation of welds is not commenced until hydro test is complete.
• Pipe tagging in accordance with COMPANY APPROVED isometric/fabrication drawings and PROJECT
specifications/procedures
• All as built drawings
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the above is captured, according to COMPANY Standard, in a formal
CONSTRUCTION work pack, with method statements, appropriate isometrics and appropriate mechanical
completion certificates to formally sign-off completed pipework installation spools, ready for pressure testing.
9.8 Electrical CONSTRUCTION Work

CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all cable installation within the scope of the WORKS is performed to the
relevant code, standard and APPROVED erection drawings.
Electrical works mainly include:
• Cable tray installation
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Electrical cables pulling

• Power socket/electrical devices installation
• Installation/assembly of panels, batteries and transformers in electrical technical rooms
• Plant lighting systems
• Earthing system
• Electrical heat tracing system
• Any and all other electrical work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.

• Cable reels are stored in a manner to prevent damage to cable
• Before cable installation begins, the cable reels are carefully inspected for any imperfections that will cause
damage to the cable as it is laid
• The cable tray is inspected for any imperfection or debris that will cause damage to cable as it is laid
• Cable is laid out in figure of eight close to the reel when pulling to prevent damage due to excessive tension
when pulling
• Cables on racks have the correct number of ties and they are pulled tight
• Segregation and minimum separation distances between different cable types is maintained
• Care is taken not to exceed minimum bending radius to prevent damage to cable
• Cables are labelled with their destination at each and every termination point (to ensure that both the ends
of the cable are identified prior to termination)
• Each cable is tested following termination and maintain appropriate records
• As built wiring diagrams are maintained
• Earthing cables are installed and terminated to earthing bars, equipment base frame and/or skid as soon
as is practicable
• That inspection and test records are maintained
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the above is captured in a formal CONSTRUCTION work pack, with method
statements, appropriate layouts and appropriate mechanical completions certificates to formally sign-off
completed cable routes, ready for electrical testing at designated locations.
9.9 Mechanical and Equipment Installation
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all equipment (including Workshops items, machineries, tools etc.)
installation within the scope of the WORKS is performed to the relevant code, standard and APPROVED
erection drawings.
• That the item and accompanying documentation is fully inspected on arrival.
• That the item is stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation. Particular attention SHALL
be paid to equipment containing electronics.
• That any preventative maintenance is carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation
prior to bringing the item into service.
• That where possible equipment is placed in its permanent location on arrival at site thereby minimizing
double handling.
• That supporting steelwork is installed and in an acceptable condition prior to mounting the item in position.
• That lifting points are identified and are consistent with manufacturers recommendations.
• That a lifting/handling study is performed for each item of equipment.
• That all tools, certified lifting equipment, bolts and shims are available prior to commencing installation.
• That equipment is lined and levelled once lifted into position.
• That once lining and levelling is complete and accepted the equipment is grouted into position if required
utilizing a suitable grout. In general, non-shrink grout is required for rotating equipment.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• That all connections to the item piping instrumentation or electrical are performed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
• That equipment is commissioned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation and with their
representative in attendance if required.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure the above is captured, according to COMPANY standard, in a formal
CONSTRUCTION work pack, with method statements, appropriate drawings/installation drawings.
Immediately after the lifting and positioning into PLATFORM of the equipment having anti-condensation heater
system, CONTRACTOR SHALL make connections and provide appropriate power supply as required by
VENDOR recommendations. CONTRACTOR SHALL maintain this power supply 24 hours a day (the
responsibility to maintain power supply to these items SHALL remain with CONTRACTOR until the system in
which these items are included is handed-over to and accepted by COMPANY.
9.10 Lifting operations

CONTRACTOR SHALL employ an experienced, competent and responsible person in charge of all lifting
operations. For all lifting operations, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare or SHALL arrange for the preparation of
a "lifting plan", “roll-up procedure” or “up-ending procedure” which SHALL be submitted to COMPANY before
the planned date of the operation.
9.11 Instrumentation and Telecommunication works

CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all instrumentation and telecommunication work within the scope of the
WORKS is performed to the relevant code, standard and APPROVED erection drawings.
Instrumentation works include:
• Installation of junction boxes
• Instrumentation cable trays and conduits installation
• Multicable and instrument cable installation
• Instrument air system erection
• Installation of field, control room and technical rooms, instrumentation equipment including Control and
Supervisory Systems Control Units, individual instruments, individual safety devices (F&G detectors, etc.),
junction boxes, local panels and other instrumentation equipment
• Installation of panels/equipment in Control Room
• Glanding and terminating cables/lines connections to instrumentation equipment and safety devices.
• Final "As built" Surveys for all points of interface with other facilities and other phases facilities.
• Any and all other instrumentation work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.
• Instrument process, Pneumatic and Hydraulic hook-up installation
Telecommunication works include:

• Installation of telephone/alarm system.
• Installation cable trays and conduits.
• Installation of public address equipment.
• Installation of cable trays, junction boxes and fixings.
• Installation of telecommunication systems, telephone, general alarm, local radio system, CCTV system.
• Installation of Telecommunication system interfacing with off-plant areas.
• Installation of all antennas and the support structures required for their proper operation.
• Final "As built" survey for all points of Interface with other facilities, other phases.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Installation of communication cables.

• Glanding and terminating connections to communications equipment including all markers, ferrules and
the like for cable identification.
• Installation of weather protection housings including fixings.
• Final "As Commissioned” survey of all points of Interface, between Modules, and within the Module for
parts to be installed and terminated later within CONTRACTOR's own work and with other Parties work.
• Any and all other communications work and/or services necessary to complete the WORK.

• That all items and accompanying documentation are inspected on arrival. Care SHOULD be taken to
ensure each item carries the correct tag number and certification.
• That there is provision for a dry lighted workshop for the testing and calibration of instruments along with
power and pneumatic facilities.
• That prior to the commencement of site testing of instrumentation, COMPANY is provided with a complete
list of all test equipment to be used. This list SHALL include, but not be limited to, the following: o Model
and serial numbers
• Current calibration test certificates
• Manufacturer’s name
• Each instrument is subjected to a Pre-installation/Calibration Test in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions by the Instrumentation SUB-CONTRACTOR as soon as practicable after receipt of an
instrument on site, with the exception of relief valves; these SHALL be re-calibrated just before Start–Up.
• On completion of the test, the instrument is returned to the warehouse in a satisfactory condition, with all
cover plates, shipping stops and packing properly refitted until ready for installation.
• All non-calibrated instrument materials SHALL be checked for compliance to the relevant specification i.e.
orifice, plates, flanges, thermowells, restriction orifice plates, bursting discs.
• All instrument cables are tested.
• Pneumatic and hydraulic pressure testing are carried out on piping using the APPROVED test procedures.
• All inspection and test records are properly maintained.
• Following the installation of individual instruments, each loop is proved by “Loop Testing” i.e. a witnessed
function test in accordance with the APPROVED test procedures.
• All electronic equipment is allowed a warm-up period prior to testing.
• All responses within the total instrumentation loop are checked. This SHALL include all related configured
alarms and operator graphic displays. Additionally, other configured functions such as PCS sequence logic
or ESD shutdown logic are tested in accordance with the APPROVED test forms and test procedures.
• On completion of the Loop Test, the air and electronics supplies are reconnected and checked ready for
the plant Start-Up.
9.12 Painting and Coating
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that all blasting, painting within the scope of the WORK is performed to the
relevant codes, standards and specifications.
• That paints are stored in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations in an area with adequate
firefighting facilities.
• Blasting is performed in a facility suitable for the activity.
• That blasting is inspected in accordance with the specifications and inspection records are maintained.
• Shop painting is performed in a facility suitable for paint application, i.e. well ventilated, dust free, with
temperature and humidity at suitable levels.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Exterior painting is carried out in suitable weather conditions. This involves monitoring weather forecasts
to ensure drying times can be achieved in an atmosphere without excessive moisture.
• Paint is not applied to welds until testing is complete.
• That sufficient drying time is allowed between the application of coats cycles.
• That paints used for different coats are compatible and within the specified dry film thickness.
• That painting and thermal spraying is inspected in accordance with the specifications and inspection
records are maintained.
• Painting and thermal spraying SHALL be fully in accordance with the project technical specifications.
9.13 Insulation
CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that insulation within the scope of the WORKS is performed to the relevant
codes, standards and specifications.
• That insulation is stored in a suitable dry environment.
• That all insulation is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
• Insulation is not applied to welds until testing is complete.
• All valve boxes and insulation around temporary strainers are inspected and remediated following Start–
Up.
• That inspection records are fully maintained.
9.14 HVAC
CONTRACTOR's HVAC work scope SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Fabrication and installation of cable tray supports, HVAC equipment supports, and ducts support.
• Fabrication of ducts.
• Installation of cable trays.
• Installation of HVAC equipment including HVAC equipment package, condenser units, ducting, fire
dampers, thermostats, refrigerant leak detectors, local controls, junction boxes and any other HVAC
equipment.
• Installation of HVAC power and control cables.
• Installation of ducts and in-duct equipment (dampers, etc.)
• Glanding and terminating connections to HVAC equipment.
• Inspections, testing and NDT as required in project documentation
• And any other HVAC work and/or services necessary to complete the work.
9.15 Portable safety equipment (fire protection / lifesaving appliances)
Fixed equipment for the above purpose such as firewater pumps, deluge valve lifeboat, etc. are covered by
the above discipline (equipment installation, piping, instrumentation, etc...
CONTRACTOR's safety equipment installation work scope SHALL include the fitting into structures of
miscellaneous supports for the portable items such as extinguishers, buoys, etc., the latest to be installed at
OFFSHORE SITE at hook-up stage.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9.16 Weighing/racking
Weighing of all equipment and sub-assemblies SHALL be carried out and a comparison made with the
calculated weight. The method of check weighing SHALL be described. This description SHALL include the
method of weighing, type of equipment, authority of certification and accuracy. The CONTRACTOR SHALL
be responsible for weighing each major sub-assembly. Each sub-assembly weighing SHALL be witnessed by
the COMPANY and the actual results SHALL be incorporated into the weighing report, duly signed.
As a verification to weight control developed during engineering and CONSTRUCTION phases

CONTRACTOR SHALL weight jacket and topsides sub-assemblies (deck, LQ, flare ...) according to procedure
developed at CONSTRUCTION engineering stage.
CONTRACTOR's weighing work scope SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Preparatory work at the Yard to enable the weighing operations to be performed, including all necessary
stiffeners and the like to the PLATFORM components to be weighed.
• Provision of personnel, equipment and other resources required to perform the weighing operations.
• Performance of calculations to determine weight and centre-of-gravity location.
• Submission of weighing and weight monitoring reports, including the weighing- related calculations and
comments.
Weighing operations SHALL be carried out suitably in advance of the load-out and as agreed with COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out a racking exercise on the Integrated deck in order to verify the reactions on
the 6 support points of the deck due to the uplift of one point of support at each time. CONTRACTOR SHALL
produce a racking procedure for COMPANY APPROVAL.
9.17 CONSTRUCTION Planning and Monitoring

CONTRACTOR SHALL submit a detailed CONSTRUCTION material management plan that details receiving
and storing of materials and equipment at the CONSTRUCTION hub, and the issuing of materials to
SUBCONTRACTORS, sub-assembly yards (if any) and to site. This plan SHALL include a proposal to address
any dedicated customs clearance of materials brought into the Country, such as establishing a bonded yard
at the CONSTRUCTION hub.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit manning levels from the start of Early Works through to RFSU along with its
associated accommodation plan.
The facility SHALL be constructed in a safe and reliable manner. The latest CONSTRUCTION techniques and
equipment SHALL be used to provide an effective CONSTRUCTION approach that achieves the required
Project schedule.
CONSTRUCTION plan SHALL include but not be limited to all activities required to install, construct, inspect,
test and perform quality control and quality assurance.
CONTRACTOR SHALL investigate and determine the possibility of pre-assembly of structures, stacks and
VENDOR packages to reduce CONSTRUCTION time, and SHALL agree strategy with COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL plan CONSTRUCTION such that the facility can be constructed and commissioned to
achieve RFSU in the required sequence and according to COMPANY schedule and milestone requirements.
It is anticipated that CONTRACTOR SHALL initially plan the CONSTRUCTION of the facility on an area-basis
but progress to a system-based approach in readiness for MECHANICAL COMPLETION and
COMMISSIONING. CONTRACTOR SHALL therefore, during the design phase, identify within the facility the
various systems that MAY be tested and commissioned and operated as complete standalone systems.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9.18 HSE during CONSTRUCTION activities

During the execution of the CONTRACT activities, CONTRACTOR SHALL meet and implement, as a minimum
acceptable standard, the requirements for Health, Safety, Environment, Public Safety, Quality and Radiation
Protection set out in the dedicated APPENDIX E of the CONTRACT. Among these requirements, it is
highlighted that CONTRACTOR HSE Management System SHALL be aligned with the requirements of ISO
14001 and ISO 45001.
It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to ensure that all its personnel and SUB-CONTRACTOR’s adhere to
these requirements and continuously strive to meet the highest HSE standards.
The CONTRACTOR HSE Plan for the Project SHALL also cover the activities in the CONTRACTOR’s
fabrication yard.
9.19 Quality and Inspection during CONSTRUCTION activities

This section outlines COMPANY’s requirements for Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) to be
fulfilled by CONTRACTOR, its SUBCONTRACTORS and its VENDORS during all stages of project execution.
It reinforces QA/QC requirements specified in APPENDIX F of the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform Quality Assurance, Quality Control, Test and Inspection work in accordance
with APPENDIX E and this section’s requirements throughout the duration of the CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR
SHALL pay particular attention to the detailed requirements in:
• HSEQ-S Min. Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers Activities, MOG-HSEQ-P-139,
• ENI Quality Management Specification, EPC-SGI-QUAL-014
•
CONTRACTOR SHALL implement an ISO 9001 (or acceptable equivalent) Quality Management Systems
(QMS) throughout all phases of the CONTRACT. The QMS SHALL assure compliance with applicable
regulations, codes and standards and SHALL impose a similar level of quality requirements on its
SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform, Quality Control activities in accordance with the following specification:
• 27950.COS.QUA.STD “FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL & COMMISSIONING
MANAGEMENT.
• 27951.COS.QUA.STD “FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL & MECHANICAL
COMPLETION SPECIFICATION”
• 27952.COS.AVV.STD “FACILITIES COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATION”
• 27982.VAR.LCI.STD “RULES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL DATA BOOK”.
Contractor SHALL issue, collate and submit to COMPANY all QA/QC documentation in accordance with the
above specifications and in
APPENDIX E of the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL have sole responsibility for ensuring compliance with all COMPANY requirements as
applied to each component and the whole of the WORK, and SHALL ensure that SUBCONTRACTORS and
VENDORS adopt those quality control requirements that are applicable to their scope of their work.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit a Project Quality Plan in accordance with requirements detailed in EPC-SGI-
QUAL-014, to COMPANY for review and APPROVAL at the KOM. The Quality Plan presented at the KOM
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
SHALL be subsequently updated in a timely manner to include any changes that MAY occur during the course
of project execution, subject to COMPANY APPROVAL.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit in accordance with CONTRACT submission requirements, applicable Quality
Control Plans and Inspection and Test Plans (ITPs) for COMPANY review and APPROVAL prior to the
commencement of applicable activities. Work SHALL not be performed without COMPANY APPROVED
Quality Control documents.
COMPANY SHALL have the right to participate in and/or review all CONTRACTOR inspections surveillance
and audits.
COMPANY MAY at any time perform an official audit of CONTRACTORS QA/QC system. This includes his
SUBCONTRACTORS and VENDORS as well as material testing laboratories, and third-party testing agencies.
9.19.1 Control of Nonconforming Work

CONTRACTOR SHALL manage nonconformance in accordance with COMPANY Standard
27951.COS.QUA.STD.
COMPANY has the right to inspect work executed by CONTRACTOR to verify compliance with contractual
specifications, standards, and codes. If the work inspected does not meet contractual specifications, standards
and codes, COMPANY has the right to instruct CONTRACTOR to stop immediately the non-conforming work
and, if necessary, raise an NCR
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit, for COMPANY APPROVAL, a documented Project NCR Management
Procedure including Corrective Actions Management.
In case of a major NCR, proposed corrective actions SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL within
2 working days of the nonconformance being identified. CONTRACTOR SHALL notify COMPANY once
corrective action has been completed allowing COMPANY the opportunity to verify the corrective action has
been completed correctly.
NCR form with all the attached evidence of correction properly implemented and signed SHALL be then
submitted to COMPANY for close out.
NCRs follow up and statistics will be part of the weekly Quality reporting.
COMPANY reserves the right to:

• Ask CONTRACTOR to modify the criticality of a CONTRACTOR NCR from minor to major.
• Open NCRs and formally issue them to CONTRACTOR for action.
CONTRACTOR is not entitled to claim against COMPANY for any delay or costs for rework or repair resulting
from a COMPANY NCR. CONTRACTOR is requested to take immediate action to repair or remedy to the
WORK not accepted by COMPANY in order to fulfil the contractual requirements. Any non-fulfilment of the
above will entitle COMPANY to take the appropriated actions, including refusal to accept the monthly progress
and relevant payment.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
9.20 MECHANICAL COMPLETION Activities

As part of the CONSTRUCTION activities, the CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the achievement of
the MECHANICAL COMPLETION (MC) for the Project. MECHANICAL COMPLETION is the assurance that
all the Items have been satisfactorily installed and tested for integrity as per project requirements.
The typical list of Testing and Inspections required during MECHANICAL COMPLETION Activities includes,
but is not limited to, the following activities:
• Review of all FAT’s certificates and relevant punch lists for all CONTRACTOR and/or COMPANY supplied
equipment and packages.
• Hydrotests.
• Pipework Cleaning.
• Torque tightening and Bolt tensioning.
• Equipment Installation inspections.
• Cable Laying inspections.
• Vessels/Tanks Internals inspection.
• Pipework vs. Nozzles alignment of Static and Rotating Machinery.
• Rotating Equipment Cold Alignment.
• Setting of Safety Valves.
• Instrument Calibrations.
• Continuity and Insulation Tests of Electrical Power and Control Cables and of Instrument Cables.
• Hi-Pot Test of MV and HV Cables.
• Fiber-Optic and Serial Communication Cables Integrity Testing.
• Greasing, Lubrication and Preservation.
• Clearing of Punch Items.
For further information, please refer to COMPANY Standard 27951.COS.QUA.STD – Facilities Construction
Quality Control & MECHANICAL COMPLETION Specification.
All the above SHALL be completed in order to achieve MECHANICAL COMPLETION of whole facility or part
of them (System/Subsystem) in order to allow the COMMISSIONING Team to start the COMMISSIONING
Activities.
The Systems/Sub-Systems can be declared “Mechanically Completed” when all fabrication,
CONSTRUCTION, installation, integrity testing, cleaning, re-instatement and preservation activities are
satisfactorily completed and documented.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare completion plans and procedures for activities up to MECHANICAL
COMPLETION. These procedures SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for review at least one month prior to
the start of CONSTRUCTION activities at site.
MECHANICAL COMPLETION is considered as one of the main milestones to be achieved within COMPANY
Completion Management System Workflow. To control the process, CONTRACTOR will follow COMPANY’s
Completion and COMMISSIONING Strategy.
Each Completion Milestone SHALL be managed, documented, traced and certified through a dedicated
computer-aided Completions & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS) database.
If provided by COMPANY, the implementation of COMPANY’s CCMS is a mandatory requirement, however,
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide its own Completions & COMMISSIONING Management System (CCMS),
which SHALL be chosen with equivalent features and submitted for COMPANY’s APPROVAL.
The acceptance of the Sub-System “MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE” (MCC) marks the transfer
(or Hand-Over) of custody, care, control and responsibility over the relevant Sub-System from
CONTRACTOR’s CONSTRUCTION Team to CONTRACTOR’s COMMISSIONING Team.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR’s CONSTRUCTION Team SHALL submit with MCC the relative MECHANICAL
COMPLETION Dossier: typical index and content of dossier is attached to COMPANY Standard
27951.COS.QUA.STD.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
10.0 LOADOUT, TRANSPORTATION AND OFFSHORE INSTALLATION
10.1 General
CONTRACTOR SHALL transport WHPA PLATFORM sub-assemblies (typically from CONSTRUCTION
YARD) and install and hook-up these at OFFSHORE SITE. The same is applicable for sub-assemblies
prepared for FMWR and within the Sabratha platform modification scope.
Accordingly, CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for and SHALL:

• Provide & mobilise / demobilise MARINE SPREAD and transport the WHPA PLATFORM sub-assemblies,
including jacket, as fabricated, loaded and sea fastened from CONSTRUCTION YARD to OFFSHORE
SITE.
• Provide & mobilise / demobilise MARINE SPREAD and transport the FMWR sub-assemblies as fabricated,
loaded and sea fastened from CONSTRUCTION YARD to OFFSHORE SITE in accordance with Sect. 9.0
of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication,
Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”..
• Provide & mobilise / demobilise MARINE SPREAD and transport the Sabratha Modifications sub-
assemblies as fabricated, loaded and sea fastened from CONSTRUCTION YARD to OFFSHORE SITE.
• Provide & mobilise / demobilise MARINE SPREAD and install / hook-up the WHPA PLATFORM sub-
assemblies at OFFSHORE SITE.
• Provide & mobilise / demobilise MARINE SPREAD and install / hook-up the Sabratha Modification sub-
assemblies at OFFSHORE SITE.
to ensure that the WORK is performed in accordance with WORK TIME SCHEDULE, quality and safety
requirements, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all documents related to T&I (Methods Statements, Installation
Procedures, Transportation Analysis, rigging, etc...).
CONTRACTOR SHALL plan, manage and co-ordinate its work and its SUBCONTRACTORs works interfacing
with:
• Other COMPANY's Contractors (Subsea/Sealine, drilling, etc.) under COMPANY's co-ordination (see
Section 3.0 and APPENDIX D-3).
• CONTRACTOR SHALL allow access to other COMPANY contractors for the tie-in at WHPA platform
during hook-up and for the well completion. This access MAY include displacement and temporary
relocation of MARINE SPREAD.
• MWS, CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and governmental authorities to obtain the authorisations (Sail away,
installation, etc.) as required.
10.2 MARINE SPREAD

CONTRACTOR SHALL mobilise and demobilise upon offshore works completion the MARINE SPREAD for:
• Load-out
• Transportation
• Surveys
• Installation and hook-up
• COMMISSIONING
• Start-Up
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
This mobilisation/demobilisation SHALL be carried out timely with consideration to the COMPANY's notice of
COMPANY's other contractors expected works completion date.
However, the demobilisation of flotel or any other vessel to be used by CONTRACTOR to accommodate
personnel during installation works SHALL occur prior to handover of the commissioned and started-up the
WHPA PLATFORM and FMWR, considering the timeframe execution of initial operation, performance testing
and on-the-job training to COMPANY personnel.
10.2.1 Documentation and inspection of MARINE SPREAD

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for, and SHALL issue all mobilisation documentation manuals to be
submitted for APPROVAL to COMPANY / CERTIFYING AUTHORITY / MWS.
These manuals SHALL include:

• Detailed technical documentation on all major MARINE SPREADS to be used for load-out, transportation,
installation and hook-up works.
• Vessels certificates as listed in Marine operation procedures, including the certification of internal
reinforcement by the classification authority, if applicable.
• MWS inspection reports
• Insurance certificates
• Agreements and authorisation of the relevant authorities consistent with local requirements and
international maritime practices.
• Any other documentation required by the applicable regulations.
The MARINE SPREAD to be mobilised by CONTRACTOR for use during the OFFSHORE SITE WORK SHALL
be in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and SHALL satisfy the requirements defined in
the CONTRACT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform all the required mobilisation tests and acceptance surveys. Items, which are
found to be unacceptable during the pre-mobilisation certification and testing, SHALL be repaired or modified
before any item is mobilised. Performance of such repairs or modifications after mobilisation is not acceptable.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all equipment & facilities needed or required to perform all marine operations
in accordance with quality and safety requirements, but, as a minimum requirement, CONTRACTOR SHALL
have the following main pieces of equipment tested and certified during or before the mobilisation period:
• Winches, slings and anchors
• ROV' s and deep water diving equipment
• Welding and NDT equipment
• Positioning and communication equipment
• Primary lifting crane, deck mobile crane and davits
• Ballasting pumps
• Piles hydraulic handling clamps
• Piles driving equipment including backup hammer
• Safety equipment
• Grouting equipment
• Levelling equipment
• Offshore CONSTRUCTION structures (for riser assembly)
• Diving system
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL make available the MARINE SPREADS for the purposes of inspection as required by
COMPANY, CERTIFYING AUTHORITY, MWS and other concerned parties, and SHALL provide all necessary
assistance during such inspections.
10.2.2 Mobilisation / Demobilisation of MARINE SPREAD

CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for and SHALL carry out all activities and works' related to the
mobilisation and demobilisation of MARINE SPREAD.
The mobilisation activities SHALL include:
a) Movement of all required MARINE SPREADS to the CONSTRUCTION YARD, OFFSHORE SITE where
applicable or mobilisation port for preparation/adaptation to OFFSHORE works.
b) Preparation, adaptation, installation of necessary equipment for the proper performance of the WORK for
which each MARINE SPREAD is intended.
c) Internal reinforcement of barge(s) if necessary, with certification by the Classification Authority of the
barge(s).
d) All MARINE SPREAD movements, standby and operation associated with mobilisation activities.
e) All personnel needed for project activities (such as marine crew, OCM, riggers, 24h/7days crane
operator...)
CONTRACTOR SHALL demobilise the MARINE SPREAD from SITE when the part of the WORK to be
performed by such MARINE SPREAD is completed.
The demobilisation activities SHALL include, but SHALL not be limited to:
a) Transportation and delivery to COMPANY base of spare parts and CONSTRUCTION surplus and
installation equipment kept by COMPANY.
b) SITE clearance after completion of offshore works.
c) All activities to be performed in the port of demobilisation for clearing out vessels from temporary structures
and reinforcements to make MARINE SPREAD free for other work.
10.3 Load out and sea fastening

CONTRACTOR SHALL load-out on cargo barge or other vessel and prepare to sea transportation the WHPA
PLATFORM sub-assemblies (jacket, deck, LQ, piles, FMWR, etc.) and the Sabratha Modifications sub-
assemblies (Riser bundle, Riser Guard, Slug Catcher Modules, Pig Trap Extension, Chemical Extension) as
fabricated at CONSTRUCTION YARD.
a) Load-out
Load-out SHALL be carried out in accordance with detailed load-out procedures developed at
CONSTRUCTION engineering stage from specification and Marine operation procedure contained in
APPENDIX D-4 and SHALL include but not be limited to the following activities:
• Movement of jackets, piles, topsides, modules and any other items to be loaded from fabrication or storage
area(s) to loading area(s), including the performance of all required reinforcements and securing works for
such operation.
• Operation of Load-out Trailers
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Quayside strength checks during various stages of loadout.

• Bathymetric data for entry and exit routes to yard SHALL be provided for APPROVAL by COMPANY and
MWS.
• Prepare 'pre-loadout checklist' and obtain 'Certificate of approval for loadout' from MWS.
• Provision and installation of all materials and works for load out and sea fastening such as trailers, barge
external reinforcement, , including link beams, ballasting and jacking equipment, control system, winches,
guides, bumpers, positioning systems, etc.
• Barge mooring and ballasting.
• Load-out onto transportation barges including provision, installation and removal of all temporary works,
materials and equipment, necessary for load- out operations.
• Preparation and submission of ready for tow out certificate at the completion of sea-fastening works.
CONTRACTOR SHALL issue advance notification of each load-out operation to allow attendance by
COMPANY Representative and MWS.
b) Sea fastening
External sea fastening SHALL be applied to jackets and topsides assemblies, whilst internal sea fastenings
SHALL be applied to the internal parts of equipment and vessels, equipment, materials, pipes, cable trays as
applicable and as required.
The sea fastenings SHALL be designed so as to prevent movement, damage, stress or strain of/to the
structures and installed systems and equipment during the sea transportation from the load out jetty to the
OFFSHORE SITE, and during the offshore installation of WHPA PLATFORM. The sea fastening SHALL not
affect the integrity of the structures, or the equipment and materials installed there in.
CONTRACTOR SHALL carry out all sea fastening in accordance with detailed procedure developed at
CONSTRUCTION engineering stage from specification and procedure contained in APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare 'pre-sailaway checklist' and obtain 'Certificate of approval for sailaway' from
MWS.
Sea fastening SHALL be completed when the sub-assemblies are positioned on the transportation barges with
the barge ballasting ready for tow- away, and prior to any movement of the barges and their subsequent
departure to the OFFSHORE SITE.
All Sea fastening welds SHALL be subjected to NDT.
Items, or parts thereof, that are particularly vulnerable to movement, damage, stress or strain due to their type
or location SHALL be dismantled and packed/crated for transportation.
Items that are to be offshore installed/completed under hook-up works SHALL be marked/packed/crated/reel
ed (cables for sea transportation).
All above SHALL be in compliance with requirements of 23026.COS.CNS.STD “LOAD-OUT, SEA-

FASTENING AND TRANSPORTATION OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURE” and 23027.COS.INS.STD
“INSTALLATION OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
10.4 Transportation
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all management, technical support, labour, personnel, supervision, specialist
services, equipment, inspection services, ancillary transportation, materials, consumable, temporary services,
etc., required to safely transport to OFFSHORE SITE or other required location, all the WHPA PLATFORM,
FMWR and Sabratha Modifications sub-assemblies including but not limited to:
• WHPA Platform
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
o Jacket
o Piles
o Integrated deck (including flare)
o Living quarter and helideck
o Hook-up pieces, equipment and bulk and consumables
o FMWR and killing system packages equipment and interconnecting pieces,
• FMWR Modules
• Sabratha Modifications
o Riser Bundle
o Riser Guard
o Slug catcher module
o Topside Module & Prefabricated Extensions
o Loose equipment & Bulks
CONTRACTOR SHALL manage, co-ordinate, and supervise the work of SUBCONTRACTORS to ensure
performance to the required schedule, reliability, quality and safety requirements.
All the sub-assemblies transportation SHALL be subject to the development of engineering analyses, drawing
and procedures, these to be performed and issued CONTRACTOR under the transportation/installation
engineering activities and in accordance with specifications and marine operation procedures contained in
APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR SHALL transport the sub-assemblies with respect to the above procedures and specifications.
10.5 WHPA Offshore installation
10.5.1 General
In addition to the mobilisation of MARINE SPREAD, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all management,
engineering, technical support, labour, personnel, supervision, specialist services, equipment, inspection
services, surveying and positioning services, support equipment, ancillary transportation, materials,
consumable, temporary services, etc. required to safely and efficiently install the PLATFORM sub- assemblies
at the OFFSHORE SITE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL manage, co-ordinate, and supervise the installation works including these of
SUBCONTRACTORs, to ensure performance within WORK TIME SCHEDULE and reliability, quality and
safety requirements.
In particular, CONTRACTOR SHALL include sufficiently time extended weather forecast to allow the
installation works in conditions meeting the above requirements and SHALL liaise with MWS to obtain the
authorisation for installation.
Installation services at OFFSHORE SITES SHALL include:

• COMPANY facilities including offices, reprography and communications services, computer hardware and
software, secretarial and clerical assistance, accommodation, messing, working and safety equipment,
helicopter, shore to field/field to shore transportation, all as detailed in Sect. 13.0.
• CONTRACTOR offices, accommodation, messing and all other services and facilities required by
CONTRACTOR to support the offshore hook-up
• Obtaining all licenses, approvals, visa and formats
• Indoctrination / trials of OFFSHORE SITES safety rules
• Welding inspection and NDT
• Certification Services
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Diving support
• Helicopter transportation
• Fabrication and craft work areas
• Materials laydown areas
• First aid and medical station
• Equipment maintenance facilities
• Reporting of operation
• Any other services and/or facilities required
The PLATFORM sub-assemblies installation SHALL be subject to the development of engineering analyses,
drawings and procedures, these to be performed and issued CONTRACTOR under the
transportation/installation engineering activities and in accordance with specifications and marine operation
procedures contained in APPENDIX D-4.
CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee support for Heavy Lifting operation on 24 hours per day and 7 day a week
basis.
Welding and welding inspection for the installation of the PLATFORM sub-assemblies SHALL be performed
by properly qualified personnel and in compliance with
successfully qualified processes. Personnel and processes qualification SHALL be submitted to
COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY APPROVAL prior their implementation.
Accordingly, CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible and SHALL carry out all activities associated with welding
and NDT qualification for structural WORK according to the specifications, including:
a) Qualification of welding to a recognized industry standard and NDT procedures (welding and NDT
procedures qualification tests, including laboratory tests). These procedures SHALL be submitted to
COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL
b) Qualification of welders and related laboratory qualification tests
c) Qualification of operators for NDT
Offshore installation work SHALL include but not be limited to:
10.5.2 Pre-installation surveys

CONTRACTOR SHALL survey the pre-installed drilling template installed by others and the jacket site prior to
jacket installation. This also includes the survey of jacket docking piles to be quoted as an OPTION [OPTION
4].
The purpose of such survey is to check for major obstacles, extreme gradient and craters, or damage to the
above pre-installed items that could hinder the installation of the jacket.
This survey SHALL include:

a) Checking and confirming the position of the pre-drilling template (geographic coordinates and heading)
b) Checking and confirmation of LAT depth at jacket location and seabed slope as well,
c) Conducting of a detailed ROV television (monochrome/colour) inspection of the template and docking piles
d) Conducting a fine grid ROV television (monochrome/colour) survey of the sea bed area to 100 meters
radius beyond and within jacket base, and remove, using ROV or any other equipment as appropriate, all
obstructing debris.
e) Carrying out a dimensional survey of the docking piles to verify location, elevation, verticality and
dimension of docking piles, and confirmation of their compatibility with the system installed on the jacket
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
If available at that time, COMPANY will provide to CONTRACTOR the results and video records of the pre-
drilling template and docking piles post-installation survey to be carried out by COMPANY's drilling contractor
at the completion of his work, such work including clean-up of the site).
CONTACTOR SHALL establish safe location for anchoring of Transportation and Installation
equipment/vessels as part of installation.
10.5.3 Jacket and piles installation

This work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Positioning(s) and mooring(s) of MARINE SPREAD
• Removal and disposal of seafastening
• Lifting, upending, and positioning of jacket structure over the existing docking piles
• Pile installation, including lifting, driving/drilling, welding, NDT
• Jacket levelling, pile grouting and final jacket legs, elevation cut-off
• Removal of Temporary installation aids (lifting slings, ...)
• AS-BUILT surveys and reporting.
• Partial / complete demobilisation of MARINE SPREAD as required and agreed by COMPANY.
10.5.4 Integrated deck installation

• Internal treatment of jacket leg by anti-corrosion liquid
• Pre-installation checks
• Pre-installation of deck leg welding accesses in platform on jacket legs
• Lifting and positioning the deck over the jacket legs
• Removal of temporary bracings / reinforcement and sea transportation protection
• Removal of temporary installation aids (slings, etc.)
• Partial/complete demobilisation(s) of MARINE SPREAD as required and agreed by COMPANY
10.5.5 Living Quarter and helideck installation (if applicable)

The work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Pre-installation checks.
• Positioning(s) and mooring(s) of MARINE SPREAD.
• Removal and disposal of seafastening.
• Pre-installation of LQ support welding access platform.
• Lifting and positioning of living quarter over the integrated deck related supports.
• Removal of temporary installation aids (slings, guides, etc.).
• Removal of temporary reinforcement and sea voyage protection.
• Partial I complete demobilisation(s) of MARINE SPREAD as required and agreed by COMPANY.
10.5.6 Other sub-assemblies installation

CONTRACTOR SHALL install at OFFSHORE SITE the Fast Moving Work-over Rig (FMWR), killing system
items and any other equipment or sub-assembly which could not be installed at CONSTRUCTION YARD on
major PLATFORM subassemblies, without generating, at installation stage, installation/rigging interference or
excess in lifting weight during installation of the latest.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL remove temporary installation aids and CONTRACTOR SHALL install the FMWR in
an established sequence of erection by using the PLATFORM crane.
10.5.7 Installation aids ownership and management

CONTRACTOR SHALL remove all temporary installation aids.
All installation aids, further to the completion of installation work and their removal by CONTRACTOR, remain
in CONTRACTOR's ownership, unless otherwise indicated, including temporary platform, spreader bars and
any other temporary items necessary for installation.
10.6 Sabratha Platform Additional Facilities Offshore installation
10.6.1 General
In addition to the mobilisation of MARINE SPREAD, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all management,
engineering, technical support, labour, personnel, supervision, specialist services, equipment, inspection
services, surveying and positioning services, support equipment, ancillary transportation, materials,
consumable, temporary services, etc. required to safely and efficiently install the sub-assemblies and main
items (including the installation relevant to upgrading of existing UPS and Batteries Systems) at the Sabratha
Platform OFFSHORE SITE.
CONTRACTOR MARINE SPREAD SHALL be provided with an updated international Ballast water
management Certificate, as per the “International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast
Water and Sediments “ (known also as Ballast water management convention), even if the vessel has not the
flag of one of the signatory States. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY all Ballast water
management Certificates. Moreover, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the Ballast water management plan for
its Vessels, referred to the CONTRACT activities.
CONTRACTOR SHALL manage, co-ordinate, and supervise the installation works including these of
SUBCONTRACTORs, to ensure performance within WORK TIME SCHEDULE and reliability, quality and
safety requirements.
In particular, CONTRACTOR SHALL include sufficiently time extended weather forecast to allow the
installation works in conditions meeting the above requirements and SHALL liaise with MWS to obtain the
authorisation for installation.
CONTRACTOR SHALL also consider necessary SIMOPS operation in continuous liaison with COMPANY
Operation at Sabratha Platform site.
Installation services at OFFSHORE SITE SHALL include:

• CONTRACTOR offices, accommodation, messing and all other services and facilities required by
CONTRACTOR to support the offshore hook-up
• Obtaining all licenses, approvals, visa and formats
• Indoctrination / trials of OFFSHORE SITE safety rules
• Welding inspection and NDT
• Certification Services
• Diving support
• Helicopter transportation
• Fabrication and craft work areas
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Materials laydown areas

• First aid and medical station
• Equipment maintenance facilities
• Reporting of operation
• Any other services and/or facilities required
The installation of Sabratha additional sub-assemblies SHALL be subject to the development of engineering
analyses, drawing and procedures, these to be performed and issued CONTRACTOR under the
transportation/installation engineering activities and in accordance with specifications and marine operation
procedures contained in APPENDIX D-4.
Welding and welding inspection for the installation of the sub-assemblies SHALL be performed by properly
qualified personnel and in compliance with successfully qualified processes. Personnel and processes
qualification SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY APPROVAL prior their
implementation.
and NDT qualification for structural WORK according to the specifications, including:
procedures qualification tests, including laboratory tests). These procedures SHALL be submitted to
COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL
b) Qualification of welders and related laboratory qualification tests
CONTRACTOR SHALL define limitations to be fulfilled during proposed CONSTRUCTION operations with
respect to wave height / swell /current and wind speeds, based on proposed CONSTRUCTION methodologies
and on supplied Project Meteocean data and DNV requirements (alpha factors included).
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide suitable medical facilities for their CONSTRUCTION / Installation personnel,
including quarantine rooms in case of illness detected at offshore site
10.6.2 Offshore Accommodation on Sabratha Platform

There are only a limited number of beds available on the Sabratha platform for the project. COMPANY will
confirm the number of available POB during shutdowns periods and when plant is in operation. Maximum
number of POB on platform SHALL not exceed:
• 120 no. during platform operation;
• [HOLD 3]no. during platform shutdown.
Maximum number of CONTRACTOR personnel on platform SHALL not exceed:
• [HOLD 3]no. for preparatory activities (see Sect. 10.6.4) and Offshore Installation (see Sect. 10.6);
• [HOLD 3]no. during riser bundle installation (see Sect.10.6.6 );
• [HOLD 3]no. during pre-shutdown activities (see Sect.10.8)
• [HOLD 3]no. during platform shutdown hook-up activities (see Sect.10.8).
• [HOLD 3]no. during post-shutdown activities (see Sect.10.8)
CONTRACTOR SHALL mobilize a Flotel for accommodation of CONTRACTOR and COMPANY personnel
(including Operation). Preliminary assessment carried out during BASIC/FEED require a vessel that to be able
to accommodate 120 – 150 no. personnel.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare an optimized CONSTRUCTION schedule and confirm the required capacity
of the Flotel.
Flotel SHOULD be able to provide a ‘walk to work’ gangway onto the Sabratha Platform. Also, considering
the lack of laydown on the platform, the Flotel is required to provide necessary welding and mechanical
workshops to support the CONSTRUCTION and COMMISSIONING work, as well as consumable stores.
CONTRACTOR SHALL confirm in advance type and location of tie-in of the Flotel bridge gangway to Sabratha
Platform and submit it to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
The Flotel SHALL provide adequate office facilities for the project, and IT communication both for COMPANY,
CONTRACTOR and Vendors/SUBCONTRACTORs.
CONTRACTOR SHALL obtain the necessary regulatory approval for:

• Flotel movements;
• helicopter regulations associated with flotel helideck operations.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop COMOPS bridging documents between flotel and platform.
CONTRACTOR SHALL define expected wave height /current and wind speeds limitations for working
overboard when it is applicable following DNVGL requirement and SHALL define availability of rescue craft
from Flotel according to International rules and standards
CONTRACTOR SHALL also provide calculations showing the expected availability of the gangway considering
the site Meteocean Data.
In order to avoid unauthorized access to platform from the Flotel, CONTRACTOR SHALL propose to
COMPANY for APPROVAL an adequate and effective personnel tracking system to monitor and control the
personnel movement between the flotel and Sabratha Platform.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide emergency response plan associated with potential incidents on the flotel e.g.,
fire, explosion, loss of engines etc
CONTRACTOR SHALL specify maximum working ambient temperature for their working personnel on the
platform
10.6.3 Pre-installation surveys

CONTRACTOR SHALL survey Sabratha platform before installation of the facilities.
The purpose of such survey is to check for any obstacles and to verify that Sabratha platform as-is
configuration is ready for the installation of riser bundle, riser protective structure and for the installation of the
prefabricated topside extension. Location and position of the required installation aids SHALL also be verified.
The objective of the underwater survey SHALL be:

• to confirm the platform water depth,
• check the jacket face geometry,
• the jacket brace diameters and brace steel status with ultrasonic test, perform braces cleaning if required,
• perform the riser braces cleanings,
• ensure enough spaces are left for the items installation and ensure there is no clashes with riser clamps
and riser caisson sections with jacket anodes or any other jacket components.
• Confirm riser caisson vertical length and seabed bathymetry
• Mark-up for clamps connections
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Confirm the riser bundle, riser guard fittability to Sabratha jacket
The underwater survey SHALL be performed by saturation divers.
10.6.4 Preparatory Activities
Before Offshore Installation CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare the platform to receive the new modules and
platform that will be installed during the offshore installation campaign.
The scope during this period SHALL include: -

a. Installation of supporting hooks and pads for the Slug Catcher Module.
b. Installation of cantilevered support beams at Level 0 (south) to temporarily support installation of the
new Pig Trap/Riser Platform
c. Removal of redundant access stairs and platform between Level 1 and Level 0.
d. Modify and removal (as required) of tertiary steelwork in way of the new structures, including handrail
and ladders etc.
e. Removal of Passive Fire Protection (PFP) in way of new connection points.
10.6.5 Topside Extensions Installation – Pig Trap Extension Platform

• Installation of installation aids and temporary cantilever beams
• Lifting, positioning on preinstalled cantilever beams and connection of the topside extension.
10.6.6 Riser Bundle & Riser Guard Structure Installation

• Installation of winch, pull head and other installation aids on Sabratha topside
• Lifting, upending, load transfer to winch and positioning of support caisson
• Closure and tightening of clamps for connection with existing jacket structure
• Lifting, upending, and positioning of risers and connection with support caisson
• Closure and tightening of clamps for connection of risers with support caisson
• Lifting, upending and positioning of Riser Guard Structure
• Removal of Temporary installation aids (lifting slings, etc.)
• Driving operations
• AS-BUILT surveys and reporting.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
10.6.7 Topside Extensions Installation – Slug Catcher Module

• Installation of installation aids and bumpers
• Lifting, positioning and connection of the topside extension.
• Secure the module after installation
10.6.8 Topside Extensions Installation – Chemical Injection Platform

• Installation of installation aids and strand jack
• Lifting, positioning and connection of the topside extension.
• Removal of temporary reinforcement and voyage protection
• Demobilisation(s) of MARINE SPREAD as required.
10.6.9 Relocation of existing items

CONTRACTOR SHALL also relocated Existing Hose Box SS-107 and some of Existing Supports as detailed
in the technical documentation in APPENDIX D-4.
10.6.10 Installation Aids Ownership and Management

CONTRACTOR SHALL remove all temporary installation aids.
All installation aids, further to the completion of installation work and their removal by CONTRACTOR, remain
in CONTRACTOR's ownership, unless otherwise indicated, including temporary platform, spreader bars and
any other temporary items necessary for installation.
10.7 WHPA Hook-up
10.7.1 General
Hook-up SHALL include all material and work of all trades required for hook-up of the WHPA PLATFORM and
FMWR sub-assemblies, including all work of ancillary or temporary service that is necessary for the expeditious
completion of the WORK.
All details of the WORK SHALL comply with specifications as well as CONSTRUCTION drawing and
procedures as developed during CONSTRUCTION engineering.
In addition to MARINE SPREAD provision, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all hook-up management,
supervision, technical support, labour, transportation of personnel, equipment, materials, consumable,
temporary facilities and hook-up services at the OFFSHORE SITES.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Hook-up services at OFFSHORE SITES SHALL include but not be limited to:
• COMPANY facilities including offices, reprography and communications services, computer hardware and
software, secretarial and clerical assistance, accommodation, messing, working and safety equipment,
helicopter, shore to field / field to shore transportation, and all other services and facilities required by
COMPANY to support the offshore hook-up and offshore mechanical completion, COMMISSIONING and
Start-Up, all as detailed in Sect. 13.0.
• CONTRACTOR's offices, accommodation, messing and all other services and facilities required by
CONTRACTOR to support the offshore hook-up.
• Craneage and rigging.
• Field engineering and technical control services.
• Materials control.
• Welding inspection and NDT.
• Certification Services.
• Helicopter transportation.
• Fabrication and craft work areas.
• Materials lay down areas.
• Indoctrination / trials of OFFSHORE SITE safety rules.
• First aid and medical station.
• Equipment maintenance facilities.
• Any other services and/or facilities required.
CONTRACTOR hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Obtaining all licenses, approvals, visas and permits.
• Implementing use of job cards as prepared during hook-up engineering.
• Managing and co-ordinating and supervising its own work as well as the work of all SUBCONTRACTORS
to ensure work is performed to the required schedule, quality and safety requirements.
• Ensuring timely mobilisation of VENDORS representatives and/or any specialists, and their retention at
OFFSHORE SITE for the required duration.
• Providing assistance to COMPANY at the OFFSHORE SITES as detailed in Sect. 13.0.
• Maintaining hook-up records.
• Maintaining and operating an adequate system of control of availability of drawings and specifications at
their latest revision at OFFSHORE SITES.
• Maintaining and operating an adequate material control procedure at OFFSHORE SITES.
• Preparing remedial plans where late material/equipment delivery and/or other hook-up problems arise.
• Managing field changes, revision of drawings.
• Carrying out as installed surveys for hook-up work and preparing a complete set of AS-BUILT drawings.
Welding and welding inspection for the hook-up of the PLATFORM sub-assemblies SHALL be performed by
successfully qualified personnel and in compliance with successfully qualified processes. Personnel and
processes qualification SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY APPROVAL prior their
implementation.
and NDT qualification for structural and piping work according to the specification, including:
- Piping welding
- Riser welding
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
These procedures SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL

- Piping welding
- Riser welding
Hook-up works SHALL include work for the following trades:
10.7.2 Structural
Structural hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
a) For integrated deck

- Welding between deck legs and jacket legs
- Continuous welding NDT.
- Removal of leg welding access platforms and protections for welding operations
- Installation of the stair cases between jacket and deck.
- Covering of padears with cover plates.
- Installation of turbo generators exhausts structure (to be confirmed by deck rigging studies.
- Installation of cantilever platforms.
b) For living quarter and helideck (if applicable)

- Welding between Accommodation and Helideck module legs and integrated deck supports.
- Continuous welding NDT.
- Removal of support welding access platforms.
- Installation of the stair cases between integrated deck and Accommodation & Helideck.
- Closing of sling opening in helideck
- Final fixing and adjustment of doors in the Accommodation module after installation.
- Closed access way pieces between living quarter and control room
c) Flare (if applicable)

- Installation of access walkways and the stair cases between integrated deck and flare.
- Installation of shimming plates to avoid horizontal sliding of the flare on the hooks.
10.7.3 Equipment
Equipment hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Installation of deck crane (to be confirmed by deck lift rigging studies).
• Installation completion of submerged pump into pre-installed caisson.
• Installation of submerged sea / fire water lift pump and casings into caissons.
• Completion of sewage disposal tube.
• Welding and continuous welding NDT as required.
• Setting, levelling, alignment and coupling of any rotating machinery under recommendation from
VENDORS.
• Installation of Fast Moving Work Over Rig sub-assemblies as per the sequence developed and Hook-up
with platform utilities (F&G, Seawater…etc.), see Section 10.9.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Installation of killing system package sub-assemblies.
10.7.4 Piping
Piping/sealine risers hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Installation of fabricated pipe supports for interconnecting piping spools.
• Installation of prefabricated interconnecting piping spools, including welding, bolting, screwing.
• Welding and continuous welding NDT.
• Hydrotesting
• Bolting of pipe flanges on equipment, SHOULD the connection left unbolted for sea
transportation/installation according to VENDOR's recommendations.
• Prevention of damage to stainless steel, copper, nickel and GRP pipe during the hook-up phase of the
work. Pipes SHALL be protected against fall of loads, impacts welding sparks, sand blasting, etc.
• Corrosion prevention applications to piping components and line identifications (flanges, hubs, etc.)
SHALL be re-applied following welding or PWHT, or damage caused by any means.
• All and any other piping work and/or services necessary to complete the hook-up.
10.7.5 Electrical
Electrical hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Installation of prefabricated cable tray ladder supports for interconnection cable tray/cable ladder runs.
• Installation of interconnecting cable trays and cable ladders.
• Routing of interconnecting cables, already laid on pre-fabricated cable ladders at yard, between
PLATFORM sub-assemblies via the interconnecting cable trays/cable ladders
• Glanding and termination of interconnecting cables to relevant equipment’s
• Hook-up earthing systems (as required) including installation of interconnecting earthing cables.
• Installation of temporary navigation aids (battery powered).
• Continuous inspection and testing
• All and any other electrical work and/or services necessary to complete the hook- up.
10.7.6 Instrumentation
Instrumentation hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Installation of interconnecting cable trays
• Installation of interconnecting cables between PLATFORM sub-assemblies via the interconnecting cable
trays and terminations.
• Re-installation of any instrumentation dismantled/sea-fastened at CONSTRUCTION YARD for
transportation purpose (e.g. gas detectors, etc ...)
• All and any other instrumentation work and/or services necessary to complete the hook-up.
• Same requirements SHALL be applied to hydraulic and pneumatic system.
10.7.7 Telecommunications
Telecommunications hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Installation of prefabricated cable tray supports for interconnection cable tray runs.
• Installation of interconnecting cable trays.
• Installation of interconnecting cables between PLATFORM sub-assemblies via the interconnecting cable
trays and terminations.
• Installation of antennas on the Living Quarter
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• All and any other communications work and/or services necessary to complete the hook-up.
10.7.8 Architectural
Architectural hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Hook-up of interconnecting piping and cables of accommodation specific equipment (kitchen, laundry,
sewage systems, etc.).
• Re-instalment of all architectural parts and equipment put into a stale of preservation al CONSTRUCTION
YARD especially for sea transportation and lifting.
• All and any architectural work and/r services necessary to complete the hook-up.
10.7.9 Painting and coating/fireproofing

Painting and coating/fireproofing scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Surface preparation and application of painting/coating systems in accordance with SPECIFICATIONS to
structures, piping and supports, etc. installed during the hook-up phase.
• restoring any and all surfaces affected by fixing of temporary supports and fastening. Repair to surface
and finishes SHALL be tested as per the original work.
• Continuous Inspection, testing and repairs of tested areas
• and any and all painting and coating work and/or services necessary to complete the hook-up.
10.7.10 Insulation
Insulation hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Application of insulation system in accordance with specifications to pipes, vessels, equipment, etc.
installed during the hook-up phase.
• and any and all insulation works and/or services necessary to complete the hook- up.
10.7.11 Hook-up work for other offshore installed sub-assemblies

Hook-up work in all hook-up disciplines related to items installed offshore as referred to in Sect. 10.5.6
10.7.12 Any other hook-up

The hook-up disciplines and hook-up scope of work included here above are not intended to be exhaustive.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible to identify all disciplines and identify and execute the total hook-up
scope of work.
10.8 Sabratha Modifications Hook-up
10.8.1 General
Hook-up SHALL include all material and work of all trades required for hook-up of the new facilities foreseen
by Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A” with existing Sabratha Platform. Hook-up SHALL include all work
of ancillary or temporary service that is necessary for the expeditious completion of the WORK.
All details of the WORK SHALL comply with specifications as well as CONSTRUCTION drawings and
procedures as developed during CONSTRUCTION engineering.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
In addition to MARINE SPREAD provision, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all hook-up management,
supervision, technical support, labour, transportation of personnel, equipment, materials, consumable,
temporary facilities and hook-up services at the OFFSHORE SITES.
In order to avoid delay to project due to inability of contractor to obtain BOSIET and other HSE training prior
to mobilization on Sabratha Platform, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide in due time COMPANY with training
matrix certifying personnel compliance to HSE and technical training required for the activities and presence
on Platform.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare a detailed methodology for transportation of their personnel to Sabratha
Platform, by helicopter and by supply boat, covering the contractual relationships of the involved actors ,i.e.
helicopter supplier, supply boat supplier, COMPANY as Sabratha Platform operator
Hook-up services at OFFSHORE SITES SHALL include but not be limited to:
• CONTRACTOR's offices, accommodation, messing and all other services and facilities required by
CONTRACTOR to support the offshore hook-up.
• Craneage and rigging.
• Field engineering and technical control services.
• Materials control.
• Welding inspection and NDT.
• Certification Services.
• Helicopter transportation.
• Fabrication and craft work areas.
• Materials lay down areas.
• Indoctrination / trials of OFFSHORE SITE safety rules.
• First aid and medical station.
• Equipment maintenance facilities.
• Any other services and/or facilities required.
CONTRACTOR hook-up scope of work SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Obtaining all licenses, approvals, visas and permits.
• Implementing use of job cards as prepared during hook-up engineering.
• Managing and co-ordinating and supervising its own work as well as the work of all SUBCONTRACTORS
to ensure work is performed to the required schedule, quality and safety requirements.
• Planning of resource and works sequence by mean of Job Cards, sequence, schedule and POB
limitations.
•
• Ensuring timely mobilisation of VENDORS representatives and/or any specialists, and their retention at
OFFSHORE SITE for the required duration.
• Providing assistance to COMPANY at the OFFSHORE SITES as detailed in Sect. 13.0.
• Maintaining hook-up records.
• Maintaining and operating an adequate system of control of availability of drawings and specifications at
their latest revision at OFFSHORE SITES.
• Maintaining and operating an adequate material control procedure at OFFSHORE SITES.
• Preparing remedial plans where late material/equipment delivery and/or other hook-up problems arise.
• Managing field changes, revision of drawings.
• Carrying out as installed surveys for hook-up work and preparing a complete set of AS-BUILT drawings.
Welding and welding inspection for the hook-up of the sub-assemblies SHALL be performed by successfully
qualified personnel and in compliance with successfully qualified processes. Personnel and processes
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
qualification SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY APPROVAL prior their

implementation.
CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for the dismantling of all items including but not limited to lines to be
converted from production to CO2 reinjection.
and NDT qualification for structural and piping work according to the specification, including:
- Piping welding
- Riser welding
These procedures SHALL be submitted to COMPANY/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY for APPROVAL

- Piping welding
- Riser welding
The execution of the hook-up activities has been divided in BASIC/FEED phase in three discrete phases:
• Pre-shutdown Activities:
o installation of piping bulk with the final closing spools in readiness for installation during the
shutdown.
o Completion of all steelwork modifications
o Put in place all insulation and painting with the exception of welds which will need to remain
exposed for the hydrotest.
o Complete outfitting of Pig Trap/Riser Platform with equipment and services;
o Install new hardware within electrical, instrument and telecom rooms;
o Run electrical and instrument cabling between rooms, and from rooms to field users.
o Install new electrical cabling for new lighting and new consumers
• Shutdown Activities: CONTRACTOR SHALL make every effort to keep shutdown period activity as
short as possible. Due to this. CONTRACTOR SHALL perform a Critical Path Analysis of the foreseen
activity to ensure that the shortest duration is attained. Expected activities are as follow:
o Completion of Process and Utility Piping Tie-ins
o Removal of existing flowlines and ancillaries. Complete new flowline tie-in.
o Electrical & Instrumentation hot works and final connections.
o Completion of DCS, ESD and F&G work within existing cabinets
o Mechanical completion and pre-commissioning scope
• Post-shutdown Activities: including
o Removal of any temporary structures
o General structural and piping pint touch up.
o Completion of punch list items (generally ‘B’ punch list items)
o Removal of scaffolding, final clean and demobilisation.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
In order to minimize downtime activities, CONTRACTOR SHALL plan Marine Installation, Pre-shutdown and
Shutdown activities during spring and summer.
10.9 FMWR Hook-up

CONTRACTOR SHALL consider Section 10.0 of Doc. No. DD-1000-P-Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A
- Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And Commissioning Scope Of Work”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
11.0 COMMISSIONING, START-UP, INITIAL OPERATIONS AND PERFORMANCE TEST
11.1 General
11.1.1 WHPA PLATFORM

The main stages leading up to the request for the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE will be as the following:
11.1.1.1 WHPA Jacket

a) MECHANICAL COMPLETION (MC)
b) Ready for Load-Out (RFLO)
c) Ready For Sail Away (RFSA)
d) Ready For Installation
e) Ready For Hook-Up (RFHU)
Certificates to prove successful completion of each stage SHALL be produced by CONTRACTOR and
subjected to APPROVAL of COMPANY/MWS/CERTIFYING AUTHORITY accordingly.
11.1.1.2 WHPA Deck

a) MECHANICAL COMPLETION (MC) including SAT of complete subsystems
c) Ready For Sail Away (RFSA)
d) Ready for Installation
e) Ready For Hook-Up (RFHU)
f) Ready For Fast Moving Workover Rig (RFFMWR)
g) Ready For Drilling & Completion (RFDC)
h) Ready For Platform Start-Up (RFSU)
i) Certificate of Fitness for Production (COFP) by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
j) Ready For Hydrocarbon-In (RFHC-IN)
k) Ready For Performance Test (RFPT) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications
l) PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (PAC) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha
Modifications
m) FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (FAC) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications
11.1.2 Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”

The main stages leading up to the request for the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE will be as the following:
a) MECHANICAL COMPLETION (MC) including SAT of complete subsystems
c) Ready for Sail Away (RFSA)
d) Ready for Installation
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
e) Ready for Hook-up (RFHU)

f) Mechanical Completion (MC)
g) Ready For Start-Up (RFSU)
h) Certificate of Fitness for Production (COFP) by CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
i) Ready For Hydrocarbon-In (RFHC-IN)
j) Ready for CO2 in (RFCO2-IN)
k) Ready For Performance Test (RFPT) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications
l) PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (PAC) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha
Modifications
m) FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (FAC) for WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications
11.1.3 FMWR
CONTRACTOR SHALL consider the following specific requirements for FMWR as per Doc. No. DD-1000-P-
Z-0005-00, “FMWR - Annex D - Part A - Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Installation And
Commissioning Scope Of Work”:
• Section 11.0 for Offshore COMMISSIONING and Start-up
• Section 12.0 for Delivery and Issue of Completion Certificate.
CONTRACTOR to hand-over FMWR to COMPANY’s Drilling and Completion Operations & Maintenance
Contractor upon approval of Ready For Drilling & Completion (RFDC). Refer to Section 5.5 of “Commissioning
and Start-up Execution Plan” (ET-114-T-Z-3566-00).
11.1.4 Facilities System/Subsystem Subdivision

The basic approach to Facilities MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING is the subdivision of
Facilities into Systems and Sub-Systems.
A System represent interconnected items or group of equipment performing a specific utility, safety, auxiliary
or process operational function, which can be isolated and separated from the rest of the Facility to allow for
independent Testing and COMMISSIONING.
Systems are classified into:
• Process: Functional Units designed for Well Hydrocarbon handling and processing (i.e.: Well Heads &
Flow Lines, Inlet Manifolds, Separation, Stabilization, De-hydration, Produced Water, etc.).
• Utility: Functional Units designed to supply utility services to the entire Facility (i.e.: Compressed Air,
Nitrogen, Water, Steam, Heating and Cooling Media, Seal Barrier Fluids, Lube and Hydraulic Oils, Liquid
and Gas Fuels Storage and Distribution, etc.).
• Auxiliary: Functional Units designed to provide auxiliary services to the Facility (i.e.: Main Power
Generation and Distribution, Lighting & Earthing, DCS and related monitoring applications, Telecom
Systems, HVAC, Chemical Injection, Open and Closed Drains, Area Completion, etc.).
• Safety: Functional Units designed to grant the Facility an adequate Safety level (i.e.: ESD/Fire & Gas, Fire
Fighting, Over/under Pressurization, Blanketing, Emergency and Safety Power Generation and
Distribution, Life.
The subdivision of PLATFORM’s Facilities into systems and sub-systems provides a workable method to:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Schedule CONSTRUCTION work according to a logical sequence of MECHANICAL COMPLETION and/or

COMMISSIONING activities.
• Conduct MECHANICAL COMPLETION and/or COMMISSIONING activities of some sub-system / systems
while others are still under CONSTRUCTION.
• Complete PLATFORM’s Facilities MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING on a sub-
system/system basis and in a systematic and controlled manner.
This approach takes full advantage of the fact that at any given moment in WHPA Platform or on Sabratha
Platform Modifications for Structure “A”, some areas (i.e. systems) are already under COMMISSIONING and
therefore mechanically complete, while others still under CONSTRUCTION. The overall result of this approach
is the earliest Start-Up date of WHPA Platform and of the new facilities installed on Sabratha Platform.
A defined subdivision of PLATFORM into systems is also used by CONSTRUCTION staff as the basis of its
pressure test program (hydraulic, pneumatic).
Systems are first defined on the PLATFORM P&I diagrams; these are marked up using different colours to
show each system and boundaries between systems. Each system is then broken down into its component
parts which are listed on a form sheet indicating:
- identifying code of each process line,
- equipment,
- tie-ins,
- safety and control valves,
- instruments,
- Other.
Preliminary project Facilities Systemization has been performed during Feed phase and attached to project
documents:
• WHPA Platform:ET-114-G-Z-0026-00 “COMMISSIONING & Start Up Systemization and Philosophy”.
• Sabratha Modification for Structure “A”: ET-125-T-Z-3566-00 COMMISSIONING & Start Up
Systemization and Philosophy”
CONTRACTOR SHALL review and endorse them, and update and complete considering the detailed
engineering progress of project documentation, using the same approach and criteria.
11.1.5 COMMISSIONING activity planning

all the documentation relevant to the COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, operations and maintenance and
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the WHPA PLATFORM’s Facilities and of new facilities of Sabratha Modifications
for Structure “A” as required in Sect. 7.9.
No COMMISSIONING activities SHALL be performed by CONTRACTOR on any Sub-System unless the

relevant MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE has been issued.
COMMISSIONING SHALL be performed at the CONSTRUCTION YARD to the maximum extent possible.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform at OFFSHORE SITE the remaining COMMISSIONING operations, in principle
limited to the parts of the Facilities built or re-assembled on OFFSHORE SITES, and to the OFFSHORE SITE
hook-up sections.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL re-perform offshore those COMMISSIONING activities, already performed onshore,
required to satisfy the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY certification requirements.
CONTRACTOR SHALL have the assistance of VENDOR' s specialist for COMMISSIONING & Pre-Start-Up
activities both at CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITES. CONTRACTOR SHALL co-ordinate and
provide the VENDOR's specialist assistance as per Sect. 8.7.
CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING procedures SHALL include the potential for H2S being present on WHPA
in case of use of Sabratha gas to pressurization of multiphase export line. CONTRACTOR therefore SHALL
put in place all necessary mitigating measures (including PPE) and H2S training for involved personnel.
In order to achieve Ready For Drilling & Completion (RFDC), CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee that all
systems (swing-out burner, safety systems…etc.) required for Drilling & Completion and FMWR operations
are properly commissioned and ready for operation and started-up.
11.1.6 Operation teams for COMMISSIONING and Start-Up

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide experienced and skilled personnel as required to conduct the
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, initial operations (ramp-up coordination with COMPANY) and performance
testing until PAC of the system/unit.
The responsibilities of the COMMISSIONING and START-UP team SHALL include but are not limited to:
1) Equipment and system inspection for correctness and completion.

2) Check of equipment and systems including control valves and orifice plates.
3) COMMISSIONING of equipment and systems. This includes such operations as catalyst loading, furnace
refractory dry-out, chemical degreasing, boil-outs, electrical energising, etc.
4) COMMISSIONING and Start-Up of all utility systems.
5) COMMISSIONING and Start-up of the units.
6) Adjusting and trimming the units (set point of electronic transmitters, regulators, control loops, ...) to
achieve automatic steady state type operation with a view to obtaining both design recovery and production
requirements. This includes configuration or programming charges to the IAS system as necessary.
7) Conduct tightness testing ( leak tests and service test).
8) Insulation of flanges/valves/instrumentation for systems SHALL be tested with N2/He during
COMMISSIONING. The leak test SHALL be performed according to relevant procedures and test results
SHALL be documented.
9) Correct support, vibration, thermal expansion problems detected during COMMISSIONING and Start-Up.
10) Install permanent packing where temporary packing was used during CONSTRUCTION/
COMMISSIONING.
11) Adjust and replace mechanical seals, packing, and accessories, as necessary.
12) Operate equipment and make vibration, governor trip, and safety device checks, and other required
operating tests and adjustments.
13) Make hot alignments and any dowelling required.
14) Check piping hangers, supports, guides, and any other "piping specials" for hot and cold settings and
make adjustments as necessary.
15) Check and record position of all car-sealed valves.
16) Conduct boil-out chemical cleaning, and flushing operations as required.
17) Provide and charge the required chemicals.
18) Conduct necessary purge operations, including installation of temporary purge piping or hoses to
equipment connections.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
19) Complete calibration of pressure safety valves with standard test. Safety valves SHALL be calibrated no
more than 40 days before the process units Start-Up. This calibration work SHALL be performed as much
as possible in the temporary workshop provided at OFFSHORE SITES by CONTRACTOR.
20) Recheck and complete (if necessary) calibration of instruments with standard lest equipment and make all
required adjustments and control point settings. This calibration work will be performed as much as
possible in the temporary workshop provided at OFFSHORE SITES by CONTRACTOR.
21) Fully pressurise and energise the transmitting and control signal system by opening process connections
at primary sensors and final regulators and by making control mode settings for automatic operation of
equipment.
22) Recalculate delta-P of flow measurements related to PLATFORM performance and material balance when
substantial difference exists between design process conditions and actual process conditions that MAY
affect measurement accuracy.
23) Test performance of the alarm and safety systems, sequence systems, etc.., using the primary and final
elements connected to the equipment (electronic transmitters/switches, limit switches, solenoid valves,
thermocouples, etc..), to verify the proper operation of the system.
24) Check the regular functioning of the UPS and of distribution systems of instruments electrical supply
(testing procedure according to Manufacturer manuals)
25) Check bores and thickness of orifice plates and install these plates. Complete calibration of instruments
with standard test equipment and make all required adjustments and control point settings. This calibration
work will be performed as much as possible in the temporary workshop provided at OFFSHORE SITE by
CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all the personnel necessary for COMMISSIONING and Start-Up activities.
When more than 6 months, (forty (40) days for pressure safety valves, elapse between the latest mechanical
completion/COMMISSIONING checks & tests and the process unit Start-up date, CONTRACTOR SHALL re-
check the calibration and operation of the most important & critical components of the unit, in particular:
➢ Safety valve calibration

➢ Performance test or the alarms
➢ UPS performance
➢ "Zero" check of transmitters and receivers
CONTRACTOR SHALL start the Commercial operation of the facilities as soon as instructed by COMPANY;
ensuring continuity of Commercial operation until execution of PERFORMANCE TES
11.2 COMMISSIONING, Pre Start-Up Activities

When the PROJECT enters into the Site Execution phase, the Site CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING
Organization SHALL be fully defined and ready to be mobilized.
All key personnel SHALL be nominated with clearly assigned Roles & Responsibilities, and already familiar
with Project’s Coordination and Management procedures.
Planning and organisation, engineering, execution and reporting of COMMISSIONING activities SHALL be
based on a Sub-Systems and Systems determination.
Before approaching the Execution of COMMISSIONING activities, the CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING

Team SHALL verify the availability and review all relevant Sub-System/System’s documents including, but not
limited to:
• All necessary approved engineering documents: specifications, data sheets, lists, reports, Drawings,
plot plans and lay-outs, control narratives, etc.
• Manufacturing Records of Equipment and components: Data Books, drawings, Installation and
COMMISSIONING Manuals, etc.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• FAT and E-FAT Reports of main equipment, Packages and Supplies and relevant Vendor’s Punch
Lists
• Site Acceptance Tests (SAT) Reports of all Equipment subjected to these, before the achievement of
relevant System’s MECHANICAL COMPLETION
The CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING team SHALL timely identify all Vendor’s carry-over works from the
manufacturing phase and notify the Project Management and respective Vendors for the definition and
implementation of necessary actions.
All MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING Functional & Operational Test activities carried out
upon FATs and E-FATs SHALL be recorded and certified through the applicable Project specific ITR-A /ITR-
B and other QC Records, and uploaded to the Project’s CCMS, for traceability and monitoring purposes.
All COMMISSIONING activities on individual Systems SHALL be duly recorded and documented, through the
relevant System’s COMMISSIONING Dossiers; typical index and content of dossier is specified in
27952.COS.QUA.STD.
Systems COMMISSIONING Dossiers SHALL be completed, as well, with all Red Line Mark-Up (RLMU) of
Engineering Documents updated during the execution of Completion & COMMISSIONING activities.
CONTRACTOR SHALL perform the COMMISSIONING and START-UP activities of the unit according to
APPROVED procedure, but not limited to:
• Utilities preparation including power energizing
• Inert gas purging
• Leak test (where applicable)
• Equipment and lines drying (where applicable)
• Feed stock introduction
• Initial operation
Site CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING execution scope SHALL include, but not limited to, the following main
activities:
• Sub-System/System’s MECHANICAL COMPLETION witnessing and acceptance
In order to anticipate at the earliest possible stage, the beginning of their activities, the CONTRACTOR
COMMISSIONING Team SHALL witness and attend the execution of Sub-System’s mechanical
completion inspections and checks.
• Inspections, Checks and Functional Tests (ITR-B)
Inspections, Checks and Functional Testing of individual elementary functions (Tag Items).
Inspections, Checks and Functional Tests are generally single discipline activities, meant to verify the
correct functionalities of each single equipment, component and device belonging to the Sub-System, per
approved design requirements.
The Functional Testing activities consists in live testing all individual elementary functions (Tag Items)
being assigned to a specific Sub-System.
Individual Tag Item’s functionalities are verified through a defined series of Inspections, Checks and Tests
orderly carried-out on the single components, in conditions as close as possible to the intended operation,
hence in energized and/or pressurized dynamic conditions.
• System’s Operational Testing
Operational Testing is the phase when the individual components (Tag items) of a System, previously
subjected to Functional Tests per single discipline and single Tag Item, are being gathered together to be
dynamically tested in conditions as close as possible to their operational design.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
System’s Operational Tests SHALL be carried out once all necessary QA/QC records of Functional Testing
(ITR-B) relevant to individual System’s components have been completed, signed-off and uploaded to the
Project’s CCMS.
At the completion of the operating tests, the entire set of OTP s and ITR-B are to be collected in the
COMMISSIONING Dossier.
• Start-up Preparatory activities (pre Start-Up activities and pre-Start-Up review)
Once all necessary System’s Operational Tests have been completed in compliance with their respective
OTPs and before the introduction of Hydrocarbon feedstock into the Process Facilities CONTRACTOR
COMMISSIONING Team SHALL prepare the Facility for the Start-Up through a number of preparatory
activities, up to individual System’s RFSU status.
These activities SHALL be part of the CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING scope, to be carried out in close
cooperation with the appointed COMPANY Organization, in such a way to facilitate Systems Hand-over
subsequent to PAC.
Facility pre-start up activities SHALL typically include, but not limited to:
o Final Systems Clean-ups and Dry-outs
o Leak Tests and Service Test
o Systems De-preservation
o Systems Loadings (Catalysts, Chemicals, etc.)
o System Line-ups (assistance to CONTRACTOR’s Operation Team)
o Start-up (assistance to CONTRACTOR’s Operation Team)
The CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team SHALL be accountable/responsible for the planning and
execution of the remaining Operational Testing activities after Hydrocarbon-In up to the execution of Platform’s
Facilities Start-Up and Performance Tests up to issue of PAC.
The performances of all Systems SHALL comply with Project’s design requirements. CONTRACTOR SHALL
Test the Performance of all systems and utilities to confirm achieving the design operating conditions
parameters (Flowrates, Pressure drops, Purity, consumptions…etc.) as specified in Appendix D-4
(Datasheets, Specifications…etc.).
11.3 Start Up and COMMISSIONING with Hydrocarbon

Once the system COMMISSIONING scope of all the utility and process systems are commissioned to
maximum extent a “Ready For Start Up” (RFSU) SHALL be issued in agreement between COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR.
Before starting with the Start-Up operations, PSUR SHALL be carried out by CONTRACTOR with
COMPANY attending, to verify and assess the Facility readiness for safe introduction of well Hydrocarbon.
CONTRACTOR SHALL not introduce well Hydrocarbon to the systems before CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
issue the Certificate of Fitness for Production (COFP) allowing Start-Up of production facilities. COFP means
certification by COMPANY's CERTIFYING AUTHORITY that the PLATFORM has been fully commissioned
including testing and inspection in accordance with the CONTRACT.
The Start-Up operation SHALL be detailed in separate Start-Up procedure developed by CONTRACTOR
operations team.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The following are the typical required activities to bring the hydrocarbon into the production facility:
o Line up pipe work and vessel (valves, PSV, locking devices, etc.).
o Check all valves position (locked open or locked closed), in accordance with the Approved
drawings and procedures.
o Check all isolations by spading and blinds are in accordance with the Approved drawings and
procedures.
o Prepare the FCS inhibition sheets (list the inhibition that SHALL be required) for first oil.
o Check that all punch list items have been cleared before Start-Up.
o Ensure safety equipment and emergency response is available.
o Ensure critical utilities are lined up and availability and reliability are confirmed.
o Ensure purging is performed and the system is gas free.
At this stage, the ‘’Ready For Hydrocarbon In” or “Ready for CO2 IN” Certificate SHALL be issued. This
certificate is not related to any transfer of responsibility from one entity to the other (systems are kept in hands
of the party in charge of the Start-Up).
After issuance of the “Ready For Hydrocarbon In” the Start-Up of the plant with first introduction of
hydrocarbons into the plant is performed by CONTRACTOR Operations team following Start-Up operation
procedures, which includes:
• Opening of well and introduction of Hydrocarbon into facility.
• Bring the process in operation with all the available streams
• Stabilization of process streams
Post Start-Up, the CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING Team and Operations Team SHALL jointly carry out
and complete all the COMMISSIONING activities that require process fluid, like for example dynamic operation
test with well hydrocarbon.
11.4 FACILITIES PERFORMANCE TEST

Once all post stat-up commissioning activities have been completed and the Facility(ies) have achieved stable
Operations/steady state condition, within the specified design tolerances and at the specified design operating
conditions, then CONTRACTOR and COMPANY SHALL agree about readiness for starting the
PERFORMANCE TEST according to the PERFORMANCE TEST Procedure specifying all required tests at
defined operating conditions.
Upon APPROVAL of RFPT by COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR scope SHALL include:
o Execution of Facility’s Performance Test
o Preparation and issuance of Facility’s Performance Test Report.
Above activities shall be duly recorded and documented through:

o Performance Test Check Lists and Logs;
o Performance Test Report.
o Any other required Documentations
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The Facility’s PERFORMANCE TEST, to be carried out in compliance with applicable Project and Contractual
requirements, shall aim to verify that:
o The performances of the overall Facility with its main process equipment, comply with Project’s
design requirements. CONTRACTOR SHALL Test the Performance to Confirm achieving the
design operating conditions parameters (Flowrates, Product Specifications, Performance Curves,
Pressures, Temperatures, Pressure Drops, Purity, Utility Consumptions, etc.) as specified in the
PERFORMANCE TEST Procedure and in Appendix D-4 (Datasheets, Specifications…etc.)
o The Facility(ies) can be safely and effectively operated at all specified operating parameters /
design conditions;
o The Contractually required Guaranteed Performances (as per Section 15.0) are satisfactorily met
at the Facility’s design conditions, within the allowed tolerances.
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the entire PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications SHALL be carried out for 72
consecutive hours without interruption. It starts counting when operating conditions of the first of a series of
tests specified in the approved PERFORMANCE TEST Procedure are reached and the operations are stable.
In case the Facility or an individual unit trips the PERFORMANCE TEST is deemed unsuccessful resetting the
timer to 0 hours. Once the trip has been investigated and the Facility / unit reset, stable steady-state operation
achieved the PERFORMANCE TEST SHALL be re-started
CONTRACTOR SHALL execute the PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications PERFORMANCE TESTS to
attest guarantees and certifications. All PERFORMANCE TESTS SHALL be witness certified and submitted
for COMPANY APPROVAL.
The official starting time of the performance tests SHALL be agreed upon by COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
Detailed PERFORMANCE TEST Procedure SHALL be submitted to COMPANY for APPROVAL at least six
months prior to the commencement of COMMISSIONING activities.
PERFORMANCE TESTS SHALL be carried out in accordance with the APPROVED Procedure as prepared
during detailed engineering phase and will be witnessed and signed off by COMPANY.
All additional test instruments as required to accomplish the test run and personnel as required to take
necessary measurement and samples during test run, SHALL be supplied by CONTRACTOR.
11.5 PROVISIONAL & FINAL ACCEPTANCE

The CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible and accountable for all new facilities during CONSTRUCTION,
MECHANICAL COMPLETION and COMMISSIONING activities (before and after HC-In, Well fluid) including
the execution of the START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST and until Provisional Acceptance Certificate
(PAC) is issued by COMPANY.
After HC-In, CONTRACTOR SHALL be in charge to the execution of the PERFORMANCE TEST. At the end
of the PERFORMANCE TEST, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit, for COMPANY APPROVAL, a
report to demonstrate the successful result of the PERFORMANCE TEST.
Once the WHPA PLATFORM’s Facility Performance Test has been successfully completed and the
Performance Test Report APPROVED by COMPANY, CONTRACTOR SHALL apply to the COMPANY for the
provisional acceptance certificate.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE of PLATFORM SHALL occur upon issuance of a certificate of PROVISIONAL

ACCEPTANCE by COMPANY.
The care and custody of any section of PLATFORM SHALL remain the responsibility of CONTRACTOR until
a Certificate of PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE is issued by
COMPANY for that section.
Upon successful completion of guarantee period (defect liability period) during PLATFORM OPERATION (24
Months from PAC issue date), CONTRACTOR SHALL apply to COMPANY for the issue of Final Acceptance
Certificate (FAC). FINAL ACCEPTANCE of PLATFORM SHALL occur upon issuance of FAC by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL follow similar approach for FMWR and Sabratha, considering that Sabratha Platform
is already in Operation, for the new facilities part of the Sabratha Modifications for Structure “A”.
11.6 Utilities, Feedstock and Products for CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY, the consumption schedule of feedstock, utilities, lubricants,
chemicals, and consumables required for COMMISSIONING and Start-Up along with the COMMISSIONING
and Start-Up procedures.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all the necessary CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up spares
and the first charge of lubricants and chemicals.
Other consumables, lubricants and chemicals needed during CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-
Up SHALL be provided by CONTRACTOR including inert gas.
All metering facilities SHALL be inspected by COMPANY to ensure accurate accounting of feedstock, utilities
and products during CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and Start-Up.
COMPANY will provide the feedstock from Start-Up to Provisional Acceptance Certificate. During the Start-Up
phase of unit(s), however, CONTRACTOR SHALL minimise flaring of the feedstock.
The products produced during the Start-Up phase SHALL be the property of COMPANY.
11.7 Health, Safety and Environment

CONTRACTOR SHALL be fully responsible for health, safety and environmental requirements during the
CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and initial operations activities including the
PERFORMANCE TESTS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit to COMPANY for APPROVAL HSE Plan/procedures to ensure
compliance with health, safety and environmental local and international requirements for the execution of all
the CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and initial operations activities.
CONTRACTOR SHALL take in consideration the offshore simultaneous operations/well completion and Hook
up/ COMMISSIONING / Start-Up/ initial operations of WHPA PLATFORM and additional facilities within
Sabratha Modification for Structure “A”.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
12.0 SIMULTANEOUS OPERATIONS (SIMOPS) AND COMBINED OPERATIONS (COMOPS)

During the normal course of assigned tasks according to its SCOPE OF WORK in the field, CONTRACTOR
SHALL take into consideration that MAY operate simultaneously with other actors involved in the PROJECT,
or within areas covered by Permit to Work systems managed by others.
In particular, CONTRACTOR SHALL interface with the COMPANY’s Drilling Contractor, COMPANY’s EPIC
Contractor for Subsea and Sealine (WP4), COMPANY’s EPIC Contractor for PPE (WP1), COMPANY’s EPIC
Contractor for Mellitah Onshore Plant (WP5) and COMPANY PRODUCTION OPERATION in order to assess
and agree the Combined Operations (COMOPS) and Simultaneous operations (SIMOPS) plan.
As a minimum, CONTRACTOR SHALL develop COMOPS / SIMOPS Emergency Response Procedures in

full consideration of the hazard scenarios evaluated in the FEED SIMOPS QRA studies (ET-125-T-Q-3536-00
and ET-114-T-Q-3536-00) with respect to hazard ranges and required mitigation strategies.
The Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS) are considered critical activities, and SHALL be monitored, planned
and shared in order to facilitate interface with all actors.
In case of SIMOPS activities CONTRACTOR responsibilities SHALL include but not limited to:
• Interface with COMPANY Safety Coordinator.

• Develop MOPO (Matrix of permitted operations).
• Develop bridging documentation addressing SIMOPS of WHPA / FMWR and Sealine
CONTRACTOR’s installation vessels and operation of Flotel.
• Develop bridging documentation addressing SIMOPS of Sabratha with Sealine and HLV
CONTRACTOR’s installation vessels and any related operation of Flotel
• Ensure the highest level of coordination and cooperation between the teams so CONTRACTOR will
interface with the coordination Manager of Drilling activities ensuring that all Simultaneous Operations
can be conducted efficiently.
• Liaison with all key actors of the SIMOPS entities and all other Services and Departments actors for
the SIMOPS area.
• Participation to the identification of additional Hazards and Assessment of Risks, and preparation of a
detailed schedule of the activities with all contractors and sub-contractors, with particularly attention
of the safety with the participation to the preparation of all SIMOPS meeting and Permit to Work
meetings Concerning the operations under SIMOPS.
• Coordination of the various tasks and works in term of safety and possible interference with priority
ensuring compatibility through the appropriate inputs to the overall schedule of work.
• Provide clear guidance concerning SIMOPS conditions and a continuous feedback to its hierarchy.
• Supervision of the different operations and interventions under SIMOPS through the Permit to Work
System as per SIMOPS program and planning including the management of the different interactions
and conflicts associated with the specified tasks requested.
• Coordination with COMPANY or other COMPANY’s EPIC Contractors to perform activities in areas
covered by Permit to Work systems not managed by CONTRACTOR.
• Identification, before hazardous operation of the overall and specific condition of the facilities as
suitable for the execution of the planned activities.
• Ensure close communication with COMPANY for any change in the SIMOPS program or interaction
with other department and Services interventions.
• Ensure the suitability of the Work system from the preparation phase to the closure of the Work Permit.
• Attendance to the meetings related to the planned activities and SIMOPS during PROJECT Execution,
and ensure that all Supervisors and Team Leaders Operating under SIMOPS respect the basic safety
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
rules and regulation, regarding the relevant work, the working teams' behaviour and good
housekeeping of the working platform/facility where the interventions are planned. This plan and work
program must be submitted in advance to COMPANY for APPROVAL.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
13.0 FACILITIES AND SERVICES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR TO COMPANY
13.1 Introduction
During the phases of the PROJECT execution COMPANY SHALL station COMPANY Project Team personnel
in CONTRACTOR' s Home Office(s) and sites. COMPANY MAY also visit and be stationed at CONTRACTOR'
s home offices and Manufacturer's establishments.
Except as otherwise stated herein ownership of the facilities provided as described below, SHALL rest with
the CONTRACTOR, including consumable items. CONTRACTOR SHALL retake possession of all items in an
"as is where is" basis when discharged by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL not be entitled to any claim
because of damage or loss to any item.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY, without limitation, the facilities and services identified herein,
and include the cost of providing and maintaining the same for the duration of the PROJECT in its Lump Sum
Price.
In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to complete the WORKS to achieve PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE by
applicable dates, CONTRACTOR SHALL be responsible for continuing the Assistance to COMPANY' s Project
Team with the facilities described herein, at no cost to COMPANY until such time the CONTRACTOR achieves
PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE.
Contractor SHALL provide COMPANY with an access / guest license (1 No.) for simulation software used by
Contractor such as ETAP, HYSYS, etc.
Contractor SHALL provide COMPANY with an access / guest license (1 No.) for International Codes and
Standards.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide equivalent facilities at other locations, such as SUBCONTRACTOR’s
offices/fabrication sites for COMPANY personnel at such offices/fabrication sites and CERTIFYING
AUTHORITY appointed by COMPANY
The offices SHALL be adjoining or in the same level location and very near the CONTRACTOR team’s offices.
The office area SHALL comply with local building, HSE and Fire regulations including partitioning, doorways,
lighting, heating, ventilation and portable firefighting equipment.
All offices, meeting rooms, corridors, common areas etc. for the use of the COMPANY SHALL be designated
no-smoking areas.
The facilities SHALL be accessible to COMPANY all times, and necessary security passes and/or keys SHALL
be provided to permit access after normal work and on weekends and holidays.
CONTRACTOR will provide all COMPANY staff working in their offices with a telephone, including direct
International dialling facility.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL supply, repair, replace, and maintain all the laptops, computing, printing, plotting
equipment and software listed below and SHALL ensure that the equipment is available for use in good order
and with the requisite consumables for the duration of the CONTRACT.
Furthermore, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide facilities at YARD services, SITES, and facilities for
representatives of the CERTIFYING AUTHORITY (CERTIFYING AUTHORITY and MWS) and COMPANY’s
supervising engineers.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide licence/access to international codes and standards.
The following SHALL be applicable to any CONTRACTOR site designated for executing all or part of the
WORK.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL provide a partitioned secure office area with SOUND PROOF and associated
facilities for the exclusive use of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, COMPANY personnel, and COMPANY
visitors. All offices SHALL have easy access to common areas, toilet facilities, staircases and lifts.
The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE’s offices/Mangers’ office, notwithstanding the above requirements,
SHALL have a small meeting table with four (4) chairs and be provided with one international direct line. Chairs
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
SHALL be comfortable type and suitable for health and work. Facilities and services provided by
CONTRACTOR SHALL be for all COMPANY’ personnel including Trainees, etc
13.2 Engineering phase at CONTRACTOR' s home office

During PROJECT execution in the CONTRACTOR's office, COMPANY SHALL station personnel in
CONTRACTOR' s office. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY' s Project Team, without limitation,
the following:
13.2.1 General
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide secure and dedicated offices for COMPANY Project Team at the same
location as their own staff working on the PROJECT.
The offices for the COMPANY team SHALL be located conveniently close to Project Management,
Engineering, Drafting, and Procurement functions of CONTRACTOR' s team.
The offices SHALL have lockable doors and will be of executive quality as a minimum.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all communication and information technology facilities mentioned below and
elsewhere in COMPANY Procedure/Guidelines/Information Technology Plan. These facilities SHALL be
provided fully between CONTRACTOR Home Offices, sites and COMPANY H.Q. For other locations (such as
VENDORS/other COMPANY contractors/ Licensors) communication facilities to concerned parties will be
required except video conferencing.
13.2.2 Summary requirement

Office accommodation and facilities will be required for the COMPANY Project Team, consisting of up to 30
(thirty) full time/part time persons.
13.2.3 Office accommodation and facilities for COMPANY project team
13.2.3.1 Office accommodation

The requirements for office accommodation and facilities encompass full-height air- conditioned offices and
defined work areas. These SHALL nominally be as follows:
QUANTITY
4 20 sq.m Managers' Offices
6 15 sq.m Single Person Offices
2 100 sq.m open Offices (for 10 persons each)
1 15 sq.m Secretary Area
1 50 sq.m Document Control and Records Area
1 15 sq.m Reception Area
2 45 sq.m Meeting Room (with meeting table and 20 conference chairs)
1 30 sq.m prayer area with utilities
13.2.3.2 Office requirements

• Single person offices SHALL include a desk, chairs for occupant and two guest, bookcase, lockable
cabinet and computer table.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• Multi-person offices SHALL have desks and chairs for occupants and guest, bookcases and locking file
cabinets, credenzas and reference table for computers and printers.
• The filing and records area SHALL have locking file cabinets and locking cabinets. The rooms will also
have a reference table with two chairs.
13.2.3.3 Other office space

The following access to additional spaces for other particular requirements SHALL be available:
• Ready access to a conference room equipped with marker board, flip chart, slides projector, TV and VCR,
overhead projector.
• Ready access to conference room equipped for video-conference. Office facility will be equipped with
walkway entrance to office areas.
• Ready access to Male & Female Toilets
• Prayer room with dedicated toilets and ablution facilities SHALL be provided.
13.2.4 Security
COMPANY minimum Security Requirements related to the execution of engineering, procurement,
CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING and START-UP activities are defined in “HSEQ-S Minimum
Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers Activities, Doc. No. MOG-HSEQ-P-139, APPENDIX “E”, Annex
HSE 1.
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop project specific security system documentation and procedures to include,
but not be limited to:
• Security Strategy
• Security Plan
• Security Plan for Outside Libya
• Security Induction/Training
• Reporting/Investigation of Incidents
• Travel Management
•
The security arrangements for the entire Project Office SHALL be subject to the APPROVAL of COMPANY.
Around-the-clock security presence and operational routine SHALL be maintained throughout the year. Passes
and temporary identification permits SHALL be issued and examined and access to any part of the Project
Office SHALL be controlled and limited to those who have authorised business associated with the PROJECT.
13.2.5 IT requirements
13.2.5.1 Premises
CONTRACTOR will supply for each component of COMPANY's Project Team use, personal computer,
network and software, in accordance with the following minimum requirements.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
COMPANY personnel staff located at the CONTRACTOR’s Project Office will require access to standard
COMPANY infrastructure and services (Email, WWW, MS-Office, Shared folders through secure VPN with
COMPANY HQ).
The CONTRACTOR SHALL supply, repair and maintain all the computing, printing, plotting equipment and
software listed below and SHALL ensure that the equipment is available for use in good order and with the
requisite consumables for the duration of the CONTRACT.
13.2.5.2 Printers
Printers will be supplied on an individual basis for the secretarial and document control personnel, in addition
printers will be installed, one for each open office. Managers' Offices SHALL be supplied with one small colour
printer/scanner.
All these printers are to have network connections for general use. Dedicated printers are to be supplied for
each manager's offices and each single person offices.
Printers will be colour laser printer for paper size A3 & A4. The secretarial, document controllers and shared
printers will have large capacity. One colour printer/plotter for size AO SHALL be provided. All the printers
SHALL be accessible (hooked up) to all the COMPANY computers.
13.2.5.3 Personal Computers

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide to COMPANY 30 desktop computers; each fitted with double 32” monitors
and a Webcam and in addition to 30 laptop computers with relevant auxiliaries. All SHALL have the last
Microsoft versions offered in stable status. Computers/Laptops (Heavy duty with auxiliary, eternal 1T HD, etc.)
SHALL be provided to the COMPANY’s PROJECT team at the Kick-off meeting and will be owned by
COMPANY
The computers/laptops SHALL be selected among the last models available by the market, suitable to support
the last Microsoft versions. Specification of computers SHALL be submitted to COMPANY APPROVAL prior
to provision by CONTRACTOR.
All computers SHALL be equipped with an E-mail account and fast Internet connection to allow communication
to the COMPANY’s facilities.
The computers/laptops SHALL be networked and include separate secure directories.
13.2.5.4 Communications
The CONTRACTOR SHALL connect the COMPANY’s Laptops to the public internet by allowing the
COMPANY’s laptops and the CONTRACTOR supplied desktop PCs to be connected to the CONTRACTOR’s
LAN and using CONTRACTOR’s internet connection to connect to public internet.
A good bandwidth up must be made available to COMPANY personnel throughout the course of the WORK.
One conference room which SHALL be adequately furnished to accommodate a minimum of 20 people. The
conference room SHALL be equipped with video conferencing facility with a capability both IP and ISDN
technology, a large white board, an overhead projector, PC beamer, conference speaker telephone.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
13.2.5.5 Telephones
One telephone with international access SHALL be provided for each person of COMPANY's Project Team
dislocated in CONTRACTOR's home office. In particular the telephones in each manager's office, as well as
the ones in each single person office, SHALL be provided with voice mail facility.
13.2.6 Support personnel

During the period(s) that COMPANY's Project Team are located in CONTRACTOR's Home Office,
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide, as a minimum, the following support personnel to COMPANY' s Project Team
including:
a) Two (2) Document Controllers
b) one (1) Executive Secretary
c) Two (2) Staff Secretaries
13.2.7 Stationery
CONTRACTOR SHALL make standard stationery and computer supplies available to the COMPANY's Project
Team as and when required.
13.2.8 Other hardware

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide the following office equipment:
• One (1) heavy duty document shredder;
• Three (3) document shredder (one on each Managers' Offices /single office).
• One (1) A3/A4 hi-speed photocopier with sorter;
13.2.9 Canteen facilities

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide:
• Lunches for COMPANY personnel in the CONTRACTOR canteen
• Catered lunches (e.g. sandwich service) as required for COMPANY meetings.
• A coffee machine and potable water dispenser in the COMPANY's offices
• Catering services (e.g. vending machines, breakfast, lunch at canteen facilities, etc.) and this SHALL be
free of charge for COMPANY’s personnel, trainees, and their visitors and SHALL provide HALAL food.
13.2.10 Car parking

Adequate car parking (space for vehicles of each COMPANY Project Team component and spaces for visitor
parking) SHALL be provided by CONTRACTOR as part of the Central Project Office facilities for exclusive use
by COMPANY personnel.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
13.2.11 Assistance to COMPANY Project Team by CONTRACTOR
13.2.11.1 Housing
CONTRACTOR SHALL assist in:
• Locating and co-ordination of renting accommodation (fully and equipped apartment/ corporate standard)
in area near the office.
13.2.11.2 Visas and travel arrangements

CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Provide all assistance in securing necessary licenses, visas, resident permits, and documentation for entry
and exit of COMPANY' s staff and their families for residence and business purposes.
• Assist in travel arrangements and collection of documents for the COMPANY staff and their families, and
trainees including their families.
13.2.11.3 Transport
CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Provide assistance in renting vehicles for COMPANY staff.
• Assist in vehicle registration and securing driving licenses for COMPANY staff.
13.2.11.4 Medical facilities

CONTRACTOR SHALL:
• Provide assistance for the COMPANY staff and their families in establishing necessary Health Insurance,
and obtaining general and specialist medical care, as minimum in similar nature to that of CONTRACTOR
employees.
• Assist in providing necessary co-ordination with Government/Specialist hospitals.
13.2.11.5 Administration and HR

• Provide the required reference and support letters for COMPANY staff related to Bank, etc.
13.3 VENDOR's and manufacturer's offices

CONTRACTOR SHALL arrange, on behalf of COMPANY, office and communications facilities at each of the
VENDOR's and Manufacturer's Offices as required by the COMPANY during the period of the work. The
COMPANY does not require permanent office facilities as it is envisaged that attendance at the VENDOR's
/Manufacturer's establishment will be short visits only. However, there MAY be extended periods during factory
acceptance testing for special items of equipment.
13.4 CONSTRUCTION YARD location

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide and maintain at his expense for the duration of the CONTRACT the following
air-conditioned offices and services per CONSTRUCTION YARD.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
The offices SHALL be located within the CONSTRUCTION YARD area and as close as possible to the
fabrication site.
13.4.1 Office accommodation

QUNTITY
2 20 sq.m Managers' Offices
4 15 sq.m Single Person Offices
1 100 sq.m open Offices (for 10 persons each)
1 15 sq.m Secretary Area
1 50 sq.m Document Control and Records Area
1 15 sq.m Reception Area
2 45 sq.m Meeting Room (with meeting table and 20 conference chairs)
1 20 sq.m prayer area with utilities
13.4.2 Support personnel

During the period(s) that COMPANY's Project Team is located in CONSTRUCTION YARD, CONTRACTOR
SHALL provide, as a minimum, the following support personnel to COMPANY's Project Team including:
a) One (1) Document Controller
b) One (1) Executive Secretary
The same other services to COMPANY's CONSTRUCTION Team (10-20) persons each CONSTRUCTION
YARD like at CONTRACTOR's home office during engineering phase as specified in Section 13.2 SHALL be
provided.
In addition, fabrication safety related services SHOULD be provided as follows:
13.4.3 Personnel Safety Equipment

The CONTRACTOR SHALL provide for COMPANY's sole use and replace, as necessary, the following safety
equipment for each of COMPANY's site personnel together with additional sets for guests as required by
COMPANY.
Each set of personnel safety equipment SHALL comprise:
• One helmet
• One pair of steel capped site boots
• One pair of safety glasses
• Two overalls
• As required other safety equipment such as earplugs, dust masks, safety gloves, etc...
The CONTRACTOR SHALL replace worn out or damaged or lost equipment from time to time during the
CONSTRUCTION period.
The CONTRACTOR SHALL ensure that COMPANY equipment and hand tools are identified with COMPANY
Logo and are coloured independently from all CONTRACTOR' s personnel as APPROVED by COMPANY.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
13.4.4 COMPANY personnel safety training

CONTRACTOR SHALL inform and train COMPANY' s personnel according to CONTRACTOR
CONSTRUCTION Safety procedures.
13.4.5 OFFSHORE SITE (MARINE SPREAD) location

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide and maintain at his own cost the services and facilities covered by this Section
for COMPANY's personnel on OFFSHORE SITE from the time of COMPANY's personnel mobilisation (which
will take place in a progressive manner) up to the completion of the activities concerned.
a) Services on Board MARINE SPREAD during offshore installation
i. Three (3) separate offices for the sole use of COMPANY's personnel. Each office SHALL have a
minimum floor area of approximately 10 square meters and SHALL be equipped with two desks, one
reference table, four chairs, a filing cabinet. Office stationery SHALL also be provided.
ii. Two (2) computer General Work Stations for sole use of COMPANY's personnel including software.
iii. CONTRACTOR SHALL also provide on board all necessary working equipment for COMPANY's
personnel such as hard hats, overall, boots, raincoats, safety suits, life jackets, etc.
iv. CONTRACTOR' s radio, telex, telecopy and other communication facilities SHALL be available for use
of COMPANY's personnel at all times on board of said MARINE SPREAD.
v. In addition, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide on board the MARINE SPREAD in COMPANY offices
lnmarsat telecommunication facilities (telephone and telefax) for the exclusive use of COMPANY's
personnel.
Charges for calls using lnmarsat SHALL be to the account of COMPANY upon justification
(connection/subscription charges SHALL be to the account of CONTRACTOR).
vi. Four (4) VHF portable radio sets supplied with a remote speaker/ microphone, leather carrying case
with belt and shoulder strap, charger unit for up to four batteries, plus one re-chargeable battery for
each radio set.
vii. Sleeping accommodation for COMPANY personnel (10 people minimum to be considered). It SHALL
comprise a minimum of 2 single cabins, with other personnel accommodated at a maximum of two
persons per cabin.
viii. Full messing SHALL be provided facilities SHALL be provided for a maximum of twelve (12)
COMPANY persons including other COMPANY contractors and nominated third party personnel.
Accommodation and messing facilities SHALL be provided for a maximum of twelve (12) COMPANY
persons including other COMPANY contractors and nominated third party personnel.
b) CONTRACTOR SHALL provide at his own cost Transportation for COMPANY's personnel for
COMPANY's personnel access to WORK at OFFSHORE SITE:
• from/to (Libyan airport) or from/to (Malta Airport)
• from/to OFFSHORE SITE location.
c) Hook-up and COMMISSIONING phases (up to issue of PAC)
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide for the sole use of COMPANY's personnel the following services and
facilities at the offshore site during hook-up and COMMISSIONING activities but for the following
quantities as base case:
i. Services on board of MARINE SPREAD.

Number of offices: 20 instead of 4 (during installation)
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Computers: 20 instead of 2 (during installation)

Printers: 20 instead of 1 (during installation)
ii. Accommodation and messing

Maximum personnel 30 instead of 12 (during installation)
d) Drilling and Completion phase

CONTRACTOR SHALL provide for the sole use of COMPANY's and D&C OM personnel all the services,
facilities, Accommodation and messing at the offshore site during the activities for 30 Persons.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
14.0 PROJECT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
14.1 Introduction
CONTRACTOR SHALL develop and implement a comprehensive training program for COMPANY personnel.
The objective of training is to ensure that COMPANY personnel will be qualified to safely supervise, operate,
maintain and technically support the new facilities of WHPA and Sabratha Platforms as well as to take over
the longer-term training and development of subordinate staff and new hires.
Training SHALL be carried out at overseas locations and at jobsite according to a detailed program and time
schedule proposed by CONTRACTOR and APPROVED by COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL satisfy as minimum the requirements outlined below. However, CONTRACTOR
SHALL supply additional training as necessary based on his experience with similar plant facilities and the
effective qualifications of personnel recruited by COMPANY for training.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide suitable classrooms and classroom furniture (desks, chairs, HVAC,
wallboards) for all training at COMPANY PLANT job site.
CONTRACTOR SHALL also include in the Scope of WORKS the training management as required by the
PROJECT.
14.2 Training Organization
CONTRACTOR SHALL nominate a Training Officer who SHALL:

• represent CONTRACTOR in all training-related matters vis-à-vis COMPANY,
• direct the phases of training program development, delivery and evaluation inside and outside Libya,
• be responsible for supervision of the training programme.
The Training Officer SHALL be experienced in START-UP, COMMISSIONING and operation of Production
Facilities and have worked in a similar position on previous projects.
The Training Officer SHALL take the lead role in the provision of the training courses backed up by appropriate
CONTRACTOR and Suppliers expert personnel.
14.3 General requirements of training program
14.3.1 Module-based training program

Within 180 days of effective date of the CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit to
COMPANY for review and APPROVAL a complete module-based training program and schedule based on
but not limited to the requirements cited here.
14.3.2 Plant organisation chart

Based on new plant configuration, complexity and magnitude, and CONTRACTOR' s specific experience with
plant under supply, CONTRACTOR SHALL submit within 90 days of EFFECTIVE DATE of the CONTRACT
proposed organisation charts covering operations, maintenance, and technical support functions. Organisation
charts SHALL show clearly in graphic form the number and type of required job positions, shift allocations as
applicable, and vertical/horizontal hierarchy and relationships. CONTRACTOR SHALL supply detailed plant-
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
specific job descriptions of all job positions shown on organisation charts. After review and APPROVAL by
COMPANY, said organisation charts and job descriptions SHALL form the basis for recruitment, staffing and
training of COMPANY personnel for new plant.
14.4 Content and timing of training

CONTRACTOR's training program SHALL include training of COMPANY personnel. CONTRACTOR SHALL
recommend the training modules, module durations, trainee groups (number, composition, job titles), training
locations, and related training curricula and classroom/practical activities. COMPANY SHALL approve in
advance CONTRACTOR's recommended training modules, durations, trainee groups, training locations,
curricula, and instructional activities.
Based on the Training Program provided by CONTRACTOR, COMPANY will finalize the required maximum
number of trainees to be communicated to CONTRACTOR within the CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE.
14.4.1 Operations and HSEQ training
14.4.1.1 Training outside Libya (e.g. CONTRACTOR HOME OFFICE)

Designated COMPANY Operations and HSEQ personnel SHALL receive training abroad at operating process
installations of similar design, complexity and magnitude. Training to combine classroom and in-plant
instruction and include as minimum:
• Platform layout.
• Process chemistry, feedstock, products.
• Equipment identification and characteristics.
• Unit operations and operating parameters.
• Detailed review of PFD’s and P&ID’s.
• Manning organisation; job duties and tasks.
• Procedures for safe process Start-Up, monitoring and control as well as shutdown scenarios.
• Analytical requirements and quality control.
• Process optimisation and troubleshooting.
• Safe process supervisory and operating practices.
• Training at ICSS Vendor premises covering the new Control system Graphic user interfaces and control
system philosophy.
• Training at EMS Vendor premises for power plant operators covering the Electrical Control System.
• DCS control system training for Control room board operators, for all kinds of added new facilities.
• Emergency systems functions (ESD, BD, AFP..etc) and response to various incidents scenarios (Gas
release, Fire and Explosions)
• Fixed and potable firefighting equipment inspection and testing requirements.
• Lifesaving and first aid equipment (BA, eyewash stations / safety showers etc.) inspection and certification
requirements
•
• Training for company COMMISSIONING team on MECHANICAL COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING,
Start-up and Performance tests.
This is directed at key Operations and HSEQ personnel, i.e. unit superintendents, process engineers, shift
foremen, control console operators, laboratory supervisors, HSEQ coordinators, supervisors and specialists,
and the like.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide COMPANY personnel and CONTRACTOR’s instructors with the required
safety equipment and clothing necessary to take part in all phases of training outside Libya
14.4.1.2 Training on WHPA PLATFORM (CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE)

Designated COMPANY personnel SHALL receive on job training on PLATFORM during end-construction,
COMMISSIONING, Start-Up and operation until sign-off of PAC. Training to include:
• On-job instruction regarding day-to-day operation of processes, their control, start-up and shutdown
sequences; fundamentals of materials handling and safety in operation.
• Inspecting installed equipment for conformity with CONTRACT specs and codes.
• Making cold alignment checks and flushing/cleaning lines and equipment.
• Running in drivers, pumps, and equipment.
• Testing/aligning control system elements from control system consoles and on site.
• Provide support to the site operator in training material such as DCS Simulator devise for all new process
units e.g. Training simulator system/advanced process control (plant information technology).
• Provide support to the site operator in training in EMS operation.
• Ensure that specific training as required by operating procedures for any required hand portable tool for
sampling is conducted prior and after gas and hydrocarbon introduction.
• Provision for training with Vendor - supervision during installation wherever applicable.
• Training to Operating / maintenance personnel at Site for specific machinery and equipment as required
by Vendor / equipment supplier.
This training is directed at personnel trained abroad and other operation personnel, i.e. outside process
operators, lab technicians, etc.
Upon completion of on job training, COMPANY personnel SHALL take up their job duties in COMPANY's
manning organisation and work under the guidance and responsibility of CONTRACTOR's personnel during
the plant COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, initial operation and performances testing period; work to include:
• Safe operating practices.
• Circulating process fluids.
• Starting preliminary production.
• Operating and aligning control system and equipment up to steady state.
• Optimising / troubleshooting equipment operation.
• Familiarising with work and reporting routines, task allocation, shift turnover, operating and emergency
procedures.
14.4.1.3 Training on Sabratha PLATFORM (CONSTRUCTION YARD or OFFSHORE SITE)
14.4.2 PLATFORM maintenance training
14.4.2.1 Training at manufactures work shops

Designated COMPANY maintenance personnel SHALL receive training at manufacturer workshops of critical
plant machinery and systems. Maintenance training at manufacturer workshops to include as applicable:
• Programmed classroom instruction covering equipment preventive and predictive maintenance
requirements; equipment design, manufacture, CONSTRUCTION materials, control systems; equipment
start-up, monitoring/control during operation; shutdown; maintenance scheduling.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• In-shop instruction in dismantling, inspection, maintenance and troubleshooting/repair of equipment and

control system components.
• The opportunity to "shadow" experienced technicians and observe maintenance procedures, learn
troubleshooting criteria/techniques.
• Safe inspection, maintenance and repair practices.
• Training at ICSS Vendor premises for automation/instrument engineers covering the Control systems,
Metering, PLC packages and control system philosophy.
• Training at ECS Vendor premises for Electrical technicians covering the Electrical Control Systems.
•
This training is directed at key maintenance personnel (mechanics/instruments/ electric), i.e. area maintenance
engineer, craft and shop foremen, and senior maintenance specialists.
14.4.2.2 Training PLATFORM jobsites (CONSTRUCTION YARD and OFFSHORE SITE)

Designated COMPANY personnel SHALL receive on job training at PLATFORM jobsites during end
CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, initial operation and performances testing until sign-off of
PAC.
Training to include:
• Programmed instruction in equipment and control system design, manufacture, CONSTRUCTION
materials, principles of operation.
• Safe work and maintenance practices.
• Inspecting installed equipment, machinery, electrical and instrumentation systems.
• Energising, testing, and running in equipment drivers, pumps, machinery, electrical plant and field
instrumentation.
• Calibrating instrumentation and process control loops.
• On job instruction in precommissioning of critical equipment items and control system components.
• Familiarising with work and reporting routines, task allocation, shift turnover, operating procedures, tools
materials and spares.
• Reviewing ongoing requirements for routine and preventive maintenance.
• Reviewing ongoing lube and spares requirements.
• On-job training for automation/instrument engineers covering the Control systems, Metering, PLC
packages.
• On-job training for Electrical technicians covering the Electrical Control Systems.
•
This training is directed at personnel trained abroad and other maintenance personnel, i.e. maintenance
craftsmen, shop mechanics, electricians, telecom and instruments technicians.
Upon completion of training at PLATFORM jobsites, COMPANY personnel will take up their job duties in
COMPANY's manning organisation and work under the guidance and responsibility of CONTRACTOR's
personnel during the COMMISSIONING period, gaining experience in implementing inspection, maintenance,
and repair of equipment and control systems.
14.4.3 Safety training

CONTRACTOR SHALL instruct all COMPANY personnel in safe plant supervisory, operating and maintenance
procedures prior to commencing any training at PLATFORM jobsites. Safety training SHALL endeavour to
stimulate proactive HSE (health, safety, environment & Quality) awareness through presentation and
demonstration of:
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
• PPE (personal protective equipment) requirements.

• Smoking and controlled substance restrictions.
• General and specific hazards; hazardous materials.
• Safe access to/from plant work areas.
• Safe behaviour in event of incident, accident, or hazardous practice.
• Control of noise; defending self from hearing loss.
• Manual handling and lifting techniques.
• Fire control and fire procedures (raising the alarm, evacuation, muster points, use of extinguishers).
• Electrical hazards on site.
• Permit to work system.
• Safe procedures for operations and maintenance specifically tailored to new plant under supply.
• Emergency systems functions (ESD, BD, AFP..etc) and response to various incidents scenarios (Gas
release, Fire and Explosions)
• Fixed and potable firefighting equipment inspection and testing requirements.
• Lifesaving and first aid equipment (BA, eyewash stations / safety showers etc.) inspection and certification
requirements
• Toxic gas release
• Quality
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide COMPANY personnel and CONTRACTOR's instructors with the required
safety equipment and clothing necessary to take part in all phases of training outside PLATFORM.
14.4.4 Training materials/aids/equipment

For all training phases conducted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide all required training
materials/aids APPROVED in advance by COMPANY, including but not limited to:
• Training materials - course curriculum, trainee manuals, handouts, graphics, instructor guides, lesson
plans, testing and measuring materials, laboratory and homework exercises.
• Training aids - appropriate films, slides, computer software packages/materials and other relevant teaching
aids, materials and supplies necessary to support, maintain and successfully supplement the training
program.
• Operator Training Simulator SHALL be offered as an option [OPTION 5]
CONTRACTOR SHALL list indicatively in his proposal the quality/quantity of training aids to be supplied for
training.
All training materials/aids SHALL become the property of COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide COMPANY with five (5) complete sets of original and hard copies of all training
materials/aids supplied by CONTRACTOR. Also, CONTRACTOR SHALL provide COMPANY with complete
sets of all written materials on electronic format.
All COMPANY personnel SHALL receive one COMPANY-APPROVED training manual for each training
module in which said personnel participates. Documentation for each course SHALL be issued to COMPANY
participants six (6) weeks prior to commencement of the course to allow for familiarization.
CONTRACTOR SHALL provide required audio visual equipment/hardware, interactive video hardware,
computer equipment with printers and monitors and other relevant hardware and peripherals necessary to
successfully supplement the training program. All training hardware SHALL remain property of
CONTRACTOR.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
14.4.5 APPROVAL of training materials

All training, instructional, support and supplementary materials, manuals, and curricula detailing specific
courses to be taught and the intended methodologies proposed for each training module of the PROJECT by
CONTRACTOR SHALL be APPROVED by COMPANY at least ninety (90) days in advance of the start date
of the respective training phase.
14.4.6 Timing of training

CONTRACTOR SHALL submit to COMPANY for review and acceptance a training schedule for each training
module, based on CONTRACT milestone events.
CONTRACTOR and COMPANY SHALL jointly agree to start dates of individual training periods. However,
such agreement SHALL be in accordance with the above conditions and in alignment with the project schedule
of when trainees will need to implement the training they received.
CONTRACTOR SHALL conduct training at the rate of five days per calendar week, eight hours per day,
totalling 40 hours per week.
14.4.7 CONTRACTOR instructional team

CONTRACTOR SHALL specify type and number of instructors supplied for each training
module. In this regard CONTRACTOR SHALL submit an instructor loading chart for APPROVAL by
COMPANY. CONTRACTOR instructors SHALL be dedicated exclusively to training and not to other work such
as CONSTRUCTION or COMMISSIONING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL appoint a professional training manager who SHALL represent CONTRACTOR in all
training-related matters vis-a-vis COMPANY and who SHALL direct the phases of training program
development, delivery and evaluation.
14.5 Evaluation of training

CONTRACTOR SHALL implement a training evaluation system in order to track and chart the progress of
COMPANY personnel during training. Evaluation SHALL include but not be limited to:
• Weekly knowledge and/or performance tests.
• Weekly training activity reports.
• Monthly reports reflecting each COMPANY trainee's progress, overall progress of training, and rate of
transfer from training into the job.
COMPANY appointed representatives SHALL meet at agreed intervals with CONTRACTOR training
representatives to plan, develop and approve training programs and to review training progress. Frequency of
meetings SHALL be fixed by COMPANY.
COMPANY at their option SHALL review and audit the training program and the performance of trainees at
any time. CONTRACTOR SHALL submit trainee test records and evaluations to COMPANY on request.
COMPANY SHALL verify CONTRACTOR' s compliance with training program supply before accepting the
successful completion of any part of the training program. CONTRACTOR SHALL provide corrective retraining
of unsatisfactorily evaluated trainees with no additional cost to COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL submit as part of the training program to COMPANY for review and acceptance a
transfer strategy and plan designed to ensure COMPANY personnel's successful transition from training to
proficient job occupation. Said transfer plan SHALL include skill transfer techniques such as job-sharing,
mentoring, and coaching by CONTRACTOR personnel at jobsite during the COMMISSIONING, Start-Up, initial
operations and performances testing period. CONTRACTOR SHALL develop and implement evaluation
techniques to chart and report progressive transfer of job competence over time.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
14.6 Summary of Contractor training requirements

In light of foregoing paragraphs, CONTRACTOR's training supply SHALL include for:
14.6.1 Training program development

• Development of plant organisation charts and job descriptions and revision of same based on COMPANY
comments.
• Detailed training program and time schedule for all training phases and modules.
• English-language training materials and training aids.
• Evaluation and transfer system for all training phases.
• Provision of requisite PPE (personal protective equipment) for all phases of training of PLATFORM
jobsites.
14.6.2 Training program execution

Instruction by qualified English-speaking CONTRACTOR personnel as required to conduct training as per
instructor loading chart submitted by CONTRACTOR and APPROVED by COMPANY, including salaries,
international and local travels, accommodation and subsistence, medical coverage and all risks insurance.
Access to and use of overseas training venues and related venue documentation.
Testing, evaluation and progress reporting of COMPANY personnel during and at end of training.
Co-ordination, supervision, and progress reporting of training by CONTRACTOR's Training Manager.
14.7 COMPANY Obligations

COMPANY SHALL provide at their care and expense:
• All wages and salaries of COMPANY trainees.
• All travel, lodging and subsistence of COMPANY trainees.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
15.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
15.1 General
CONTRACTOR will provide guarantee figures covering production capacity, utilities capacity and atmospheric
emissions.
This section covers the following subjects:

▪ The Test Run procedures
▪ The Performance Guarantee figures
For the process units and for the associated utilities of the platforms, CONTRACTOR will provide guarantee
figures covering:
▪ The production capacity
▪ Utilities capacity
15.2 Performance Test/Test Run Procedures
15.2.1 General
a. The reliability and continuity of operation of WHPA PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications will be
provided during PERFORMANCE TEST to be carried out for 72 consecutive hours, during which the
design gas flow will be provided and delivered into the multiphase export pipeline to Sabratha..
b. The Performance Guarantee Figures of Process Units SHALL be proved during a PERFORMANCE
TEST to be carried out simultaneously for all Units, in accordance with a PERFORMANCE TEST
Procedure. It is CONTRACTOR scope of work to prepare and submit for APPROVAL to COMPANY
a detailed PERFORMANCE TEST Procedure at least six months prior to the commencement of
COMMISSIONING activities (see Sect. 11.4). The procedure SHALL be tailored to cope with potential
variation of feed characteristics.
PERFORMANCE TESTS of the entire PLATFORM and Sabratha Modifications SHALL be carried out
when the peak rate of feedstock is made available
If the 72 hrs PERFORMANCE TEST is interrupted due to any reason the PERFORMANCE TEST
SHALL be repeated completely.
c. CONTRACTOR SHALL identify, provide and coordinate VENDORs service necessary to deliver
PERFORMANCE TEST, demonstration and operational testing
At the end of PERFORMANCE TEST and Test Runs, CONTRACTOR SHALL prepare and submit to
COMPANY a report covering all the detailed results of above runs as compared to the guaranteed values.
15.2.2 Instrumentation
Details of instruments calibration, of sampling and laboratory analysis schedule will be notified by
CONTRACTOR and settled with mutual agreement with COMPANY at least 2 weeks before the start of the
tests. Measuring tolerances SHALL not exceed 1.5% of full scale of the instrument.
15.2.3 Sampling and testing points

CONTRACTOR SHALL specify in the Performance Test Procedure the general outline for the modality of
sampling and testing to be carried out in order to prove the Performance Guarantee Figures.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
15.3 Performance Guarantee Figures
15.3.1 General
The Platform Process Units together with associated Utilities Units SHALL fulfil the Performance Guarantee
Figures specified hereinafter.
15.3.2 WHPA Platform Production Capacity

CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the total flow rate of HC fluid delivered into the WHPA Multiphase Sealine.
15.3.3 WHPA Test Separator

CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the vapour-liquid and Liquid-liquid separation performance and pressure
drop as per Doc. No. ET-121-X-O-4505-00.
15.3.4 Sabratha Slug Catcher

CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the vapour-liquid separation performance and pressure drop as per Doc.
No. ET-125-X-O-4502-00.
15.3.5 Atmospheric Emission Guarantees

The reference law for Atmospheric Emission is:
▪ Libyan Environmental General Authority (EGA) Resolution No. 96 (2008) Regarding the
Environmental Stipulations to Protect the Air from Pollution.
CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the WHPA platform emissions in particular with respect to Main Power
Generation and Flare radiation / emissions. These SHALL be proven during the PERFORMANCE TEST with
the same period of sampling as other process parameters.
15.3.6 Vibrations
CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the levels of vibration as per Doc. No. ET-114-G-Q-0019-00.
15.3.7 Noise
CONTRACTOR SHALL guarantee the levels of Noise as per Doc. No. ET-114-G-Q-0019-00.
15.3.8 Consumption
CONTRACTOR SHALL meet the target consumption rate shown here below. The rates SHALL be measured
during the PERFORMANCE TEST.
MOG/JPT/C-115-20
GAS DIVISION
Company Rev P3
Project:
APPENDIX D-2
(WP2)
Electricity Consumption CONTRACTOR SHALL meet the overall value

for WHPA platform based on CONTRACTOR’s
offer submitted during Bidding Phase
Fuel Gas Consumption CONTRACTOR SHALL meet the overall value
for WHPA platform based on CONTRACTOR’s
offer submitted during Bidding Phase
15.3.9 Platform utilities production Units

The following minimum capacities will be guaranteed for the Utilities Production Units. The Performance of
Utilities generation units to match the Guaranteed Figures SHALL be proved during a Test Runs onsite.
Instrument Air System

▪ See duty requirements as per Doc. No. ET-122-S-O-1500-00
Nitrogen System
Fresh water production

Fuel gas
▪ See duty requirements as per Doc. No. ET-122-S-M-1602-00
Power Generation
▪ See duty requirements as per Doc. No. ET-122-S-L-1533-00 (MPG)
▪ See duty requirements as per Doc. No. ET-122-S-L-1534-00 (EDG)

Mellitah Oil & Gas BV: Appendix D-2 - WHPA, Sabratha Modifications For Structure "A" & FMWR (WP2)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mellitah Oil & Gas BV: Appendix D-2 - WHPA, Sabratha Modifications For Structure "A" & FMWR (WP2)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Company Contract No Company Doc. No.

Mellitah Oil & Gas BV

EPIC CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK –

1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 12

4.6.6 Final Cost Breakdown ............................................................................................................... 39

7.4.6.1 Piping Detailed Engineering ................................................................................................ 73

7.5.6 Handling.................................................................................................................................... 122

9.11 INSTRUMENTATION AND TELECOMMUNICATION WORKS ...................................................................... 188

10.8 SABRATHA MODIFICATIONS HOOK-UP .............................................................................................. 211

13.0 FACILITIES AND SERVICES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR TO COMPANY ......................... 227

13.3 VENDOR'S AND MANUFACTURER'S OFFICES .................................................................................... 232

• Pre-drilling Templates (WHPA & PPE)

1.2 Scope of the Document

1.3 Definitions and Abbreviations

APPROVAL/APPROVED Statement indicating that the object (e.g. a Project document) is

Note that APPROVALS SHALL not relieve CONTRACTOR of its

COMMISSIONING Means a systematic process aimed to orderly execute and document,

FINAL ACCEPTANCE Means the formalization, regulated by the applicable Contractual

PROJECT Means the PROJECT where COMPANY is involved as specified under

MAY be modified after EFFECTIVE DATE by Variation Order(S),

1.3.2 List of Abbreviations

CED CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE

ITP Inspection & Test Plan

TBE Technical Bid Evaluation

1.4 Reference Documents

1.4.1 Reference Project Documents

1.4.2 Reference Rules, Codes and Standards

1.4.3 Project Specific Data

1.5 Geographical Data

Geographical Coordinates Water

1.7 Units of Measurements

1.8 Statutory Authorities

1.9 Project Data Acquisition

1.10 Project Key Dates

N° DESCRIPTION KEY DATES Notes

1 CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE CED

1.11 Description of Integrated Development Project

Engineering, Procurement, CONSTRUCTION, Installation, MECHANICAL COMPLETION and

2.0 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

The PLATFORM, FMWR and Sabratha Modifications to be supplied/executed by CONTRACTOR SHALL be

2.1 CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK

The CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK SHALL include:

2.2 Battery Limits

[OPTION 4] Survey of WHPA jacket docking piles pre-installed by another TBA

3.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

3.1 Project Management Board

3.1.1 Establishment of CONTRACTOR’s Project Management Board

3.1.2 Support to Project Management Board

3.2 Responsibilities of Project Management

3.2.2 Co-ordination and Control

a) Co-ordination within CONTRACTOR's organisation

b) Co-ordination outside CONTRACTOR's organisation under CONTRACTOR's responsibility

3.2.3 Management of External Interfaces

Resolution at interfacing problem SHALL be made at COMPANY's discretion.

3.2.4 Co-ordination with COMPANY's CERTIFYING AUTHORITY

CERTIFYING AUTHORITY Certificates will be included in the FINAL DOCUMENTATION.

3.2.5 Co-ordination with MARINE WARRANTY SURVEYOR (MWS)

3.2.6 Risk Management

4.0 PROJECT CONTROL

4.2 Document Control

4.3 Implementation of Project Co-Ordination Procedure

4.4 Project Planning Services Procedures and Systems

4.5 Project Planning and Scheduling